Author: The Side Hustle Show

  • 627: From $30/hr to $300/hr: The Software Consulting Playbook

    AI transcript
    0:00:02 This is the piggyback principle
    0:00:04 why it’s easier to fill demand
    0:00:06 than to create it from scratch.
    0:00:07 What’s up, what’s up, Nick Loper here.
    0:00:09 Welcome to “The Scientist” show.
    0:00:11 We’re part of the entrepreneur podcast network
    0:00:13 because you’re already an entrepreneur,
    0:00:14 even if right now your day job
    0:00:16 just happens to be your only job.
    0:00:18 We got an awesome case study for you today,
    0:00:21 one that combines a couple common strategies on the show
    0:00:23 to build a really strong business.
    0:00:25 Those strategies are number one,
    0:00:28 what we call SWAS, software with service.
    0:00:31 This is offering help or consulting or guidance
    0:00:34 or templates that support a popular software product.
    0:00:36 See lots of examples of that over the years.
    0:00:38 And number two is what we call the piggyback principle.
    0:00:40 My kids will tell you it’s a lot easier
    0:00:43 to get a piggyback ride if you do all the walking yourself.
    0:00:46 The same is true in business and this strategy allows you
    0:00:50 to draft on the popularity of that software product
    0:00:53 to catch that rising tide to get better, faster results
    0:00:55 with less effort.
    0:00:58 And in this episode, we learn exactly how to do that
    0:00:59 in our niche.
    0:01:01 To help illustrate this is Kristy De Silva
    0:01:04 from De SilvaLife.com.
    0:01:07 De SilvaLife helps small businesses set up
    0:01:10 and integrate two popular software tools,
    0:01:14 HoneyBook and ClickUp into their workflow and operations,
    0:01:17 earning thousands of dollars per project along the way.
    0:01:19 Kristy, welcome to “The Side Hustle Show.”
    0:01:20 – Thank you so much for having me, Nick.
    0:01:21 I’m super excited to be here.
    0:01:22 – Me as well.
    0:01:24 Stick around, we’ll learn how Kristy-
    0:01:27 is those customers from never having heard of her
    0:01:29 all the way down to paying customers
    0:01:30 and what that journey looks like.
    0:01:33 But this business has started in a unique way.
    0:01:35 So it’s 2020.
    0:01:39 Kristy is a nanny and personal assistant in New York City.
    0:01:41 And as you know, all of a sudden all that in-person work
    0:01:45 suddenly gets grinding to a halt.
    0:01:47 And she’s saying, well, I gotta make some changes here.
    0:01:49 Take me back to that time period.
    0:01:51 – My husband and I were both living and working
    0:01:54 in New York City in a teeny tiny apartment.
    0:01:56 So he was working from home remote.
    0:02:00 And I, my job was kind of on pause because it was in-person.
    0:02:02 I was just keeping myself busy.
    0:02:07 And my sister-in-law introduced me to a program
    0:02:09 called the Virtual Savvy.
    0:02:12 And I know Abby Ashley has been on this show before.
    0:02:14 Thank you, Abby, for all your expertise.
    0:02:16 I would not be here without you today.
    0:02:20 So basically my sister-in-law, Tais, was friends,
    0:02:21 personal friends with Abby.
    0:02:23 And she told me, she’s like, listen,
    0:02:25 I don’t even know what Abby totally does,
    0:02:28 but it’s something with virtual assisting.
    0:02:30 And I know you’re a personal assistant.
    0:02:33 So I bet there’s some correlation there.
    0:02:34 You should check it out.
    0:02:37 And what really got me was the testimonials
    0:02:38 for the Virtual Savvy.
    0:02:40 I was like, if all these people can do it
    0:02:42 and they can replace their nine to five,
    0:02:45 they can work from home, I could do this too.
    0:02:46 Why couldn’t I do it?
    0:02:48 So it was a huge leap of faith.
    0:02:50 I will say it was the biggest investment
    0:02:52 I had ever made on myself,
    0:02:54 kind of feeling like it was a gamble.
    0:02:55 Whenever you’re investing,
    0:02:58 especially in the beginning of your business,
    0:03:01 you’re like, totally, is this thing gonna work?
    0:03:04 And so I ended up diving in head first.
    0:03:05 I’m like, you know what?
    0:03:06 No better time than the present.
    0:03:08 I’m literally not working.
    0:03:11 I can dedicate all my time to doing this course,
    0:03:12 giving it a shot.
    0:03:16 I totally felt nervous and embarrassed to tell people,
    0:03:18 like, hey, I’m trying out this thing
    0:03:20 and I have no idea if it’s gonna work,
    0:03:21 but I’m gonna go for it.
    0:03:22 Then the first 90 days,
    0:03:26 I ended up replacing my New York City salary
    0:03:28 with virtual assisting work.
    0:03:30 – Well, that’s a really funny connection
    0:03:32 that I didn’t know existed
    0:03:35 because we met through the 2X coaching program.
    0:03:37 And I didn’t know that it went back to Abby.
    0:03:40 She’s been doing the Virtual Savvy for years and years.
    0:03:44 We can link up her previous episodes on the show.
    0:03:46 I think that’s really exciting.
    0:03:47 So now, starting out,
    0:03:51 are you niche down to these project management tools early on?
    0:03:54 Or early on, I’ll just take whatever clients I can get.
    0:03:56 I can help you with virtual admin type of tasks.
    0:03:58 – Yeah, so I started in June of 2020
    0:04:00 and I started everyone,
    0:04:02 as you get into the online business world,
    0:04:05 as you guys know, there are so many voices and opinions
    0:04:07 out there of like, you need to do this
    0:04:08 and you shouldn’t do this.
    0:04:11 And so as I started diving deeper,
    0:04:14 everyone was saying niche down, niche down, niche down.
    0:04:17 And I was like, but I don’t even know what I like to do yet.
    0:04:19 So I took some time
    0:04:21 and I did a little bit of everything.
    0:04:22 So I was just a virtual assistant.
    0:04:27 I did like admin, content creation, systems, all the things.
    0:04:30 And after about six months, I would say,
    0:04:33 before the end of the year was over, I decided,
    0:04:37 you know what, I don’t wanna do everything for everyone.
    0:04:39 And that’s when I decided
    0:04:42 to invest in my first business coach
    0:04:44 where our first session together,
    0:04:47 basically she had me just like word vomit,
    0:04:51 all the things that I loved about my job
    0:04:53 and did not love about my job.
    0:04:57 And we very quickly realized at the end of that session
    0:04:59 that what I was really passionate about
    0:05:01 was getting people organized.
    0:05:05 And the pathway to do that was through systems.
    0:05:07 So at this point for my clients,
    0:05:09 I had already set up my two favorite tools,
    0:05:10 ClickUp and HoneyBook.
    0:05:12 I’ve also set up different CRMs
    0:05:14 and project management tools for people,
    0:05:17 but I felt very strongly that these were the tools
    0:05:19 that I wanted to master.
    0:05:22 And at the time, I’ll be honest with you, Nick,
    0:05:27 I actually didn’t see many people in the online space
    0:05:32 like just niching down into specific tools
    0:05:34 and being like pros.
    0:05:36 They had ClickUp Consulting at the time
    0:05:38 was a very small group of people.
    0:05:40 HoneyBook Pros wasn’t even a thing.
    0:05:44 I was one of the first like 12 HoneyBook Pros.
    0:05:48 And so it felt like again, this like leap of faith,
    0:05:51 like starting as leap of faith, continuing,
    0:05:53 you’re constantly having to believe in yourself,
    0:05:56 but then niching and taking such a drastic turn
    0:06:00 was definitely like a mindset thing of like,
    0:06:02 I feel like this is the right thing,
    0:06:04 but I hope that it pays off.
    0:06:05 – And it feels risky.
    0:06:07 ‘Cause you’re like, well, am I gonna cut off
    0:06:10 all this other business that I’m perfectly qualified to do?
    0:06:11 I know I can get it done,
    0:06:13 I can deliver good results for clients,
    0:06:16 but I think there’s some greater pastors over here
    0:06:18 and it is challenging.
    0:06:21 And I like a couple of things that you almost have to go
    0:06:25 broad in a service like this early on to identify,
    0:06:26 well, what really lights you up
    0:06:29 or where do you kind of have your special secret sauce
    0:06:32 that you can apply and then follow that path
    0:06:34 or keep pursuing that.
    0:06:37 And then the other thing is being on the earlier side.
    0:06:38 You don’t need to be bleeding edge,
    0:06:42 but if you can be one of the first 12 people to offer this,
    0:06:45 obviously these are up and come tools now,
    0:06:47 but maybe this was earlier days.
    0:06:49 And we saw the same example with Paul Miners
    0:06:52 doing this with Asana and Pipe Drive,
    0:06:55 in the world of software a generation ago,
    0:06:57 different iterations of these types of tools.
    0:07:00 But if you can be on the earlier side of that,
    0:07:01 start to create content around it,
    0:07:05 you can really carve out an interesting space for yourself.
    0:07:06 Before we do that though,
    0:07:07 I think people will be curious ’cause we kind of glossed over,
    0:07:09 hey, I replaced my income in 90 days.
    0:07:11 I’d be remiss if I didn’t ask,
    0:07:13 how’d you get those first customers?
    0:07:16 – There were two main ways that I got my first customers.
    0:07:19 The first, which feels even more intimidating and scary
    0:07:22 is reaching out to your personal connections.
    0:07:24 And what also feels scary about this
    0:07:27 is because there are so many like MLMs
    0:07:30 and pyramid teams out there that you’re like,
    0:07:32 okay, are people gonna think I’m a scam?
    0:07:35 But number one, if you’re not a scammy person
    0:07:37 and you have, I’m reaching out to people
    0:07:41 that I actually have legitimate connections with.
    0:07:42 And so just reaching out to them being like,
    0:07:44 hey, I’m starting this new thing.
    0:07:46 It’s basically just like a personal assistant,
    0:07:47 but I’m virtual.
    0:07:50 If you’re interested or you know anyone else that is,
    0:07:52 feel free to reach out.
    0:07:54 And so I actually, my first client ever
    0:07:59 was a personal connection that had a garage door business.
    0:08:02 And he was my first client.
    0:08:05 Then a lot of the majority of my other clients
    0:08:08 getting started came from Facebook groups,
    0:08:12 which is really ironic because I’m now going back
    0:08:14 to that strategy for top of funnel,
    0:08:16 like starting to engage more in Facebook groups
    0:08:19 in terms of like answering questions.
    0:08:23 So I would go into Facebook groups, Abbey has one.
    0:08:24 That’s the virtual Savvies.
    0:08:25 And it’s a free public Facebook group
    0:08:27 where like people are literally like,
    0:08:29 I’m searching for a virtual assistant.
    0:08:31 So, yes, that’s awesome
    0:08:33 because people are literally searching for it,
    0:08:34 but then you also have to figure out
    0:08:36 how to make yourself stand out.
    0:08:38 So there’s a lot of competition in there.
    0:08:41 And then the third way is really just starting
    0:08:44 having a marketing, a solid marketing strategy
    0:08:46 and plan from the beginning.
    0:08:49 And so I would say those were the three main ways.
    0:08:53 Obviously the marketing strategy because I was brand new.
    0:08:55 I’ll never forget the day I started to sell the life
    0:08:57 on my Instagram with zero followers.
    0:09:00 And, you know, it was just something
    0:09:02 that I had to flex that muscle in practice.
    0:09:05 And eventually I started, you know,
    0:09:07 becoming a name in the industry and virtual assisting.
    0:09:11 And then eventually in systems and Honey Book and ClickUp.
    0:09:14 – Okay, yeah, trying to put yourself out there.
    0:09:15 And it’s kind of intimidating.
    0:09:18 ‘Cause at that stage, I feel like I personally committed
    0:09:20 to doing this thing, but it’s still intimidating
    0:09:23 to start to spread the word, tell other people about it.
    0:09:24 And even if it’s not a direct connection,
    0:09:28 you’re trying to plant the seed in your network’s mind
    0:09:30 that this is what you do now.
    0:09:33 Like your previous identity about what I did for work,
    0:09:35 you set that aside and say, well, now I need,
    0:09:37 if I need virtual assistant support,
    0:09:38 you know, Christy is my person.
    0:09:39 And it may be, I don’t need it,
    0:09:41 but maybe my network’s network needs it.
    0:09:43 Like, oh, somebody else I’m talking to.
    0:09:44 Oh, I know somebody.
    0:09:45 I ought to connect you with Christy.
    0:09:49 And as we’ve seen that play out where it’s like, you know,
    0:09:51 ’cause it’s kind of like to your MLM point.
    0:09:52 Like, yeah, it kind of feels a little skeezy
    0:09:55 trying to sell directly to your immediate network,
    0:09:58 but it’s more just occupying a little bit of mindshare.
    0:10:01 It’s like, oh, if I need somebody for web design,
    0:10:04 or if I need somebody to, you know, wash windows,
    0:10:05 it’s like, well, who do you know?
    0:10:06 Right? It’s kind of like this,
    0:10:08 how the word of mouth can start to spread.
    0:10:09 So now we’re niching down.
    0:10:12 We’re doing the software with the service.
    0:10:15 Hey, we’re going to be your ClickUp specialist.
    0:10:17 We’re going to be your Honey Book specialist.
    0:10:18 What happens there?
    0:10:21 We’re like, how do you kind of make that transition
    0:10:24 or start to get customers in that space?
    0:10:27 ‘Cause the other benefit to this too is,
    0:10:29 well, now instead of just being general admin,
    0:10:32 I don’t know, maybe you’re at 25, 30 bucks an hour,
    0:10:35 all of a sudden, by being really specialized,
    0:10:38 you can command a lot better rates too.
    0:10:39 – Yeah, 100%.
    0:10:41 And I won’t sugarcoat it, Nick.
    0:10:45 That transition, although I knew it was the right one,
    0:10:48 it felt like so difficult in the time.
    0:10:50 Because like you mentioned before,
    0:10:51 like I had really good relationships
    0:10:53 with my current clients.
    0:10:56 So it honestly felt like it was a breakup
    0:10:57 when I was telling them
    0:10:59 that I was moving in a different direction.
    0:11:01 Now, every single client,
    0:11:04 because they’re amazing people, were so supportive of me
    0:11:07 and have sent so much business my way as well,
    0:11:10 since that, you know, transition.
    0:11:13 But there definitely was a dip in income
    0:11:15 as I was making that transition.
    0:11:19 Obviously, I look back now and the ROI is so much greater.
    0:11:22 And you’re right, you can really expand your services
    0:11:23 and your offerings.
    0:11:25 And I know we’ll get into that in a little bit
    0:11:26 about like where we are now
    0:11:29 and our different income streams.
    0:11:32 But aside from it being a mindset block of like,
    0:11:34 you know, are people gonna resonate with me now
    0:11:37 because they loved following my VA journey,
    0:11:40 but also then having that,
    0:11:44 a lot of people don’t talk about the internal battle
    0:11:47 of when you transition and people still know you
    0:11:51 as an awesome VA and they’re in your DMs being like,
    0:11:54 “Hey, I know you used to do this.
    0:11:55 I have a client who really needs it.
    0:11:56 Will you still do it?”
    0:11:59 And when you’re in that moment of being like,
    0:12:01 I don’t want to say no,
    0:12:03 but also I’m trying to go in this new direction.
    0:12:07 Like it’s hard as a people pleaser especially.
    0:12:08 It’s really hard.
    0:12:10 And so I had to stand my ground and be like,
    0:12:13 no, this is the direction I’m going in.
    0:12:15 And so basically how I started
    0:12:18 was really just becoming a pro at these tools.
    0:12:21 And I started my rates a lot lower
    0:12:23 than other people may have been charging
    0:12:28 because I’m like, I’m not like a top tier expert yet,
    0:12:32 but I know that I know a lot more about these products
    0:12:34 than the people that I’m serving
    0:12:36 and these softwares than the people that I’m serving.
    0:12:41 And so I was still able to charge more technically hourly,
    0:12:44 except a lot of our stuff is flat right now.
    0:12:48 For example, yeah, I’m making about 30 to 40 bucks an hour
    0:12:51 as a VA where now I charge $300 an hour
    0:12:52 for a strategy session.
    0:12:55 Like so crazy that jump,
    0:12:59 but now being an expert in this for four years,
    0:13:02 it’s really cool to see where we’ve been able to go.
    0:13:03 – That’s worth pausing on.
    0:13:05 That’s the power of niching down
    0:13:07 and becoming an expert on the thing.
    0:13:09 – More with Christie in just a moment,
    0:13:10 including the free marketing channel
    0:13:14 that drives the majority of quality leads today.
    0:13:15 Right after this.
    0:13:16 You know, the “Science Hustle” show
    0:13:18 is here to help you make more money.
    0:13:20 And one of the fastest ways to improve your bottom line
    0:13:22 is to play the substitution game.
    0:13:25 How it works is you find lower cost alternatives
    0:13:27 to what you’re already spending money on.
    0:13:29 And if you can do it for a recurring expense,
    0:13:32 you just scored yourself some reverse passive income.
    0:13:35 That’s the cash you’re no longer spending every month.
    0:13:38 One of those areas is your wireless provider.
    0:13:39 And that’s why I’m excited to partner
    0:13:41 with Mint Mobile for this episode.
    0:13:44 I made the switch to Mint Mobile back in 2019
    0:13:45 and haven’t looked back.
    0:13:49 Mint Mobile offers premium wireless for $15 a month
    0:13:50 when you purchase a three month plan.
    0:13:52 All plans come with high speed data
    0:13:54 and unlimited talk and text delivered
    0:13:57 on the nation’s largest 5G network.
    0:13:59 You can use your own phone with any Mint Mobile plan
    0:14:00 and keep your current phone number
    0:14:02 and all your existing contacts.
    0:14:04 To get this new customer offer
    0:14:06 in your new three month premium wireless plan
    0:14:07 for just 15 bucks a month,
    0:14:11 go to mintmobile.com/sidehustle.
    0:14:14 That’s mintmobile.com/sidehustle.
    0:14:16 Cut your wireless bill to 15 bucks a month
    0:14:20 at mintmobile.com/sidehustle.
    0:14:22 $45 upfront payment required,
    0:14:24 equivalent to $15 per month.
    0:14:26 New customers on first three month plan only.
    0:14:30 Speeds slower above 40 gigabytes on unlimited plan.
    0:14:32 Additional taxes, fees and restrictions apply.
    0:14:34 See Mint Mobile for details.
    0:14:38 That’s the sound of another sale
    0:14:40 on your online Shopify store.
    0:14:43 But did you know Shopify powers in person selling too?
    0:14:46 It’s true, Shopify is the sound of selling everywhere.
    0:14:49 Online, in store, on social media and beyond.
    0:14:54 Shopify POS is your command center for your retail store.
    0:14:56 That means you can accept payments, manage inventory
    0:15:00 and track every sale across your business in one place.
    0:15:02 With Shopify, you get a powerhouse selling partner
    0:15:04 that helps you drive store traffic
    0:15:06 with plug and play tools built for marketing campaigns
    0:15:09 from TikTok to Instagram and beyond.
    0:15:11 You can take payments by smartphone,
    0:15:13 transform your tablet into a point of sale system
    0:15:16 or use Shopify’s POS Go mobile device
    0:15:18 for a battle-tested solution.
    0:15:20 Plus, Shopify’s award-winning help
    0:15:23 is there to support your success every step of the way.
    0:15:25 So do retail right with Shopify.
    0:15:28 Go ahead, sign up for a $1 per month trial period
    0:15:32 at Shopify.com/sidehustle.
    0:15:36 That’s all lowercase, go to Shopify.com/sidehustle
    0:15:39 to take your retail business to the next level today.
    0:15:42 Shopify.com/sidehustle.
    0:15:46 – So yeah, so I basically just started,
    0:15:48 you know, with the power of social media,
    0:15:53 it’s really cool how I also, my background is in math
    0:15:54 and I was gonna be a math teacher.
    0:15:56 And so I love educating.
    0:15:58 I’m very passionate about education.
    0:15:59 So basically on my marketing channels,
    0:16:02 I just started educating about these tools.
    0:16:04 I didn’t have to go on and be like,
    0:16:07 buy my consulting services, let me do a clickup build for you.
    0:16:09 All I had to do was start proving
    0:16:12 that I knew a lot about these softwares
    0:16:14 and then people would trust me and be like,
    0:16:17 okay, I just learned five things from you
    0:16:19 by scrolling on your Instagram.
    0:16:21 Now can you just do this thing for me?
    0:16:24 And so I started out with a lot of like solopreneurs
    0:16:27 and smaller businesses, setting up their clickups,
    0:16:29 getting a lot of experience.
    0:16:31 And then eventually it just started getting
    0:16:35 to bigger and bigger and bigger agencies and companies.
    0:16:36 – There’s almost a built-in demand.
    0:16:38 ‘Cause you open up Notion, you open up Asana,
    0:16:40 you open up ClickUp, and it’s like,
    0:16:41 I know this is gonna be super powerful,
    0:16:43 but it’s kind of like blank.
    0:16:45 And I don’t know what to do with this.
    0:16:48 And so then you naturally go to YouTube
    0:16:51 or like, you know, how to set this up for a content business,
    0:16:53 how to set this up for an agency business.
    0:16:56 And you might find educational content like Christie’s.
    0:17:01 So it sounds like that was the initial play there
    0:17:05 where we’re just kind of do tutorial demo type of content.
    0:17:08 Do you have an example of something that hit early on?
    0:17:12 – Yeah, so actually we decided to launch a YouTube channel
    0:17:15 and that was a huge turning point for DL
    0:17:19 because YouTube is obviously long form video content
    0:17:21 and people are extremely problem aware.
    0:17:23 Like they’re like, how do I do this with ClickUp?
    0:17:24 How do I do this with HoneyBook?
    0:17:28 And so our first YouTube video that ever took off,
    0:17:30 that’s still one of our highest ranking,
    0:17:34 is five ClickUp dashboards that will change your business.
    0:17:37 It was cool to see like, ’cause the first few videos were like,
    0:17:39 here’s how we can help you.
    0:17:41 What’s the difference between a CRM
    0:17:43 and a project management tool?
    0:17:45 You know, beginner’s guide to HoneyBook and ClickUp,
    0:17:48 which those still do well as well.
    0:17:50 But then the more specific we started to get with it,
    0:17:52 like, okay, these five ClickUp dashboards
    0:17:54 that will change your business.
    0:17:57 Even ones like specific ClickUp automations
    0:18:00 or how to create a content calendar in ClickUp
    0:18:02 or things like that.
    0:18:05 How to run your agency in HoneyBook.
    0:18:07 Those are things that perform really well
    0:18:10 because people are searching for that exact thing.
    0:18:12 – Yeah, and once they find you,
    0:18:16 this person is, you know, the answer to my exact search query.
    0:18:17 They’re the answer to my prayers.
    0:18:20 And so they watch your thing, you build trust
    0:18:24 and eventually they come and hire you.
    0:18:27 So you’re kind of giving them the do-it-yourself version,
    0:18:29 but then maybe it’s still complicated enough
    0:18:32 where like, maybe it’s worthwhile
    0:18:34 to just hire a Christian or team.
    0:18:37 – Yup, 100% and it’s so funny.
    0:18:39 We get the majority of our leads from YouTube
    0:18:42 and I will say like probably 80% of the time
    0:18:43 people come on, they’re like,
    0:18:44 oh my gosh, it’s so nice to meet you.
    0:18:46 I’ve been subscribed to your channels
    0:18:48 for like two or three years
    0:18:50 and they feel like they already know me,
    0:18:52 even though I have no idea who they are.
    0:18:57 Yet, it’s funny because it’s a huge thing in sales
    0:18:59 is that like, no like in trust factor
    0:19:01 and we already solved that piece
    0:19:03 before we even ever get on a sales call.
    0:19:07 – Yeah, as you know, you’re showing your face, your voice.
    0:19:09 Yeah, you build a lot of trust that way.
    0:19:13 Deciding what type of content to make
    0:19:16 any sort of like keyword research tools
    0:19:18 or search volume that goes into it.
    0:19:20 I’m just looking at like broad Google searches,
    0:19:23 400,000 monthly searches for ClickUp
    0:19:25 and then 60,000 for HoneyBook.
    0:19:28 And so there’s some decent like top level search volume
    0:19:31 but then I imagine it kind of goes into that long tail
    0:19:33 for like how to run your agency in HoneyBook,
    0:19:35 like more specific type of searches.
    0:19:38 – We actually really love vidIQ.
    0:19:40 We were using TubeBuddy for a while
    0:19:43 and then we started getting into vidIQ.
    0:19:45 They have some really cool things with like AI
    0:19:48 and their platform is a bit more robust, I feel.
    0:19:53 And so we look at our channel
    0:19:55 and we do quarterly content planning.
    0:19:57 We do yearly at a high level and then we do quarterly
    0:20:01 and we try to do like themed content like themed months
    0:20:04 and now we’re starting to get into like different series
    0:20:08 and we’ll look at what performed best on our channels
    0:20:09 or like what’s ranking highest.
    0:20:12 Like for example, our ClickUp dashboards video
    0:20:14 was ranking highest for like a long time
    0:20:18 are how to use HoneyBook and ClickUp like yearly videos
    0:20:21 like in 2024, those always do really well as well.
    0:20:22 So we’re like, okay,
    0:20:24 we’ll always do those in the beginning of the year
    0:20:26 but we’ll look back at our previous content,
    0:20:29 what’s highly ranking knowing people want more of that.
    0:20:33 And then we’ll really just start doing long tail keyword
    0:20:38 research in vidIQ, kind of going down a rabbit hole
    0:20:40 of like, okay, how are these ranking
    0:20:45 in terms of search volume and things like that.
    0:20:47 – Is there a minimum search volume
    0:20:49 that is interesting to you
    0:20:51 or worthwhile to make the video about?
    0:20:53 – It’s more like how it scores in vidIQ.
    0:20:57 I think we’re looking over like a 60 or 70 ranking.
    0:21:01 – Which is a combination of volume and competitiveness.
    0:21:03 – Yeah, yeah, exactly.
    0:21:06 And so we also, speaking of competitiveness,
    0:21:09 we’ll definitely do competitor research as well
    0:21:12 because we have like a few competitors.
    0:21:15 We’re very niche, but we absolutely have competitors.
    0:21:18 And so we’ll look at their channels,
    0:21:20 what’s ranking high on their channels.
    0:21:24 And by no means do we ever just copy their video
    0:21:25 but we’ll be like, okay, cool,
    0:21:28 they did something on this specific topic.
    0:21:33 How can we do something similar but have our own spin?
    0:21:35 And so we’ll do that research as well.
    0:21:36 – Oh, that makes sense.
    0:21:37 – Yeah.
    0:21:38 – And then this is, you know,
    0:21:39 I probably have talked about this before,
    0:21:41 but I would come up with this content idea
    0:21:43 and it would be something super broad,
    0:21:45 like ways to make money on the internet or something.
    0:21:47 And then of course, Google that.
    0:21:50 And shoot, there’s already a dozen people
    0:21:51 have already written this article.
    0:21:53 I guess I better go back to the drawing board
    0:21:54 and come up with another topic.
    0:21:56 No, no, no, no, that’s still viable.
    0:21:58 You can still get traffic and eyeballs
    0:21:59 and visitors and customers from this.
    0:22:01 You just have to put your own unique spin on.
    0:22:03 You got to make something that’s different and better
    0:22:04 than what’s already out there.
    0:22:06 And that was a little bit of a shift here.
    0:22:07 And it sounds like the same thing.
    0:22:11 Okay, we can look at the competitor channels.
    0:22:14 We can see what’s working for them and say, okay.
    0:22:16 And just trying to reverse engineer that.
    0:22:17 And you know, I’ve followed, you know,
    0:22:21 the same people doing like a software review
    0:22:25 or your tutorial type of videos, like for fill in the blanks.
    0:22:26 I was like, well, I don’t use that tool
    0:22:27 so I can’t make that one.
    0:22:30 But I could do the same thing for this app or this software.
    0:22:32 It’s like, here’s a template that clearly worked
    0:22:34 and kind of fill in the blanks.
    0:22:35 – Exactly.
    0:22:37 We also will absolutely use AI.
    0:22:40 So like chat GPT, when we’re content planning,
    0:22:41 we’ll be like, we’re working on a series
    0:22:44 for click up for agencies.
    0:22:49 Help us grab some like highly SEO ranking topics
    0:22:50 for these videos.
    0:22:51 And then it’ll spit out a bunch of things.
    0:22:54 Then we know our ideal client more than anyone.
    0:22:56 So we can guide it in the right direction,
    0:22:59 but we’ll also just like use it to ideate
    0:23:03 and get inspiration from as well is super helpful.
    0:23:05 – Do you feel the need to publish consistently?
    0:23:07 Or is like, look, we got this stuff out there.
    0:23:08 It’s evergreen.
    0:23:09 We got a consistent lead flow.
    0:23:12 Or do you have to keep kind of feeding the machine?
    0:23:14 – Right now we feel like it’s pertinent
    0:23:15 to keep feeding the machine.
    0:23:17 Just so we’re like constantly ranking.
    0:23:20 I mean, we have some videos that are like upwards
    0:23:22 of like 40, 50,000 views.
    0:23:25 So those are still bringing us like warm leads
    0:23:27 and like hot traffic.
    0:23:32 But what we’re seeing now is that we niched into systems
    0:23:34 and HoneyBook and click up,
    0:23:37 but we’re actually niching a little bit further
    0:23:41 in the recent months into seven to eight figure agencies.
    0:23:44 So we have a lot of really good content out there
    0:23:47 that’s serving the broad audience of people
    0:23:49 looking for a click up in HoneyBook,
    0:23:50 how to get started, things like that.
    0:23:53 But now we really wanna start focusing our content
    0:23:56 on seven to eight figure agencies
    0:23:59 and where they’re having their specific troubles
    0:24:02 and hurdles in their business.
    0:24:06 And then relating it to, okay, you’re having this issue.
    0:24:09 Then how do we solve that with HoneyBook, with click up?
    0:24:13 And so I think that’s where we could still be getting leads
    0:24:17 from YouTube, even if we stopped our content right now,
    0:24:20 our content machine, but I think we wanna start tailoring it
    0:24:23 more to the ideal client that we wanna bring in.
    0:24:26 And so we wanna start feeding that machine.
    0:24:27 – Yeah, it would be a different,
    0:24:29 the existing content was to get your business,
    0:24:32 but it’s not necessarily the client base
    0:24:34 or the target customer that you wanna be going after
    0:24:35 or going forward, if I’m hearing that right.
    0:24:38 – Exactly, and that’s something we’ve even been working with
    0:24:40 our marketing agency that we’ve been partnered with
    0:24:42 for like over three years, is she’s like, okay,
    0:24:46 now that we’re serving this new market
    0:24:49 and this new ideal client, we have to go deeper.
    0:24:52 Like we have a lot of really good,
    0:24:54 like broad topics on our YouTube,
    0:24:57 but now it’s time to dive deeper into it,
    0:25:00 start using more strategies and more verbiage
    0:25:04 that those agencies will know exactly and what they want.
    0:25:05 Like even in terms of marketing,
    0:25:08 instead of being like elevate your client experience
    0:25:12 with HoneyBook, it’ll be like increase your sales conversion
    0:25:17 from 30 to 55% by optimizing your client flow in HoneyBook.
    0:25:22 A lot more specific, which I feel like agencies
    0:25:24 will relate to that content more.
    0:25:26 – Yeah, well, I know you’ve got the case studies
    0:25:28 and testimonials to prove it too.
    0:25:29 – Exactly, yeah.
    0:25:31 – Here’s what we’re able to do.
    0:25:33 Couple things that I wanted to highlight there.
    0:25:37 Hey, the best performing videos, 40 to 50,000 views,
    0:25:41 we did an episode on like YouTube automation and AI.
    0:25:44 It’s like you really had to hit the viral lottery
    0:25:46 where like hundreds of thousands or millions of views
    0:25:48 to make this pay for itself.
    0:25:49 And the whole model was like,
    0:25:52 I recognize that a lot of these aren’t gonna hit,
    0:25:53 but the one or two that does,
    0:25:55 it’s gonna pay for all the production costs
    0:25:58 on everything else and it’s still gonna turn a profit.
    0:26:00 You don’t need to go viral in this case
    0:26:01 because the traffic is so well qualified,
    0:26:04 nobody’s gonna watch how to run your agency in HoneyBook
    0:26:06 if they’re not trying to figure out
    0:26:07 how to run their agency in HoneyBook.
    0:26:10 It’s like it’s a completely different YouTube ballgame
    0:26:15 where very, very well qualified viewership.
    0:26:17 The second thing that stood out was, okay,
    0:26:19 well, now we wanna niche down to these seven,
    0:26:21 eight figure agencies.
    0:26:23 Obviously they’re bringing in tons of revenue,
    0:26:26 so they have more hopefully disposable income
    0:26:28 to spend on a service like the Silver Life.
    0:26:32 And also as you get better at serving those,
    0:26:35 like the same issues and problems probably crop up
    0:26:36 over and over again.
    0:26:38 So it almost, I imagine it becomes faster
    0:26:42 to deliver the service than it would if you’re serving,
    0:26:44 every type of different business customer
    0:26:46 or small business, solo,preneur type of person.
    0:26:49 So it’s like not only command better rates,
    0:26:52 but you can deliver it faster so the margins improve.
    0:26:55 But I wanna talk about this transition
    0:26:59 or any specific scripting or language
    0:27:01 that you found effective to transition
    0:27:03 from viewer to customer.
    0:27:05 Like, hey, we just helped you learn how to do this.
    0:27:08 If you wanna set up a free consulting call,
    0:27:13 like what’s the progression from a viewer to a lead
    0:27:15 to a prospect to a customer?
    0:27:18 – We have a lot of different offers in our offer suite.
    0:27:21 We have our one-on-one consulting services,
    0:27:24 which is obviously like the highest top tier.
    0:27:27 All the way down to courses,
    0:27:29 then we have products and templates,
    0:27:32 and then we have freebies on-demand webinars,
    0:27:33 things like that.
    0:27:36 So what we have been doing in the past,
    0:27:39 and I’ll be honest about what we’re kinda testing
    0:27:44 and trialing now, is we were told that we should always
    0:27:49 have this YouTube North Star of a call to action.
    0:27:51 Like every video, you’re sending them
    0:27:53 towards a specific call to action.
    0:27:57 So for a while, we were always just promoting
    0:28:00 our on-demand webinar, ’cause then through that,
    0:28:01 the evergreen funnel,
    0:28:04 then we could be funneling them down to our courses.
    0:28:08 But now with this new ITA,
    0:28:12 we’re really just focusing more on that call to action
    0:28:16 being like, okay, so I hope that video was helpful,
    0:28:18 and you learned a little bit about how to manage
    0:28:21 your employees and freelancers and click up.
    0:28:24 We’ve helped hundreds of agencies do this
    0:28:26 and optimize their agency operations,
    0:28:29 so if you’re ready to do that,
    0:28:32 let’s grab a call and talk about how we can help you.
    0:28:34 And so it’s more so like opening the door,
    0:28:36 and then in our description,
    0:28:40 we have like, contact us here to work one-on-one,
    0:28:42 and then we also have like free resources and things
    0:28:45 to get them on our email list as well.
    0:28:47 So we’re pointing them to the description,
    0:28:49 so that if they’re ready to like,
    0:28:51 book a call with us, they can.
    0:28:54 But we definitely want to get them opted
    0:28:58 into our free resources as well to get them on our list
    0:29:00 and continue to nurture them.
    0:29:02 – Okay, so one quick definition,
    0:29:04 ITA is Ideal Target Audience.
    0:29:05 – Yep.
    0:29:06 – Okay, initially it was like,
    0:29:08 hey, let’s go check out this evergreen webinar
    0:29:12 and follow whatever,
    0:29:14 choose your own webinar structure
    0:29:16 that leads to clients and sales.
    0:29:20 But now there’s a shift to maybe our Ideal Target Audience
    0:29:22 don’t want to watch an hour-long webinar,
    0:29:24 they just want to get cut to the chase.
    0:29:26 Like, can you help me or not?
    0:29:28 And so now you can book a call directly,
    0:29:32 or you download the lead magnet opt-in,
    0:29:35 what are the effective lead magnets for you today?
    0:29:38 – We’re going through currently like a revamp
    0:29:40 of our website and everything like that.
    0:29:43 And so we’ll probably be shifting those down a little bit,
    0:29:46 but we have our free webinars,
    0:29:47 both for ClickUp and HoneyBook.
    0:29:52 And then we have a CRM toolkit for HoneyBook.
    0:29:55 And then we have the ClickUp 101 guide
    0:29:57 and our simple ClickUp system,
    0:30:00 which is a free ClickUp template.
    0:30:03 So over time, since we’ve had these rubies out for a while,
    0:30:07 I think our ClickUp 101 guide is still the highest ranking,
    0:30:09 but our simple ClickUp system,
    0:30:11 because it’s a free template,
    0:30:14 is definitely probably getting the most traction
    0:30:15 on a monthly basis.
    0:30:17 – Okay, but it sounds like,
    0:30:22 if they’re a million or $10 million agency,
    0:30:25 the simple system may not be applicable, it may–
    0:30:27 – Had to present, yeah.
    0:30:30 So that’s where this new niche
    0:30:33 and target audience we’re going towards,
    0:30:36 we really have to evaluate everything and be like,
    0:30:37 okay, maybe they don’t need that.
    0:30:41 Maybe they need like a team handbook or something different
    0:30:44 that’s like pointing them in the direction of ClickUp.
    0:30:48 And the whole thing is with this,
    0:30:49 it gets very strategic
    0:30:52 because we don’t wanna overwhelm them,
    0:30:53 but there are systems,
    0:30:57 what we’ve figured is simple systems are great
    0:31:01 for smaller businesses, solarpreneurs, et cetera,
    0:31:05 but agencies, these like seven to eight figure agencies,
    0:31:09 they need something that’s robust, but easy to use.
    0:31:14 And so that’s a very fine line that we’re walking
    0:31:17 of like, how do we not overwhelm them
    0:31:19 with you could do this and you could do this
    0:31:20 and you can do this and be like,
    0:31:22 but we’ll guide you in the direction,
    0:31:26 it shouldn’t feel hard, it should not be to adopt.
    0:31:28 – Do you find that customers are coming in
    0:31:30 with a project management system or a CRM
    0:31:31 like already in place?
    0:31:33 Like are they already using these tools?
    0:31:36 And they’re like, there’s gotta be a better way.
    0:31:39 Or they like, help us, help us get organized.
    0:31:40 You know, the business has grown so fast,
    0:31:43 we gotta figure out a better systemized way
    0:31:44 to manage everything.
    0:31:47 – I would say about 75% of our clients
    0:31:48 are already on the system.
    0:31:51 So they’re on HoneyBook, on ClickUp, they come to us
    0:31:53 and they say, my systems are now the bottleneck.
    0:31:56 I know that I wanna grow and scale this company,
    0:31:58 but the systems are gonna break.
    0:32:00 A lot of people too are like, they haven’t broken yet,
    0:32:03 but they’re going too soon as we continue to expand.
    0:32:05 So can you help us make them scalable?
    0:32:08 And then about 25% of people come in and they say,
    0:32:10 you know, we’re doing everything on Google Sheets
    0:32:13 or email or Slack or whatever it is.
    0:32:18 And we’re ready to commit to ClickUp or HoneyBook.
    0:32:20 And we wanna pro to help us set it up in the right way.
    0:32:23 So we’re not fumbling our way through it.
    0:32:24 – Got it.
    0:32:26 In the case of the lead magnet freebies,
    0:32:30 the ClickUp 101 guide, the simple templates,
    0:32:32 what does the email sequence look like
    0:32:34 after somebody opts in for that?
    0:32:36 – Yeah, so then we’ll put them through
    0:32:37 our welcome email sequence,
    0:32:41 which basically introduces them to our offers
    0:32:43 and our stack of services.
    0:32:45 So I think it’s about six or seven emails.
    0:32:48 It goes through, you know, who we are as to sell the life.
    0:32:50 Then it goes through, you know,
    0:32:52 if you’re interested in ClickUp, here are resources.
    0:32:54 If you’re interested in HoneyBook, here are resources.
    0:32:57 And then at the very end, it goes through, okay,
    0:33:02 how does it look like for us to support you?
    0:33:03 Is it through our free content
    0:33:05 and subscribing to our YouTube channel?
    0:33:07 Is it through joining our system school
    0:33:09 and going through the DIY course?
    0:33:11 Or are you ready to invest
    0:33:13 and have us just do everything for you?
    0:33:17 And so that’s kind of the journey that they go through now.
    0:33:21 I think in the future, as we’re kind of fine tuning
    0:33:24 all of these freebies and sales funnels,
    0:33:29 we’ll probably have certain freebies go towards like,
    0:33:32 promoting the course and templates
    0:33:34 and certain freebies potentially,
    0:33:37 then promoting like let’s get on a sales call type of thing.
    0:33:40 – And do you ever lose sleep over,
    0:33:43 well, what happens when ClickUp goes away
    0:33:44 and you’ve built this whole reputation
    0:33:48 and this content library around this
    0:33:52 and then for whatever reason, the company gets bought,
    0:33:54 the tool gets shut down.
    0:33:55 Like, I don’t know.
    0:33:58 Like I could see that being the counterpoint to being like,
    0:34:00 well, I don’t want to marry myself to this one tool
    0:34:03 ’cause what happens if it doesn’t exist anymore?
    0:34:04 – I actually love this question, Nick,
    0:34:07 because we get it all the time.
    0:34:09 And even my husband has asked me this question in the past,
    0:34:11 like, are we making the right decision
    0:34:14 by just like niching into one specific thing?
    0:34:19 And it’s actually not about the tool itself and the software.
    0:34:23 It’s about the system and the framework
    0:34:27 that we’ve created to set up the workflows
    0:34:29 in this specific tool.
    0:34:31 So we actually have a framework
    0:34:34 that we’ve developed over the last four years
    0:34:36 that if ClickUp shut down today,
    0:34:40 we could take all of that and implement a brand new tool.
    0:34:42 Now, would it take a lot of time and energy
    0:34:44 and probably tears?
    0:34:48 Yes, but my job wouldn’t be obsolete.
    0:34:51 Like I have all of that information
    0:34:54 that we can just easily implement in a new tool.
    0:34:56 – Okay, that makes sense.
    0:34:57 Well, I guess the solution is the same,
    0:34:59 but the tool that you use to implement it
    0:35:02 may be different and you can apply
    0:35:05 that the same work flows to something else.
    0:35:07 Yes, a painful transition period,
    0:35:08 but it doesn’t have to be like,
    0:35:10 well, I guess that’s it, it’s game over.
    0:35:11 – Exactly.
    0:35:13 – Anything else on the YouTube front here
    0:35:15 from driving traffic and views
    0:35:17 to generating leads and customers?
    0:35:19 Anything else that we missed?
    0:35:22 – Something that is super important about these
    0:35:26 is you wanna know where you’re leading these people
    0:35:31 and you want to have that idea of where they’re going
    0:35:32 and how to capture them.
    0:35:35 So this is where systems come into play
    0:35:37 of having yourself organized in the backend
    0:35:40 because if you start taking off on YouTube,
    0:35:42 even if you have like a small following,
    0:35:46 which we still have, I think only about like 6,000 subscribers,
    0:35:49 but it’s a very strong community of people
    0:35:52 that are very interested in just what we have,
    0:35:55 you wanna make sure that you have a place to capture
    0:35:57 those leads and nurture them
    0:35:59 and direct them in a specific direction.
    0:36:03 So I would say just making sure, for example,
    0:36:06 we use Active Campaign to store all of our leads
    0:36:09 in terms of freebies and welcome email sequence
    0:36:12 and nurturing and then we use Honey Book as our CRM
    0:36:13 for people that are like,
    0:36:15 I’m ready to hop on a sales call with you.
    0:36:16 I know that you’re the person
    0:36:19 that can help me implement this tool
    0:36:22 and so then we have a place for them to go,
    0:36:24 book a call, submit their information.
    0:36:26 So I think that’s a huge key piece
    0:36:27 is like a lot of people
    0:36:28 when you’re just getting started
    0:36:30 with a new marketing channel,
    0:36:33 you’re so focused on what does that process look like
    0:36:35 and how am I gonna make that content
    0:36:37 go viral and do all these things,
    0:36:40 but you wanna make sure that your backend
    0:36:43 is actually set up to gather those contacts,
    0:36:47 nurture them and then handle that growth when it comes.
    0:36:48 – Right, ’cause you don’t need to go viral.
    0:36:51 If you get 100 well qualified people watching this thing,
    0:36:53 certain percentage of people are gonna reach out
    0:36:56 by having that consistent call to action
    0:36:57 and having something in place
    0:37:01 to guide those prospects into being customers
    0:37:03 is gotta be thought through like from,
    0:37:05 this is a weak point, am I like,
    0:37:07 I like making YouTube videos,
    0:37:08 I like making that content,
    0:37:10 but at the end of the video it’s like,
    0:37:13 subscribe for more money-making ideas.
    0:37:16 Like there’s not a really concerted effort,
    0:37:18 like go check out the Evergreen webinar
    0:37:21 on how to 10X your side hustle or something,
    0:37:23 but being upfront and introducing yourself,
    0:37:27 hey, we are consultant specialists on this topic
    0:37:29 and today we’re gonna cover X, Y, Z
    0:37:31 and then at the end you can also say,
    0:37:33 hey, if you wanna learn more,
    0:37:34 go download the template, if you wanna learn more,
    0:37:36 hey, let’s book a call.
    0:37:38 Like just being consistent, whatever the stat is,
    0:37:40 people need to be hitting the head with the same message
    0:37:42 five, six, seven times before they’re like,
    0:37:43 I should really take a bump on that
    0:37:45 and go one step deeper.
    0:37:47 – You always wanna have a call to action
    0:37:50 on top of being like, like and subscribe,
    0:37:52 put on your alerts like a hundred percent.
    0:37:55 We say that like two to three times a video,
    0:37:56 but on top of that at the very end,
    0:37:58 it’s like, what are their next steps?
    0:38:01 People need to be guided in the right direction.
    0:38:05 And so even if that is a, you know,
    0:38:07 if you want help implementing this in a custom way
    0:38:11 and you’re ready to X, Y, Z,
    0:38:13 the link to book a call with us is in the description.
    0:38:14 – Gotcha.
    0:38:17 And that goes through Honey Book to schedule that stuff.
    0:38:18 – Yep.
    0:38:20 – More with Christie in just a moment,
    0:38:22 including the other marketing channels
    0:38:24 that are driving sales and the different pieces
    0:38:27 of the De Silva Life revenue pie right after this.
    0:38:32 You mentioned going back to the Facebook well
    0:38:34 for potential clients.
    0:38:36 This is like groups of business owners.
    0:38:39 This is groups specific to these software tools.
    0:38:40 What’s going on there?
    0:38:43 – Yeah, so right now it’s specific to the software tools.
    0:38:46 So what we just started implementing again
    0:38:49 is going back into the Click Uppers Facebook group
    0:38:52 and going and just answering people’s questions.
    0:38:55 No call to action, like, hey, book a call with me.
    0:38:57 It’s literally just me going in there.
    0:38:59 I’m looking at their question.
    0:39:01 I’m creating a 60 second loom video
    0:39:04 that solves their problem and they’re getting to know me
    0:39:06 as that person solving their problem.
    0:39:09 And so, you know, we literally just started
    0:39:12 this last week again and we’ve already had two people reach
    0:39:15 out and be like, hey, can I grab a one-on-one call with you?
    0:39:18 Do you do this in a custom way?
    0:39:22 And it’s crazy to see how it works where if you go in
    0:39:25 with the mindset of like, I’m just gonna go help people
    0:39:27 and build that connection with them,
    0:39:30 you see that return right away.
    0:39:31 – And it’s interesting ’cause it’s like, yes,
    0:39:34 I’m answering this one person’s question
    0:39:36 and it feels like it’s really worthwhile
    0:39:38 to take the time to do that.
    0:39:40 But everybody else in the group has the same access
    0:39:42 of the ability to see that answer.
    0:39:45 And it’s like, it seems like it’s one-to-one,
    0:39:46 but it’s really one-to-many.
    0:39:48 And even if it’s not the original poster
    0:39:50 that ends up reaching out, it’s like, hey, I saw your answer,
    0:39:53 you know, so I think that one potentially more scalable
    0:39:54 than it initially seems.
    0:39:57 – And that is actually what happened with one
    0:39:59 of the two people that reached out.
    0:40:01 Someone messaged me, I had a message request
    0:40:03 and they were like, hey, I saw your loom video
    0:40:05 in the Click Uppers group.
    0:40:06 Do you do this in a custom way?
    0:40:08 We’re looking for someone to optimize our Click Up.
    0:40:12 This person was not the person that asked that question
    0:40:14 and they just watched my loom video.
    0:40:18 And the thing is too, is what I found
    0:40:21 in the Click Uppers group, giving away my little secret here,
    0:40:25 I went in there and realized that everyone,
    0:40:28 you can absolutely see people promoting their services,
    0:40:29 which people should be.
    0:40:33 But in the responses to someone’s question,
    0:40:36 everyone is giving written or screenshot feedback.
    0:40:39 I’m like, how can I be different and go the extra mile?
    0:40:41 I’m gonna record a 60-second loom video.
    0:40:43 And I’ve already seen that pay off
    0:40:45 because I’m a visual learner,
    0:40:47 especially with things like softwares,
    0:40:50 like I need to see someone do it for some reason.
    0:40:54 Like the text doesn’t translate to my brain as quickly.
    0:40:56 And so I’m like, let’s see if this works.
    0:40:58 And so far, it’s been working.
    0:40:59 – So far, so good.
    0:41:01 All right, so we’ve got YouTube, we’ve got the Facebook.
    0:41:05 And then you mentioned Instagram as well.
    0:41:10 It looks like we’re a little over 5,000 followers on Instagram.
    0:41:14 So this is interesting where I think of Instagram
    0:41:18 as like pretty pictures or like a day in the life type of stuff.
    0:41:22 But it’s like similar educational content over here.
    0:41:23 What’s going, what’s working over there?
    0:41:27 – We have been doing Instagram since day one
    0:41:30 all the way back from the VA days.
    0:41:32 And it still really works for us.
    0:41:35 So Instagram, I feel like is one of the tools
    0:41:40 that, to be honest, is the hardest to scale
    0:41:42 ’cause I feel like they’re always changing the algorithm
    0:41:45 and like, oh, you need to post reels
    0:41:46 then everyone starts posting reels.
    0:41:48 And they’re like, actually, we’re doing carousels again,
    0:41:49 like post carousels.
    0:41:52 And so you have to kind of be in with the trends,
    0:41:54 but also at the same time,
    0:41:57 like if you do something that you’re known for,
    0:42:00 you can keep doing that and just like it’s gonna work.
    0:42:03 And so with Instagram,
    0:42:06 what we’ve been doing is just obviously educating
    0:42:08 and doing reels and carousels on different features
    0:42:11 of ClickUp and HoneyBook and as I mentioned,
    0:42:14 going more into the agency route as well.
    0:42:16 But then we also have, you know, fun things
    0:42:19 that that shows my personality or team’s personality
    0:42:22 and goes through our personal journey
    0:42:24 of scaling our agency as well.
    0:42:26 So I think that will also really resonate
    0:42:28 with our ideal client of like,
    0:42:30 we’ve been able to scale our agency
    0:42:33 and here’s how we run our agency with these systems
    0:42:35 and here’s how you can do it too.
    0:42:38 – Okay, got it.
    0:42:39 We got an example.
    0:42:40 It’s like four things to automate in ClickUp
    0:42:44 is the carousel post and there’s no call to action
    0:42:45 in the graphics themselves.
    0:42:48 The call to action is in the captions,
    0:42:48 it’s in the description.
    0:42:51 You can drop a comment below or shoot me a DM
    0:42:53 if you’re ready to take your efficiency to the next level.
    0:42:57 Let’s chat about how we can make ClickUp work harder for you.
    0:43:00 And so for anybody who comments,
    0:43:02 is there like a manual outreach,
    0:43:04 somebody on your team is trying to engage
    0:43:06 with these people, what does that look like?
    0:43:09 – Yeah, so most of our call to actions for Instagram
    0:43:12 are using many chat, which is like amazing.
    0:43:15 I love this tool where you can comment a keyword
    0:43:16 and then it can reply back.
    0:43:21 So that definitely boosts the engagement on our Instagram.
    0:43:25 So at least once a week we’ll have the carousel or caption
    0:43:29 or whatever say, comment teamwork
    0:43:31 and we’ll send you this week’s YouTube video.
    0:43:33 So then many chat we’ll go ahead and be like,
    0:43:34 thanks for commenting teamwork.
    0:43:37 If you wanna dive deeper into this topic,
    0:43:38 here’s this week’s YouTube video
    0:43:41 and it’ll send them to them via DM.
    0:43:41 – Got it.
    0:43:42 – So that’s your many chat,
    0:43:44 but definitely when there are ones that are like,
    0:43:47 if you’re ready to take it to the next level,
    0:43:51 those will then they’ll comment and then I’ll reach out
    0:43:54 and then be like, hey, what are you struggling with?
    0:43:55 Let’s chat about it.
    0:43:57 How can we help you tell me a little bit more
    0:43:58 about your company?
    0:44:01 So I would say probably 90% of the call to actions
    0:44:04 are responded through many chat automatically.
    0:44:05 – Okay.
    0:44:09 – And then after that, the other 10% would be me manually.
    0:44:12 And then another thing I’m considering with many chat too
    0:44:16 is having kind of like a follow-up sequence,
    0:44:17 maybe like a couple of days later,
    0:44:19 like, hey, did you check out the resource?
    0:44:20 Do you have any questions?
    0:44:24 And then kind of opening up that conversation again.
    0:44:28 – Yeah, that’s a cool way to do it without having to go in
    0:44:30 and reply to everybody manually.
    0:44:33 One thing that I think is interesting about Instagram
    0:44:37 today is you, and it could be good or bad,
    0:44:38 depending on your perspective,
    0:44:43 but they seem to, if your target audience
    0:44:48 is people who are interested in productivity and systems,
    0:44:50 they don’t need to be following you
    0:44:52 to get served up your content anymore.
    0:44:55 If it has been proven to be engaging to you,
    0:44:57 maybe a small subset of your followers,
    0:45:00 Instagram can push it out into the feed of other people
    0:45:02 it thinks are gonna engage with it.
    0:45:05 And I think that’s interesting for a small account
    0:45:08 to be able to grow your reach in that way.
    0:45:10 And it’s in half, probably two thirds of my feed,
    0:45:12 it’s like stuff with people I don’t follow,
    0:45:14 but it’s like, oh, shoot, they gotta be pegged.
    0:45:15 This is interesting.
    0:45:16 – Yep.
    0:45:19 – And it’s like, oh, stop, stop, stop, get out of here.
    0:45:21 – I did not subscribe to this.
    0:45:22 – Right, right.
    0:45:25 I guess it gives hope to people with small followings in that.
    0:45:27 You don’t necessarily need that early on.
    0:45:31 If you can create engaging content on a specific topic,
    0:45:33 people, you know, the algorithm will tend to push that out.
    0:45:34 – 100%.
    0:45:36 And even like talking about small following,
    0:45:39 like that is all vanity metrics.
    0:45:43 You could have $100,000 and be making like no money per month
    0:45:46 if it’s all just vanity metrics
    0:45:48 and you’re not pointing people in the right direction.
    0:45:53 Like you want to know how your content is converting
    0:45:56 where these people are coming from
    0:45:58 and like where it’s worth your time and effort,
    0:45:59 even in my case, my money,
    0:46:01 because we’re actually paying people
    0:46:05 to keep these systems and these marketing channels running.
    0:46:07 Don’t get caught up in the small following thing
    0:46:09 because you could consider me having a small following
    0:46:11 of 5,000 on Instagram,
    0:46:13 about like 6,000 subscribers on YouTube.
    0:46:15 Do I wish I had 100,000?
    0:46:16 Yeah, totally.
    0:46:18 But if I was still making the same amount of money
    0:46:20 and I’m not nurturing them,
    0:46:22 it doesn’t matter at the end of the day.
    0:46:24 – At the end of the day, it doesn’t matter.
    0:46:29 On the revenue side, obviously you’ve got the done for you
    0:46:31 consulting the high ticket,
    0:46:34 just hand over the keys, we’ll build this all for you.
    0:46:36 And the prices are public on thesilvalife.com
    0:46:38 which I think is interesting just because you know,
    0:46:40 always there’s a common to be like,
    0:46:41 well, book a book a consultation.
    0:46:43 And you know, I was like, well, shoot, if I have to ask,
    0:46:44 I probably can’t afford it.
    0:46:46 So I like that it’s upfront
    0:46:48 and it’s going to pre-qualify as people in a way.
    0:46:50 Or it’s like, okay, I’m not even going to get on the call
    0:46:52 if I can’t afford that.
    0:46:53 But if you look at that and say,
    0:46:55 yeah, that’s worth it to not have to do it myself.
    0:46:57 Sure, I think that’s interesting.
    0:47:01 You’ve got some like digital product template stuff
    0:47:02 that’s for sale.
    0:47:05 And then there’s like an online course.
    0:47:07 Can you give me a sense of the revenue pie,
    0:47:10 like the breakdown between these different offerings?
    0:47:11 – It gets a little like crazy
    0:47:14 because we have different services and offers
    0:47:17 and then we have two totally separate softwares.
    0:47:19 And so we have our ClickUp services
    0:47:21 and we have our Honeywok services.
    0:47:24 Then it breaks down for each of these.
    0:47:27 We have consulting one-on-one services
    0:47:28 which are the highest ticket.
    0:47:32 Then we have our courses and our templates.
    0:47:36 So our ClickUp consulting is about,
    0:47:40 I would say like 30%.
    0:47:42 Our Honeywok consulting revenue,
    0:47:45 like one-on-one is about 30%.
    0:47:50 Our courses and templates are about 30%.
    0:47:53 And then that other 10% is things
    0:47:57 like affiliate revenue, guest-speakings, partnerships,
    0:47:58 things like that.
    0:48:00 So it’s a pretty even split
    0:48:03 between Honeywok and ClickUp consultings.
    0:48:06 That’s being the biggest driver and revenue generation.
    0:48:09 Then our courses and templates.
    0:48:12 And then we have those kind of like other categories.
    0:48:15 – Okay, are you able to get your reseller rights
    0:48:18 or affiliate partnerships with the software themselves
    0:48:19 or there’s other tools that you’re recommending
    0:48:20 to customers?
    0:48:24 – Yeah, so we have our highest affiliate driver
    0:48:25 right now is Honeywok.
    0:48:27 They have an amazing referral program.
    0:48:30 We can get up to like a $300 payout
    0:48:32 for different people that sign up.
    0:48:35 And then we have a affiliate partnership
    0:48:37 with ClickUp as well.
    0:48:39 And then other tools we recommend too,
    0:48:43 but that’s like a much lower revenue generator obviously
    0:48:46 because a lot of our affiliate revenue
    0:48:47 also comes from YouTube,
    0:48:50 which is completely passive, which is awesome.
    0:48:52 – Yeah, and I guess that if the majority of your clients
    0:48:53 are already using these tools,
    0:48:55 this is a little bit higher in the funnel, so to speak,
    0:48:59 where maybe it’s broad level Honeywok tutorial,
    0:49:02 it’s Honeywok versus competitor A,
    0:49:03 Honeywok versus competitor B,
    0:49:05 like people who are trying to figure out,
    0:49:06 is this even right for me?
    0:49:08 And if it is, I sign up through our referral link.
    0:49:09 – Exactly.
    0:49:11 – What’s a day in the life?
    0:49:14 Like, it sounds like a lot of one-on-one consulting,
    0:49:16 a lot of client relationships.
    0:49:17 I mentioned having a team,
    0:49:19 like how much is it you doing this stuff?
    0:49:21 – I’m obviously a very organized person.
    0:49:23 I’m an avid time blocker.
    0:49:25 So every day kind of has a life of its own,
    0:49:28 but my week is themed into time blocks.
    0:49:32 So Tuesday, Thursday are primarily call days,
    0:49:33 like client call days.
    0:49:35 And so on those client call days,
    0:49:39 I could have upwards of like seven, eight calls in one day,
    0:49:41 just like the whole day stacked.
    0:49:45 And those could be a mix of sales calls, you know,
    0:49:49 kickoff calls, training calls, checking calls,
    0:49:52 one-on-one consultations and strategy sessions.
    0:49:53 So those are about the mix.
    0:49:55 And it could be for ClickUp or Honeybook.
    0:49:57 I don’t really theme those days in terms of like,
    0:49:59 okay, Tuesdays is just ClickUp calls.
    0:50:00 – You got it, you got it.
    0:50:01 – It’s just Honeybook.
    0:50:04 But I do section chunks of like, okay,
    0:50:07 from 10 to 12 will be just sales calls.
    0:50:11 And then from one to five will be just client calls,
    0:50:13 whether it’s a check-in or a kickoff
    0:50:15 or something like that.
    0:50:16 – Okay.
    0:50:19 – Other days, like Wednesdays are my days
    0:50:22 where I do like deep work for clients.
    0:50:25 And then Monday, Fridays are really dedicated to team.
    0:50:28 So we have team calls, we’re working on team initiatives,
    0:50:31 our quarterly initiatives for marketing
    0:50:34 and building our business, launching a new product,
    0:50:34 things like that.
    0:50:37 So does that answer your question?
    0:50:40 – That’s helpful to hear that some of it is passive,
    0:50:43 you know, client flow is relatively automated,
    0:50:45 relatively hands-off, but there’s a lot of hours
    0:50:47 that go into making this machine run.
    0:50:49 – Yeah, 100%, especially right now.
    0:50:51 And so we are an agency,
    0:50:55 but I’m still heavily involved in certain aspects
    0:50:56 of certain projects.
    0:50:59 Like some services are really agency-fied
    0:51:03 and I need to spend maybe like one or two hours total.
    0:51:06 And then other ones I’m still more directly involved
    0:51:10 as we continue to grow those offerings
    0:51:12 and get me out of the driver’s seat.
    0:51:16 – Do you find the expert trap
    0:51:19 where customers see your face on the YouTube videos,
    0:51:24 they see you on Instagram, they expect it to be you.
    0:51:26 And you say, well, I’m the CEO here, I’m the boss.
    0:51:30 I got, I trained my people to handle this for you.
    0:51:32 Do you get any pushback on that?
    0:51:33 – Oh, all the time.
    0:51:36 So not really from current clients because,
    0:51:39 and now let me say this too, for the Honey Book side,
    0:51:44 it was really easy to agency-fy and streamline that service
    0:51:48 because I’m not an expert copywriter,
    0:51:49 I’m not an expert designer.
    0:51:51 And those are two huge things
    0:51:54 that come into these Honey Book and client flow builds.
    0:51:57 So immediately when I brought in the team on that
    0:52:01 and we kind of made that agency streamlined,
    0:52:02 it was really easy to sell that.
    0:52:03 Because I’m like, listen,
    0:52:05 I’m gonna do the strategy and map out your client flow.
    0:52:07 Then we have an amazing team behind us
    0:52:10 that’s going to do the rest and make it all come to life.
    0:52:11 And they’re like, awesome, cool.
    0:52:14 So I was immediately able to actually deliver
    0:52:19 a better product after making that service agency-fied.
    0:52:23 Now the ClickUp one is a little bit harder
    0:52:24 because it’s so technical.
    0:52:27 It’s like my brainchild in a way.
    0:52:31 But again, that really comes down to our clients.
    0:52:34 They think they want me, but they want my brain.
    0:52:36 They want my framework.
    0:52:39 And so that’s what we translate to our clients.
    0:52:43 And as long as you translate that from the beginning
    0:52:47 of like, I’m still involved in this project right now anyway,
    0:52:49 I’m still involved in this project.
    0:52:50 And we’re gonna take care of you,
    0:52:54 but here are the other two key players in this.
    0:52:57 And then you start having them answering questions
    0:52:58 and serving the clients.
    0:52:59 They all of a sudden are like,
    0:53:01 okay, everyone can help me here.
    0:53:02 It doesn’t matter who’s helping me.
    0:53:04 I know I’m gonna get helped.
    0:53:05 – Yeah, that makes sense.
    0:53:07 I mean, from the business owner standpoint,
    0:53:08 of course it makes sense,
    0:53:09 but from the client perspective, it’s like, whoa, whoa, whoa.
    0:53:11 You know, I thought I was working with Christie,
    0:53:13 and so it’s trying to make- – Oh, 100%.
    0:53:17 – Try and get yourself out of certain roles
    0:53:18 to create more content,
    0:53:22 to think higher level strategy to do all this other stuff.
    0:53:24 – We get asked that on sales calls all the time.
    0:53:27 We’re like, okay, so who am I gonna be working with?
    0:53:28 Is it you?
    0:53:31 And I’m like, I will be lead in the project,
    0:53:33 but you’ll also be working with our amazing team.
    0:53:35 And I’ll name them and talk about their roles.
    0:53:38 So right now, yes, I’ll give them that comfort
    0:53:39 of I’m still involved.
    0:53:41 Eventually I won’t be,
    0:53:43 but again, it shouldn’t be an issue
    0:53:44 because it’s gonna be like,
    0:53:46 we’ve created this framework
    0:53:48 that works for hundreds of agencies.
    0:53:50 Now we’re just giving you the key.
    0:53:52 – And especially if you’re serving agency clients,
    0:53:53 they gotta understand,
    0:53:55 hey, this isn’t a solo operation either.
    0:53:56 – Yup.
    0:53:58 – Well, it’s tosilvallife.com.
    0:54:01 We’ll link up the YouTube channel as well.
    0:54:03 We’ll link up Instagram as well.
    0:54:04 What’s next for you?
    0:54:05 Where do you wanna take this thing?
    0:54:07 – Next for us is,
    0:54:09 I talked a lot about, you know,
    0:54:13 like our own agency is really day by day
    0:54:16 getting me more and more out of the driver’s seat.
    0:54:21 And we’re really working on building our offer suite.
    0:54:23 We have some solid offers now,
    0:54:24 but we’re actually launching a new offer
    0:54:26 that we’re super excited about
    0:54:28 called the ClickUp Agency Accelerator.
    0:54:31 So that’s going into beta in the next month or so.
    0:54:35 And the more and more we get our agency growing,
    0:54:38 then I’m gonna be able to have more time
    0:54:40 to dedicate to marketing
    0:54:43 and creating more educational content and stuff like that.
    0:54:44 So I’m excited for that.
    0:54:46 – All right, so building out the office suite
    0:54:49 and getting out of kind of the client fulfillment stuff
    0:54:51 to focus on the higher level stuff.
    0:54:53 – Exactly, yup.
    0:54:54 – That’s the goal, cool.
    0:54:55 Christy, this has been awesome.
    0:54:56 I’m taking a ton of notes.
    0:54:58 Lots of resources mentioned
    0:55:00 that we can link up in the show notes as well.
    0:55:03 Let’s wrap this thing up with your number one tip
    0:55:04 for side hustle nation.
    0:55:06 – I wanna kind of share my mantra
    0:55:10 that I have stuck with for these past four years.
    0:55:13 It was in the beginning of taking that initial leap.
    0:55:17 And then I carry this through with me on the hard days,
    0:55:21 on the good days, in these pivotal moments of feeling like,
    0:55:23 oh my gosh, how am I gonna get through
    0:55:25 this exact barrier in front of me?
    0:55:27 You always think like, well, what if it doesn’t work?
    0:55:29 Well, you know, I got into this point,
    0:55:31 but what if I can’t go any farther?
    0:55:33 But I’ve been able to reframe that.
    0:55:36 And every time I think, what if it doesn’t work?
    0:55:38 I then think, but what if it does?
    0:55:40 What is on the other side of that?
    0:55:42 What does that dream life look like?
    0:55:43 What does it look?
    0:55:45 Growing this business, being able to serve more people
    0:55:48 and support these amazing team members.
    0:55:51 And so if you’re having one of those moments like we all do,
    0:55:53 just think what if it does work?
    0:55:55 And that’s what really keeps me going.
    0:55:56 – The important addition to that,
    0:55:59 ’cause I love that we tend to focus a lot on the failure side.
    0:55:59 Well, what if it doesn’t work?
    0:56:02 Like, am I gonna have to, you know,
    0:56:04 you know, go sleep on a friend’s couch?
    0:56:06 Am I gonna have to go get another job?
    0:56:07 What if it doesn’t work?
    0:56:10 Like, it’s natural to focus on like the downside, right?
    0:56:12 If you minimize that downside risk, you’re like,
    0:56:15 okay, worst case scenario is not gonna be life threatening.
    0:56:16 What if it does work?
    0:56:18 And is that gonna be a win?
    0:56:22 Like if I project out three, five years down the road,
    0:56:24 am I gonna be materially better off?
    0:56:27 Am I gonna be in a better place personally, financially?
    0:56:28 What if it does work?
    0:56:29 I think it’s really important to ask.
    0:56:32 And we tend to focus on the negative side a little too much.
    0:56:34 So look at the upside as well.
    0:56:36 And make sure that you’re setting yourself up
    0:56:38 for those wins.
    0:56:39 We had Noah Kagan on the show.
    0:56:41 One of his criteria was like,
    0:56:43 could this be a million dollar business?
    0:56:44 If not, why am I even looking at it?
    0:56:47 Why is it even on the option list here?
    0:56:48 So that’s the number one tip.
    0:56:50 What if it does work?
    0:56:51 Takeaways from me.
    0:56:53 Obviously we’re talking about following the demand,
    0:56:56 lots of search volume around these particular software tools.
    0:56:59 Could you find something that you’re a relative expert in?
    0:57:01 Could you become an expert in the thing
    0:57:04 and build that library of educational content,
    0:57:06 help people out on that
    0:57:08 and have that consistent call to action?
    0:57:10 It doesn’t take a huge following.
    0:57:13 I think that’s probably the inspirational part.
    0:57:14 Because anybody who’s watching this
    0:57:17 is gonna get pretty well qualified lead.
    0:57:19 You knit yourself down and become that expert.
    0:57:22 You take inspiration from what’s working
    0:57:23 in terms of the competitor’s content,
    0:57:27 put your own unique spin on it, lots of inspiring stuff.
    0:57:28 If you’re new to the show,
    0:57:30 you’re wondering what to listen to next,
    0:57:32 I wanna invite you to build a personalized playlist
    0:57:34 of the Side Hustle Show episodes,
    0:57:39 most relevant to you and your specific situation and goals.
    0:57:41 All you gotta do is go to hustle.show,
    0:57:43 answer a few short multiple choice questions,
    0:57:44 you do it on your phone.
    0:57:47 The little quiz will spit back out this cool curated playlist
    0:57:50 based on your answers that you can add to your device,
    0:57:50 you can learn what works,
    0:57:52 you can go out and make some more money.
    0:57:55 That’s hustle.show, we mentioned Abby Ashley
    0:57:58 on the podcast previously, we’ll link up her episodes.
    0:58:01 And Paul Miners, another example doing this
    0:58:04 with Asana and Pipe Drive, very similar type of businesses.
    0:58:05 Hey, I’m an Asana consultant,
    0:58:07 and today we’re gonna learn how to do blah, blah, blah.
    0:58:10 Fantastic model, feel free to blatantly rip this off
    0:58:12 and apply this to whatever tool, right?
    0:58:14 Like it is, the template is here.
    0:58:16 It is for you to run with.
    0:58:18 So big thanks to Christie for sharing her insight.
    0:58:20 Big thanks to our sponsors
    0:58:22 for helping make this content free for everyone.
    0:58:25 You can hit up sidehustlenation.com/deals
    0:58:28 for all the latest offers from our sponsors in one place.
    0:58:30 Thank you for supporting the advertisers
    0:58:31 that support the show.
    0:58:32 That is it for me.
    0:58:34 Thank you so much for tuning in.
    0:58:35 If you’re finding value in the show,
    0:58:38 the greatest compliment is to share it with a friend,
    0:58:39 so fire off that text message.
    0:58:41 Hey, you should totally do this
    0:58:43 for filling the blank software tool.
    0:58:45 Until next time, let’s go out there and make something happen
    0:58:46 and I’ll catch you in the next edition
    0:58:48 of the Side Hustle Show.
    0:58:48 Hustle on.

    This episode is all about making use of the Piggyback Principle — why it’s easier to fill demand than to create it from scratch.

    Just like how kids would rather get a piggyback ride than walk because it’s easier.

    The same is true in business — this strategy allows you to ride the wave of success software products are experiencing to catch that rising tide and get better, faster results with less work.

    To help illustrate this, I connected with Kristi DaSilva from DaSilvaLife.com.

    DaSilva Life helps small businesses build success by setting up and integrating two popular software tools, HoneyBook and ClickUp, into their workflow and operations.

    This earns her thousands of dollars per project along the way.

    Tune in to Episode 627 of The Side Hustle Show to learn:

    • how to use the Piggyback Principle to build on what’s already popular
    • how to combine software with consulting or services to add value
    • how to guide your audience with clear calls to action in every piece of content

    Full Show Notes: From $30/hr to $300/hr: The Software Consulting Playbook

    New to the Show? Get your personalized money-making playlist here!

    Sponsors:

    Shopify — Sign up for a $1 per month trial!

    Indeed – Start hiring NOW with a $75 sponsored job credit to upgrade your job post!

    Mint Mobile — Cut your wireless bill to $15 a month!

  • 626: 13 Ways to Get Paid for Your Opinion

    AI transcript
    0:00:03 13 ways to get paid for your opinion.
    0:00:06 Yes, your opinion is worth something,
    0:00:07 and actually, you get paid pretty well for it,
    0:00:10 up to $50,000 a month in some cases,
    0:00:13 but the most lucrative ways to get paid for your opinion
    0:00:16 take more time and effort than simply entering our surveys.
    0:00:17 What’s up, what’s up, Nick Loper here.
    0:00:19 Welcome to The Science Hustle Show.
    0:00:21 It’s the business podcast you can actually apply,
    0:00:23 and today, I’m breaking down how to profit
    0:00:26 from something we all have, opinions.
    0:00:27 Now, we’re going roughly in order
    0:00:29 from lowest paying to highest paying,
    0:00:31 which is why you want to stick around to the end
    0:00:34 to see how some people are making a great full-time living
    0:00:35 from sharing theirs.
    0:00:37 Number one is the one I just alluded to,
    0:00:38 and that’s to take online surveys.
    0:00:41 This is probably the easiest and fastest way
    0:00:42 to get paid for your opinion.
    0:00:45 It is what shows up on everybody’s lists
    0:00:46 of ways to make extra money.
    0:00:49 These are companies like Swagbucks, SurveyJunkie,
    0:00:51 InboxDollars, they’re not going to make you rich,
    0:00:52 but they are legit.
    0:00:54 They’re an easy way to make extra money.
    0:00:56 Plus, you can do them in your downtime,
    0:00:58 like when you’re waiting in line or watching TV.
    0:00:59 I’ll put direct referral links
    0:01:01 to some of Side Hustle Nation’s favorites
    0:01:03 in the show notes for this episode.
    0:01:04 If you’re consistent with these,
    0:01:07 hey, maybe it’s $30 to $100 a month.
    0:01:10 Number two is to participate in market research
    0:01:12 and paid focus groups.
    0:01:15 These ones are always a fun side hustle for me,
    0:01:16 and they pay significantly better
    0:01:18 than typical online surveys.
    0:01:20 In fact, the average compensation for the ones
    0:01:22 that I’ve done is between $50 and $150 an hour.
    0:01:24 $200, I think, was one of them.
    0:01:26 Now, why would your opinion be worth so much?
    0:01:29 And the reason for this is that companies
    0:01:32 are using your feedback and guidance
    0:01:35 to come up with new product ideas
    0:01:37 or dictate the direction that they want to go
    0:01:38 before they launch,
    0:01:40 because it’s so much less expensive
    0:01:42 to pay a few people a little bit of money
    0:01:44 to get the product right upfront
    0:01:46 than launching the wrong product
    0:01:48 or with the wrong messaging
    0:01:49 or with the wrong design or layout.
    0:01:52 The downside to these is it’s hard
    0:01:55 to get selected for the studies very often,
    0:01:57 and that’s why you can’t really rely on it
    0:01:58 as a source of side hustle income,
    0:02:01 but it’s like fun extra money when it comes in.
    0:02:04 I’ve got a full post on side hustle nation
    0:02:06 where I break down the most popular companies
    0:02:07 in this space,
    0:02:08 but a couple favorites of mine
    0:02:11 are user interviews and respondent.
    0:02:13 So I’ll link up my full reviews
    0:02:14 and direct referral links for those
    0:02:16 in the show notes for this episode.
    0:02:18 Number three is product testing,
    0:02:18 and there’s a lot of companies
    0:02:21 that will facilitate different product testing gigs.
    0:02:24 One pretty well-established one is product report card.
    0:02:26 They’ve been around since 2012.
    0:02:28 They do product testing gigs.
    0:02:29 They do paid surveys.
    0:02:31 They do online focus groups.
    0:02:34 The best paying tests that I found
    0:02:37 are for these in-home product tests,
    0:02:39 and then also the remote interviews and focus groups.
    0:02:43 Sometimes in the 75 to $150 an hour range,
    0:02:44 great little side gig.
    0:02:45 Again, probably can’t count on it
    0:02:47 to be a reliable source of income,
    0:02:48 but when those gigs come through,
    0:02:50 and if you like testing out new products,
    0:02:52 could be a fun one to play around with.
    0:02:54 Number four is to test websites,
    0:02:57 and this is through services like user testing
    0:02:58 and Intellizum.
    0:03:01 They’ll pay it to give your feedback on websites,
    0:03:03 and similar to the market research and focus groups,
    0:03:06 in that it’s easier, faster, and cheaper
    0:03:10 to gather some screen-recorded, voice-recorded feedback
    0:03:13 of somebody trying to navigate your new redesign
    0:03:15 than it would be to launch,
    0:03:16 especially if you’re a big company
    0:03:18 and you’re getting a ton of traffic,
    0:03:20 than to have a redesign that’s confusing.
    0:03:22 People can’t find the button that they want to,
    0:03:25 you would click on, and it’s so much more efficient to do that.
    0:03:28 And for that reason, these companies will pay,
    0:03:30 well, they’ll pay user testing and Intellizum,
    0:03:31 they’ll pay them, and then they’ll share
    0:03:35 a portion of the proceeds with testers like you and me,
    0:03:38 typically like $10 for every 20-minute test or so,
    0:03:41 so what’s that, $30 an hour?
    0:03:43 But the downside is they do fill up really fast,
    0:03:45 and so you kind of build up a reputation
    0:03:48 on these platforms, somebody who provides good feedback,
    0:03:49 and you’re gonna be quick on the trigger
    0:03:51 when those tests do pop up.
    0:03:55 Number five is mystery shopping,
    0:03:58 and this is where you get to try new things,
    0:03:59 maybe it’s a restaurant,
    0:04:01 maybe it’s a hotel, even in some cases,
    0:04:03 it’ll stay for free, get some extra money
    0:04:04 for writing up a little report
    0:04:06 about your experience and opinion.
    0:04:08 I’ve done a little bit of this,
    0:04:11 mostly through an app called Field Agent
    0:04:14 where you would go to your local store,
    0:04:15 the app makes it really easy to open up,
    0:04:18 they show you the map where the nearby gigs are,
    0:04:21 and sometimes you find three or four of them at one store,
    0:04:26 typically it is a $3 to $10 gig on checking product displays,
    0:04:29 verifying inventory levels,
    0:04:31 taking pictures of that product in the store,
    0:04:34 occasionally it’s trying out a new product
    0:04:36 where they’ll reimburse you and give it a taste test
    0:04:39 and write about your opinion for that.
    0:04:40 Another one that’s hard to piece together
    0:04:43 a consistent income on an app like Field Agent,
    0:04:45 but it’s a fun way to make some money on shopping trips
    0:04:47 you’re already making, it would be hard to justify
    0:04:49 making a dedicated trip just to do that,
    0:04:53 and one thing that is frustrating and challenging
    0:04:56 is that sometimes the products that they want you to look for
    0:04:58 simply aren’t in the store,
    0:05:01 or for whatever reason they use this really hard
    0:05:05 to decipher acronym about what the product actually is,
    0:05:08 just they’re limited to two letter abbreviations,
    0:05:09 I don’t know, it’s hard to describe,
    0:05:11 but if you use the app, you know what I’m talking about,
    0:05:12 so it’s frustrating to think you’re gonna make
    0:05:15 an easy $15, $20, $25,
    0:05:17 because you saw that several of these quick gigs
    0:05:21 were listed at one store only to spend 15 minutes
    0:05:23 wandering the aisles, trying to find the things
    0:05:25 that they wanted you to take pictures of,
    0:05:28 but I’ll link up my full Field Agent app review for more.
    0:05:31 Now, for better paying mystery shopping gigs,
    0:05:33 Jen Trinidad recommended starting
    0:05:35 with the Industry Association.
    0:05:39 – Hi, I’m Jen Trinidad of Budget Divas,
    0:05:42 and I made about $2,000 a month
    0:05:44 on average mystery shopping.
    0:05:45 If you’re interested in mystery shopping,
    0:05:50 the first place I would go to mspa-americas.org,
    0:05:53 they are like the government agency
    0:05:55 of mystery shopping, if you will,
    0:06:00 so MSPA stands for the Mystery Shopping Providers Association,
    0:06:02 and when you go onto that site,
    0:06:07 you’ll have access to a list of mystery shopping providers
    0:06:11 that have gone through this process
    0:06:15 to become a legitimate mystery shopping company.
    0:06:17 – Okay, so it’s primarily done
    0:06:19 through these kind of directories
    0:06:22 versus calling up Target or Walmart
    0:06:25 and offering to go check on their employees.
    0:06:27 – Yeah, so for someone who’s new at the bottom
    0:06:29 of your screen on the right-hand side,
    0:06:30 where it says congratulations,
    0:06:33 it says Elite Member 2022,
    0:06:36 and so those are the companies
    0:06:40 that have been vetted through the MSPA,
    0:06:45 and are the companies that people would wanna work with.
    0:06:47 If you’re on this list,
    0:06:50 that means that they’re a great company to work for
    0:06:53 and mystery shoppers recommend them.
    0:06:55 – All right, so that’s number five, mystery shopping.
    0:06:58 Number six is one that not a lot of people know about.
    0:06:59 I always felt like this was pretty cool
    0:07:00 when I discovered this,
    0:07:03 and that’s to write software reviews
    0:07:06 through sites like G2 and Capterra.
    0:07:08 They will occasionally pay you,
    0:07:10 usually through Amazon gift cards
    0:07:12 for honest software product reviews,
    0:07:16 and I’ve received several of these worth over $100
    0:07:18 in total for all the different tools
    0:07:20 that I use to run my business,
    0:07:22 and what is kind of the secret here
    0:07:24 is you gotta leave your first review for free
    0:07:27 because during that process,
    0:07:29 they’ll ask you what other tools that you use.
    0:07:31 What do you integrate active campaign with?
    0:07:33 What do you integrate ConvertKit with?
    0:07:36 And you could say, well, I’ll use it with lead pages
    0:07:38 or I use it with this other tool
    0:07:41 or I take payments with Stripe or something,
    0:07:44 and then the secret is to not review those right away,
    0:07:46 is wait for an email to come through
    0:07:48 that offers a little gift card incentive.
    0:07:51 Sometimes it’s $5, sometimes it’s 10, 15, 20,
    0:07:53 depending on what they really wanna build up
    0:07:55 a critical mass of reviews,
    0:07:57 ’cause their game, you always peel back,
    0:07:58 well, if somebody’s giving me money,
    0:07:59 what’s in it for them, right?
    0:08:00 Their game is to rank in Google
    0:08:02 if somebody searches ConvertKit review,
    0:08:04 active campaign review,
    0:08:06 and they’ve crowdsourced hundreds and hundreds
    0:08:07 of these things and they can say,
    0:08:10 hey, on average, it’s worth a 4.2 star rating,
    0:08:12 and hopefully somebody clicks our affiliate link
    0:08:13 when they go and sign up.
    0:08:15 And it’s a pretty smart business
    0:08:17 ’cause then they’re gonna get recurring revenue
    0:08:19 in the cases of a lot of these software companies
    0:08:20 for the life of that customer.
    0:08:23 And okay, so it was worthwhile to pay out a little bit
    0:08:26 to start to collect those honest reviews.
    0:08:28 So anyways, that’s kind of a fun one.
    0:08:31 It’s not a ton of money, but it’s a kind of a fun one for me.
    0:08:33 So that’s the first half of our list.
    0:08:35 Number one, take online surveys.
    0:08:37 Number two, market research and focus groups.
    0:08:39 Number three is product testing.
    0:08:41 Number four is to test websites.
    0:08:43 Number five was mystery shopping.
    0:08:46 And number six was to write software reviews.
    0:08:49 We got lots more ways to monetize your opinion,
    0:08:51 including some that could be worth thousands of dollars
    0:08:54 a month or more right after this.
    0:08:55 You know, the “Science Hustle” show
    0:08:56 is here to help you make more money.
    0:08:59 And one of the fastest ways to improve your bottom line
    0:09:01 is to play the substitution game.
    0:09:04 How it works is you find lower cost alternatives
    0:09:05 to what you’re already spending money on.
    0:09:08 And if you can do it for a recurring expense,
    0:09:11 you just scored yourself some reverse passive income.
    0:09:14 That’s the cash you’re no longer spending every month.
    0:09:16 One of those areas is your wireless provider.
    0:09:17 And that’s why I’m excited to partner
    0:09:20 with Mint Mobile for this episode.
    0:09:22 I made the switch to Mint Mobile back in 2019
    0:09:24 and haven’t looked back.
    0:09:27 Mint Mobile offers premium wireless for $15 a month
    0:09:29 when you purchase a three month plan.
    0:09:30 All plans come with high speed data
    0:09:32 and unlimited talk and text delivered
    0:09:35 on the nation’s largest 5G network.
    0:09:36 You can use your own phone
    0:09:39 with any Mint Mobile plan and keep your current phone number
    0:09:41 and all your existing contacts.
    0:09:42 To get this new customer offer
    0:09:45 in your new three month premium wireless plan
    0:09:46 for just 15 bucks a month,
    0:09:50 go to mintmobile.com/sidehustle.
    0:09:53 That’s mintmobile.com/sidehustle.
    0:09:55 Cut your wireless bill to 15 bucks a month
    0:09:58 at mintmobile.com/sidehustle.
    0:10:02 $45 upfront payment required equivalent to $15 per month.
    0:10:05 New customers on first three month plan only
    0:10:08 speeds slower above 40 gigabytes on unlimited plan.
    0:10:11 Additional taxes, fees and restrictions apply.
    0:10:13 See Mint Mobile for details.
    0:10:16 It was Friday evening after work.
    0:10:19 I was about 100 yards away from my condo in Atlanta.
    0:10:22 I was almost home when this Pontiac Aztec
    0:10:25 comes flying out of nowhere in the second lane.
    0:10:26 I lay on the horn.
    0:10:30 I brace for impact as it slams into my driver’s side door.
    0:10:32 The airbag explodes, I go spinning
    0:10:34 and a lot of things go through your mind
    0:10:35 in that split second.
    0:10:37 But in that moment, I don’t want,
    0:10:39 is my family gonna be taken care of
    0:10:41 to be one of those things that goes through yours?
    0:10:43 Thankfully, I was okay after that crash,
    0:10:45 but you never know when your time is up.
    0:10:47 And that’s why I wanna invite side hustle show listeners
    0:10:49 to set up your term coverage life insurance
    0:10:51 with our sponsor Ladder today.
    0:10:52 It takes just a few minutes.
    0:10:53 You can even do it on your phone.
    0:10:55 All you need to do is answer a few questions
    0:10:58 about your health and then Ladder’s smart algorithms
    0:11:00 work in real time so you’ll find out
    0:11:01 if you’re instantly approved.
    0:11:03 That’s right, it’s 100% digital.
    0:11:05 No doctors, no needles, no paperwork
    0:11:08 when you’re applying for $3 million in coverage or less.
    0:11:11 Ladder policies are issued by top rated insurers
    0:11:14 with long proven histories of paying claims.
    0:11:16 On top of that, there’s no hidden fees.
    0:11:18 You can cancel at any time and you can get a full refund
    0:11:21 if you change your mind in the first 30 days.
    0:11:23 It’s no secret life insurance costs more
    0:11:24 the longer you wait.
    0:11:26 So now’s the time to cross this off your list.
    0:11:29 Go to ladderlife.com/hustle today
    0:11:31 to see if you’re instantly approved.
    0:11:36 That’s L-A-D-D-E-R-LIFE.com/hustle.
    0:11:39 Ladderlife.com/hustle and big thanks
    0:11:41 to Ladder for sponsoring the show.
    0:11:45 Number seven is one of the most buzzworthy side hustles
    0:11:46 of the moment or of the year.
    0:11:49 And that’s to review products on Amazon
    0:11:51 through the Amazon influencer program.
    0:11:53 Now, the reason for this is in most cases,
    0:11:55 Amazon isn’t gonna pay you to leave written reviews
    0:11:57 of the products you buy.
    0:12:00 But if you’re accepted into the Amazon influencer program,
    0:12:04 you can get paid to create short video product reviews.
    0:12:06 And by that, I mean, they’re not gonna pay you up front,
    0:12:08 but they are gonna pay you a little commission
    0:12:13 if someone buys the product after watching your video.
    0:12:15 It says, “Hey, thanks for helping us close that sale.
    0:12:17 “We’ll sprinkle a couple percentage points your way.”
    0:12:20 And the cool thing is you don’t have to drive any traffic.
    0:12:22 Unlike traditional affiliate marketing
    0:12:24 where you gotta have the SEO dialed in
    0:12:27 or the email list dialed in or the big social following,
    0:12:29 this is entirely driven on Amazon.
    0:12:32 They post these videos on the product pages
    0:12:34 as a way to help close more sales
    0:12:36 or as a way to help educate customers
    0:12:39 and kind of give the shopper an honest look
    0:12:40 at what is this product like
    0:12:43 in the hands of actual customers.
    0:12:44 And it’s super easy.
    0:12:46 Like for me, low production quality,
    0:12:50 just shot with my phone, quick voiceover.
    0:12:51 I’m usually not even on the camera.
    0:12:53 It’s to me kind of pointing the,
    0:12:54 sometimes my hands are in the picture,
    0:12:57 demonstrating what the product is or how it works,
    0:12:58 but super easy.
    0:13:01 I made my first $9 after just a few days of uploading.
    0:13:05 It’s like, this is probably the easiest $9 I’ve ever made.
    0:13:07 You know, maybe around a hundred bucks a month on average
    0:13:09 and probably more during Q4.
    0:13:11 Very little effort, very passive
    0:13:12 once these videos are uploaded.
    0:13:14 Connected with other side hustlers
    0:13:16 earning $2,000 a month or more,
    0:13:18 sharing their opinions on Amazon products
    0:13:19 through this program.
    0:13:22 It’s become a really popular side hustle.
    0:13:26 And when anything like that kind of takes off or blows up
    0:13:29 or it’s perceived easy money to be had,
    0:13:32 you get a lot of these early adopter gurus
    0:13:33 pitching their course on the topic.
    0:13:36 And maybe there is some secret sauce,
    0:13:39 best practice strategy going on behind the scenes.
    0:13:42 But the people I see having the most success with this
    0:13:44 are simply the ones who upload the most videos,
    0:13:46 who cast the widest net.
    0:13:48 I remember meeting this woman
    0:13:51 at a podcaster meetup in Seattle last summer
    0:13:53 and sharing just how genuinely excited I was
    0:13:55 about this new semi passive income stream of mine.
    0:13:58 And it turned out she was doing it too.
    0:13:58 And she was kind of like,
    0:14:01 “Oh, you’re making $100. That’s cute.”
    0:14:05 But she probably had 50 to 100 times more videos than I had.
    0:14:08 And so she was making way more money per month.
    0:14:08 And so I asked,
    0:14:12 “Well, how did you get all those products to review?”
    0:14:13 I feel like we’re just about tapped out
    0:14:15 with the stuff that we have in the house
    0:14:16 that’s from Amazon.
    0:14:18 And she said, “Oh, that’s easy.”
    0:14:19 When I ran out of stuff,
    0:14:22 I just started reviewing the stuff at all my friends’ houses.
    0:14:23 So that’s one way to solve the problem.
    0:14:25 And I’ve heard from other Amazon influencers
    0:14:27 that after a while,
    0:14:30 brands will actually start sending you free products
    0:14:31 to review,
    0:14:33 which is another way to keep adding fuel to this fire.
    0:14:36 Now, long-term, there’s lots of speculation over
    0:14:39 is that low production quality iPhone video gonna cut it
    0:14:42 if somebody else is creating a more YouTube style,
    0:14:43 more professional appearance?
    0:14:45 Like after all, which one is gonna get clicked on
    0:14:48 on that product listing page on Amazon?
    0:14:49 That’s hard to say,
    0:14:51 but for the time being it’s still a pretty low barrier
    0:14:52 to entry.
    0:14:54 It is a program that you have to apply for.
    0:14:58 They do want you to include your YouTube, Instagram,
    0:14:59 TikTok.
    0:15:00 They want some level of social following,
    0:15:02 but they don’t say how much of a social following
    0:15:04 that you need to have.
    0:15:05 And importantly,
    0:15:07 while I’m sure they would love for you to post your product
    0:15:09 reviews onto your social media accounts,
    0:15:11 that isn’t a requirement once you are accepted.
    0:15:12 So that’s number seven,
    0:15:14 the Amazon influencer program.
    0:15:17 Number eight is another one that you might not have heard of.
    0:15:21 And that’s to solve interesting problems.
    0:15:24 There are sites like mindsumo.com
    0:15:27 where these corporate companies come on
    0:15:30 and ask kind of deeper questions.
    0:15:33 They try to crowdsource some creativity,
    0:15:35 some innovation, some answers.
    0:15:36 And in exchange for that,
    0:15:39 they’re offering rewards that sometimes will go
    0:15:42 from 800 to 2,500 bucks.
    0:15:43 So when I was browsing,
    0:15:47 I saw questions like what’s the next big food trend
    0:15:51 or propose a new way to learn about different cultures?
    0:15:53 And so it kind of gets your creative juices flowing.
    0:15:56 And if you have opinions about the things
    0:15:57 that are being asked,
    0:15:59 you can kind of throw your hat in the ring, so to speak,
    0:16:01 or throw your ideas out there
    0:16:03 and you have a shot at winning
    0:16:05 some of these decent prizes there.
    0:16:07 So that’s mindsumo.com.
    0:16:09 There’s a few other ones that are similar,
    0:16:11 but it’s kind of where these companies
    0:16:14 are trying to crowdsource some ideas and innovation.
    0:16:17 Number nine is freelance writing.
    0:16:20 And even in the age of chat TPD,
    0:16:21 there’s still a strong demand,
    0:16:24 maybe even more so because of chat TPD,
    0:16:26 there’s a strong demand for real human writers
    0:16:28 who’ve got experience, who’ve got a voice,
    0:16:31 they’ve got an opinion on what they’re writing about.
    0:16:33 And these companies are hiring freelancers
    0:16:35 for website content, for articles,
    0:16:38 for email newsletters, for sales copy,
    0:16:41 for brochures and training materials.
    0:16:44 And freelance writers can command anywhere from 50
    0:16:47 to $500 or more per article.
    0:16:50 And you can connect with clients through your network,
    0:16:53 you can connect with clients through Upwork or Fiverr
    0:16:56 like Georgia Austin did in episode 479.
    0:16:58 Here’s how she described getting her start.
    0:17:00 – I wasn’t necessarily thinking anything
    0:17:03 would come of this Fiverr account, but I made it
    0:17:05 and I uploaded my first,
    0:17:07 I think it was just one gig at the time.
    0:17:09 It was a website content gig.
    0:17:13 And to my surprise, I got my first order within two days.
    0:17:16 So that was an amazing thing to happen.
    0:17:17 I wasn’t expecting it.
    0:17:20 I kind of expected it to take,
    0:17:21 it’s a week to get my first order
    0:17:24 or I wasn’t even expecting to get one at all.
    0:17:26 And then I just kept getting orders
    0:17:27 and kept getting orders.
    0:17:30 I did that for about one or two months.
    0:17:33 And then I got offered a full-time position
    0:17:35 as a marketing manager in New York,
    0:17:40 funnily enough, the same day as I got accepted to Fiverr Pro.
    0:17:41 And obviously me being me at the time,
    0:17:45 I was thinking, it’s gonna be more secure
    0:17:48 and maybe I’ll have better career opportunities
    0:17:49 if I take this full-time position.
    0:17:50 So that’s what I did.
    0:17:54 And then I did that for another eight, nine months.
    0:17:57 And then the company sadly broke down a bit
    0:17:58 because of the pandemic
    0:18:01 or had a bit of a rough ride at the time.
    0:18:02 I think they’re okay now, which is good.
    0:18:05 But then I decided to turn my Fiverr Pro back on again.
    0:18:07 And it literally just blew up.
    0:18:10 I was not expecting it at all.
    0:18:11 When March came around,
    0:18:14 my revenue was tripling and tripling every month.
    0:18:16 And with that, wizard of content was born.
    0:18:18 So quite the journey.
    0:18:19 – Sounds like it.
    0:18:22 I wanna pause and go back to this initial Fiverr gig,
    0:18:24 a website content gig.
    0:18:27 There are hundreds, probably thousands
    0:18:30 of other freelance writers on this platform.
    0:18:33 How did you set up this gig to get eyeballs,
    0:18:37 to get exposure, to get anybody paying attention to you,
    0:18:39 to get an order within just a couple of days?
    0:18:41 – So one thing I did do,
    0:18:44 which I actually took this tip from Alex Pazulo.
    0:18:46 I’m sure anyone who knows Fiverr knows Alex.
    0:18:48 I know you know Alex as well.
    0:18:52 So she gave a piece of advice for you
    0:18:54 to get your friends and family to purchase your gig.
    0:18:57 So obviously other prospective buyers
    0:18:59 are really gonna put trust in people
    0:19:01 who have a few five-star reviews.
    0:19:04 So something that I knew would be really important
    0:19:06 to gain that immediate trust.
    0:19:09 So what I did is I did some example work
    0:19:12 or practice pieces for my friends and family.
    0:19:15 And on my two gigs that I had at the time,
    0:19:18 I made sure I got five reviews on each gig.
    0:19:22 So that really was, I think, the stepping stone
    0:19:26 for me to be able to get more orders from real buyers.
    0:19:28 So if anyone’s gonna create a Fiverr account,
    0:19:32 I highly recommend that you do this strategy.
    0:19:33 And it doesn’t have to be a fake order.
    0:19:36 And I know that Fiverr, the internal team there,
    0:19:38 they’re actually getting quite hot on this.
    0:19:39 They know that people are doing this.
    0:19:41 So they obviously want every transaction
    0:19:43 to be as legitimate as possible
    0:19:45 or only be legitimate transactions.
    0:19:48 So I would definitely recommend that you do real work
    0:19:49 for your friends and family.
    0:19:52 Maybe your dad has a medical company
    0:19:56 or your mom needs some blog written for her company,
    0:19:58 anything, any friend or family member.
    0:20:02 Get them to buy your gig, do the job,
    0:20:03 and they can leave you a nice five-star review.
    0:20:05 And then I can almost guarantee
    0:20:08 that you’ll at least get one order come through pretty soon.
    0:20:12 – Again, that’s Georgia Austin from episode 479.
    0:20:13 At the time we recorded,
    0:20:16 she was posting some huge sales numbers,
    0:20:18 like up to $90,000 a month.
    0:20:21 And she’d hired a team of writers to help deliver that work.
    0:20:22 Now, as a freelance writer,
    0:20:26 you’re typically following a content brief or outline.
    0:20:27 But in most cases,
    0:20:29 you’ll still be allowed to sprinkle in bits of your opinion
    0:20:31 if the employer is open to it.
    0:20:33 And they’ll give you some guidance on to,
    0:20:35 as to what kind of tone that they’d like
    0:20:36 the finished piece to have.
    0:20:38 But that’s number nine, freelance writing.
    0:20:40 Number 10 is to write a book.
    0:20:42 This is one of my all-time favorite
    0:20:44 and most passive side hustles.
    0:20:46 And passive, I mean,
    0:20:48 after the whole writing the book part, that is.
    0:20:52 But my books share my opinion on topics like,
    0:20:54 what are the most important items every website should have?
    0:20:58 That’s like the small business website checklist from 2014,
    0:20:59 I wanna say that was published.
    0:21:01 I did how to work with virtual assistants,
    0:21:03 starting way back in 2012,
    0:21:05 opinion on how to start a side hustle,
    0:21:07 like lots of books on this topic.
    0:21:10 And over the last decade, that collection of titles
    0:21:14 has earned over $80,000 in author royalties.
    0:21:15 I can’t call myself a full-time author,
    0:21:17 but it’s a fun way to get paid
    0:21:21 to put your ideas and opinions out into the world.
    0:21:22 That is number 10,
    0:21:24 write a book or the self-publishing side hustle.
    0:21:26 Number 11 is to start a newsletter.
    0:21:28 So email newsletters,
    0:21:30 another hot side hustle of the moment.
    0:21:33 Low cost, you can eventually monetize with ads,
    0:21:34 with paid subscriptions,
    0:21:35 with your own products and services.
    0:21:39 One fun newsletter and a very opinionated example
    0:21:42 that I get is Cody Sanchez’s Contrarian Thinking,
    0:21:46 which maybe has rebranded to business buyers.
    0:21:47 I don’t know what it is now,
    0:21:48 but it used to be Contrarian Thinking.
    0:21:51 And in it, she breaks down topics like entrepreneurship,
    0:21:54 buying businesses, alternative investments,
    0:21:58 all through her quote unquote, Contrarian lens.
    0:21:59 And here’s Cody explaining how you might come up
    0:22:01 with your newsletter topic
    0:22:04 and how she got her first few thousand subscribers.
    0:22:06 I typically say to start with,
    0:22:09 look for where do people ask you your opinion
    0:22:11 on things consistently?
    0:22:13 What would you do even if you weren’t getting paid for it?
    0:22:16 What are the hobbies that you’d like to get into
    0:22:17 and learn more about
    0:22:19 and you’re okay sharing your journey on that?
    0:22:21 What are you actually really, really good at
    0:22:24 that you don’t have to think too much about doing?
    0:22:25 And when you answer those four questions,
    0:22:28 you’ll find a little short list of things
    0:22:32 that you can create a newsletter or a products business
    0:22:34 around based on your ideas or your experience.
    0:22:35 And there’s plenty of people,
    0:22:39 like my newsletters are basically all about building wealth
    0:22:42 or building businesses in unconventional ways.
    0:22:44 And I’m not saying that I have it all figured out.
    0:22:46 My newsletters are usually me experimenting with it
    0:22:47 as a former journalist.
    0:22:50 I’m like, man, I think you could probably build a business
    0:22:53 that makes 100K pretty quickly from an e-product.
    0:22:56 Let’s try it, document how we did it
    0:22:57 and then tell people how it turned out.
    0:22:59 And so anybody could do that with anything
    0:23:03 from cooking to incense sales to creating an app.
    0:23:05 – Yeah, there’s lots of different ways to go here.
    0:23:09 And as long as it’s welcomed in somebody’s inbox,
    0:23:11 then people are likely to stick around.
    0:23:13 People are likely to read it, to share it.
    0:23:15 And tell me about getting this thing off the ground
    0:23:18 ’cause everybody’s starting with day one, zero subscribers.
    0:23:20 – We actually did a kind of a fun post,
    0:23:23 which was zero to 10,000 subscribers.
    0:23:24 And how did we get there?
    0:23:26 And we did it within 30 days.
    0:23:28 Like sort of what would those first 30 days be like
    0:23:30 if you were to go from zero to 10?
    0:23:33 And so there’s like a couple overarching themes.
    0:23:37 Essentially, where you start is
    0:23:38 with the people that you already know.
    0:23:41 And so I think the most important thing
    0:23:44 for anyone who’s starting a newsletter is for some reason,
    0:23:46 I don’t know if you felt this when you first create something,
    0:23:48 but it’s scary to share.
    0:23:50 And so we post it on social media
    0:23:51 because it’s sort of out there
    0:23:54 and it’s not exactly in somebody’s face.
    0:23:56 But what we did that I think will accelerate you
    0:23:57 the quickest, your first,
    0:23:59 let’s call it a couple hundred subscribers
    0:24:02 is we pinged it to all of the people
    0:24:05 that we actually know personally via email.
    0:24:07 So, did a mail merge to my contacts,
    0:24:09 which everybody in their Gmail,
    0:24:10 whether you realize it or not,
    0:24:11 you have a couple of thousand people
    0:24:13 that you’ve been communicating with.
    0:24:15 And we just allow them to opt in or not.
    0:24:17 Hey, we built a business baby.
    0:24:18 Do you wanna celebrate it?
    0:24:20 Do you wanna come along for the ride?
    0:24:21 Yes, no, maybe so.
    0:24:24 Not pushy, no opt-ins,
    0:24:26 but allow them to join the journey if they want to.
    0:24:29 Because so few people actually follow through
    0:24:30 and create things, you’ll be surprised.
    0:24:32 I think we had maybe like a,
    0:24:35 I don’t know, 30 or 40% of the people we sent that to
    0:24:37 actually followed up.
    0:24:38 And it’s funny, now I say we
    0:24:41 ’cause there is another person that helps me on this,
    0:24:42 but we in the beginning, it was me.
    0:24:44 So I would start with that.
    0:24:45 And then the second thing
    0:24:49 that I think is really important to start doing is,
    0:24:52 everybody has a couple of people in their lives
    0:24:54 that are, I hate to use the word influencers,
    0:24:56 but we could use the word centers of influence.
    0:24:58 Maybe you don’t know a ton of Joe Rogan’s,
    0:25:00 but maybe you know a couple of Joe Schmoes
    0:25:03 who have a couple hundred people that listen to them
    0:25:07 and who think that their ideas are worth sharing.
    0:25:09 And so we kinda combed through myself
    0:25:11 and actually made my husband do this too,
    0:25:14 the people that we know who have some sort of following.
    0:25:16 We just scrolled through our iPhone
    0:25:17 and we looked through LinkedIn
    0:25:20 and we pinged maybe 20, 25 different people
    0:25:22 that were sort of friends of ours.
    0:25:23 And then told them about this
    0:25:25 and asked if they’d be willing to share it.
    0:25:26 And could we share something
    0:25:27 or do something to help in return?
    0:25:31 And those two things really led to the biggest first,
    0:25:34 let’s call it, a couple hundred thousand subscribers.
    0:25:37 And then you layer on all the normal things, like–
    0:25:40 – Couple hundred to a thousand, not a couple hundred thousand.
    0:25:42 – Yes, no, no, no, not yet, one day.
    0:25:44 – Now, Cody has obviously blown up
    0:25:46 on social media since then,
    0:25:49 but back in episode 419, four years ago,
    0:25:51 she was in the early stages of her journey
    0:25:53 as a center of the influence herself.
    0:25:55 So, check it out if you wanna learn more
    0:25:57 about how she grew and monetized the newsletter.
    0:25:59 That is number 11 on this list,
    0:26:01 the email newsletter side hustle, great way
    0:26:03 to monetize your opinion.
    0:26:05 Number 12 is to start a YouTube channel.
    0:26:08 And the example that I wanna point you to here
    0:26:10 is my buddy, Marcos Lattak,
    0:26:13 runs the channel Whiteboard Finance at press time.
    0:26:15 He’s closing in on a million subscribers,
    0:26:16 but he’s been at it for several years,
    0:26:19 so it’s not like an overnight type of success,
    0:26:22 although there are some viral wins along the way.
    0:26:24 But Marcos breaks down these complex
    0:26:25 personal finance topics,
    0:26:27 he gives his opinion on current money events,
    0:26:30 and earns a healthy six figure income from home doing it.
    0:26:34 And, well, you can definitely spend a lot of time and energy
    0:26:37 to create a highly produced video.
    0:26:40 Marcos’ videos are more about the content and information
    0:26:42 than they are about dazzling visuals.
    0:26:44 – If you wanna do something crazy cinematography-wise,
    0:26:46 obviously it’s gonna take more time to edit
    0:26:48 and it’s gonna take more effort.
    0:26:50 Me, I stand in front of a Whiteboard,
    0:26:52 and it’s almost like a lesson to a classroom.
    0:26:53 A lot of people call me,
    0:26:55 they say, “Oh, I wish you were my teacher in high school,
    0:26:57 I wish you were my professor in college.”
    0:26:59 You explain stuff better than they do.
    0:27:01 My format is easy to edit
    0:27:03 just because of the way I deliver my content.
    0:27:04 So if you look at it,
    0:27:07 it’s almost like a blog post or a blog article
    0:27:08 turned into a video.
    0:27:11 I have an intro, I have a body, I have a conclusion,
    0:27:12 and that’s pretty much it.
    0:27:14 I don’t move away from the Whiteboard.
    0:27:15 Maybe I’ll do some stuff in the field,
    0:27:17 but that’s very rare.
    0:27:20 So my video editing process over the years
    0:27:22 has become very streamlined
    0:27:25 and it’s allowed me to basically hit record,
    0:27:27 knock out the video, edit it.
    0:27:30 I know exactly what I need to do, same subtitle,
    0:27:33 same everything, same filters, same settings,
    0:27:36 and I can knock out a video from literally outlining
    0:27:39 to pushing it to YouTube live
    0:27:42 in about, I’d say, three to four hours total.
    0:27:44 – And once you have that video live,
    0:27:47 it can have a really long lifespan.
    0:27:50 Like, those videos can earn views and revenue for years
    0:27:53 if it’s on an evergreen topic, which is really cool,
    0:27:54 and that’s in sharp contrast
    0:27:56 to almost all other social media.
    0:27:59 Now lately, I’ve been playing around with Pictori.ai
    0:28:03 to pull in hundreds of stock video clips for my videos.
    0:28:06 This is a task that would have taken me days, probably,
    0:28:08 or a human editor who knew what they were doing,
    0:28:09 hours and hours to do,
    0:28:11 and it does it in just a few minutes.
    0:28:13 So that’s something that I’ve been enjoying
    0:28:16 using this year, Pictori.ai.
    0:28:18 I think I’ve got a special promo code
    0:28:19 for Side Hustle Show listeners.
    0:28:21 I can put in the show notes
    0:28:23 if you wanna play around with that one as well.
    0:28:24 But that’s number 12.
    0:28:26 The 12th way to get paid for your opinion
    0:28:29 is to share that opinion on YouTube bonus points
    0:28:33 if you can do that in a channel around a dedicated topic,
    0:28:34 like Side Hustles in my case
    0:28:37 or personal finance in Marco’s case.
    0:28:40 Number 13 is to build a website.
    0:28:43 And this is my favorite way to get paid.
    0:28:45 I’ve been doing it for 10, 15 plus years,
    0:28:46 is to create this helpful website,
    0:28:48 this library of helpful content.
    0:28:50 This is like your online home base.
    0:28:52 This could be SideHustleNation.com.
    0:28:54 This could be the virtual assistant site
    0:28:55 that I used to have,
    0:28:57 less so with the original shoe business,
    0:28:59 not a lot of opinionated content on there.
    0:29:00 But it was like, hey,
    0:29:01 you wanna find the best price?
    0:29:02 In our opinion,
    0:29:03 here’s where you can find the best price
    0:29:05 on your next pair of shoes, right?
    0:29:08 So every month, this is earning thousands of dollars,
    0:29:09 like for example, my opinion
    0:29:12 on the best Side Hustles of the year and other topics
    0:29:14 or the best Side Hustles for this type of persona.
    0:29:17 Now, as with most businesses, to be fair,
    0:29:19 there’s lots to learn about creating
    0:29:20 and marketing your site,
    0:29:23 but it can be really, really lucrative.
    0:29:24 I mean, for example,
    0:29:26 we heard from Shelly Marmer on the show.
    0:29:28 She was earning 50 grand a month,
    0:29:30 sharing Mexico travel tips.
    0:29:31 She lived there full time.
    0:29:33 She gave her opinion on the best places to stay,
    0:29:34 the best spots to eat,
    0:29:36 the best activities to do when you’re visiting.
    0:29:38 Now, it looks like, to be fair,
    0:29:41 that traffic has dropped as it has for a lot of creators
    0:29:43 since the time of that recording.
    0:29:44 But that’s not to say it didn’t happen.
    0:29:48 There’s still other ways to drive traffic beyond just Google.
    0:29:51 And so it’s another way to monetize your opinion,
    0:29:53 build that library of content,
    0:29:55 build out that website as your online home base.
    0:29:57 If you wanna start a site of your own,
    0:29:59 you can check out my free six-part video series
    0:30:04 on how to do just that at side hustle website.com.
    0:30:06 But your opinions do have value.
    0:30:09 And whether you wanna monetize them
    0:30:10 by taking a few surveys
    0:30:13 or by building out a full-fledged online business,
    0:30:14 that’s up to you.
    0:30:16 Depends on your goals and the time
    0:30:18 you have to dedicate to it.
    0:30:19 So that is our full list.
    0:30:21 I wanna recap it here.
    0:30:23 It was number one, online surveys.
    0:30:25 Number two, focus groups and paid market research.
    0:30:27 Three was product testing.
    0:30:30 And I’ve got links to all of the resources mentioned
    0:30:31 in the show notes.
    0:30:33 So just follow the link in the episode description.
    0:30:35 Number four was to test websites.
    0:30:37 Can give your feedback on different web design stuff.
    0:30:39 Number five was mystery shopping,
    0:30:42 either through apps or through the MSPA.
    0:30:45 You can find other mystery shopping companies
    0:30:46 through there to sign up for
    0:30:48 and see if you can get emailed about gigs near you.
    0:30:50 Number six is to write software reviews.
    0:30:52 Again, probably not a huge money maker,
    0:30:53 but could be worthwhile.
    0:30:55 Could be a little way to offset Amazon costs,
    0:30:57 basically in our house.
    0:30:59 Number seven is the Amazon influencer program,
    0:31:02 create this little video product reviews for Amazon.
    0:31:04 Number eight is to take a look
    0:31:07 at creative problem solving sites like Mindsumo.
    0:31:10 Number nine was freelance writing.
    0:31:11 Number 10 was to write your book,
    0:31:14 join the self publishing revolution there.
    0:31:16 And 11 is your email newsletter.
    0:31:20 And we looked at the example of Cody Sanchez on that front.
    0:31:22 12 was the YouTube channel route,
    0:31:25 creating hopefully evergreen video content
    0:31:27 that can pay you over and over again.
    0:31:31 And finally, 13 was to build that helpful website.
    0:31:33 Now my preference is I’m looking for side hustles
    0:31:35 with either a strong hourly rate.
    0:31:37 Like, hey, if I’m gonna trade time for money,
    0:31:40 I wanna trade it for a healthy amount of money,
    0:31:43 or side hustles that have the ability to scale down the road,
    0:31:45 where it’s almost this speculative work upfront,
    0:31:47 hey, I’m not getting paid at all for creating this.
    0:31:50 But my hope is it can reach a lot of people,
    0:31:51 it can serve a lot of people,
    0:31:55 and it can make money for months or years down the road.
    0:31:58 In any case, thank you so much for tuning in.
    0:31:59 That is it for me.
    0:32:01 If you’re finding value in the show,
    0:32:03 the greatest compliment is to share it with a friend.
    0:32:06 So fire off your text message to your opinionated friend
    0:32:08 and say, hey, if you ever wanted to get paid
    0:32:11 for your opinion, here are some ideas on how to do that.
    0:32:14 Until next time, let’s go out there and make something happen
    0:32:15 and I’ll catch you in the next edition
    0:32:17 of the Side Hustle Show.
    0:32:18 Hustle on.

    Yes, you can get paid for your opinion — and actually get paid pretty well.

    But … the most lucrative ways to get paid for your opinion take more time and effort than simply answering surveys.

    In this post, I’ll break down several legit ways to turn your ideas, opinions, and feedback into real income. Combined, these methods are worth thousands of dollars a month.

    Ready? Let’s do it!

    Full Show Notes: 13 Ways to Get Paid for Your Opinion

    New to the Show? Get your personalized money-making playlist here!

    Sponsors:

    Shopify — Sign up for a $1 per month trial!

    Indeed – Start hiring NOW with a $75 sponsored job credit to upgrade your job post!

    Mint Mobile — Cut your wireless bill to $15 a month!

  • 625: Getting Paid to Rent Out Other People’s Stuff

    AI transcript
    0:00:03 Getting paid to rent out other people’s stuff.
    0:00:05 It’s true. What’s up?
    0:00:05 What’s up, Nick Loper here.
    0:00:08 Welcome to the Science Hustle Show, part of the entrepreneur
    0:00:13 podcast network, because your earning power doesn’t have to stop when your day job does.
    0:00:16 Now, you know, I love a rental business model.
    0:00:19 It’s one of the four types of passive income.
    0:00:20 You can quiz your friends what the other three are.
    0:00:22 I’ll fill those in at the end of the show.
    0:00:26 But today’s guest scaled his rental business in a unique way
    0:00:30 by renting out other people’s RVs with their permission, of course.
    0:00:32 Could you do the same thing?
    0:00:34 Could you apply the same idea in a different niche?
    0:00:41 Let’s stick around to find out from fireside RV rental.com Gar Russell.
    0:00:42 Welcome to the Science Hustle Show.
    0:00:44 Hey, Nick, thanks for having me.
    0:00:45 Excited to be here with you.
    0:00:46 Well, I’m excited for this one.
    0:00:50 We’re covering how Gar convinced other owners to trust him with their RVs.
    0:00:50 That’s a big step.
    0:00:55 The logistics of running this thing and the bumps in the road along the way.
    0:00:59 I want to start off with you have this idea like it’s going to be a fantastic
    0:01:03 birthday present for your lovely bride or an anniversary present, rather.
    0:01:05 And hey, honey, we got this RV.
    0:01:07 Let’s go. We’re going to have all these fun times in the woods.
    0:01:11 Imagining the years of outdoor fun and adventure ahead of you.
    0:01:15 And her reaction is not quite what you’re hoping it will be.
    0:01:18 Yeah, we got to the campground and we got set up.
    0:01:23 I thought all was going well the first morning when she’s chasing our toddler
    0:01:26 around and seven months pregnant with number four.
    0:01:28 And she said, I’m going home, baby.
    0:01:31 And I thought, oh, what did I forget?
    0:01:34 And I didn’t forget anything.
    0:01:36 She was just miserable and she was done camping.
    0:01:39 And we were supposed to be there six more days.
    0:01:43 Yeah, so that’s not how anybody wanted it to go down.
    0:01:45 No, no, not at all.
    0:01:50 And I went right into panic mode of, oh my gosh, I just bought this RV
    0:01:53 for a lot of money and my wife doesn’t want to be here
    0:01:56 and jumped onto Craigslist and threw it up for rent.
    0:02:01 OK, so you’ve got this big expensive asset slash liability at the moment.
    0:02:04 But hopefully it turns into an asset sitting in the driveway and said,
    0:02:06 well, shoot, what am I going to do with this thing?
    0:02:09 So you turn around and put up for rent on Craigslist.
    0:02:12 What kind of reaction does that get?
    0:02:14 Any takers? Yeah, you know, it blew my mind.
    0:02:18 I literally had inquiries coming in within a couple of hours.
    0:02:21 So the light bulb like immediately went off.
    0:02:23 People are, hey, I need it for this weekend
    0:02:26 because that was in July when I purchased it for.
    0:02:29 So it’s like in the middle of summer and people are, oh, hey,
    0:02:31 we’re going camping this weekend or that weekend.
    0:02:33 You know, sure. So it was it was wild.
    0:02:37 Any sort of like driver vetting?
    0:02:38 Do you need like a commercial license to drive on these things?
    0:02:41 I’d be intimidated driving around something in that size.
    0:02:43 No, you go right to what people typically ask
    0:02:47 when I ask them for their RV is, OK, who’s going to be driving this?
    0:02:48 What’s that going to look like?
    0:02:51 And so, yeah, there’s just like Airbnb and Toro.
    0:02:53 There’s peer-to-peer platforms for this industry.
    0:02:56 So they have the insurance and the driver
    0:02:59 verifications and security deposits and, you know, all the things.
    0:03:02 All right. So that is in place now.
    0:03:05 What was your process early on of starting out?
    0:03:10 Well, no. So when I started, there was who is still the main platform,
    0:03:12 RVshare.com. They were up and running.
    0:03:16 They started in 2013. I started in 2016.
    0:03:19 I just sort of running rentals like right through RVshare
    0:03:21 to use their insurance and all that stuff.
    0:03:25 Oh, OK, OK, so we got some initial traction on Craigslist.
    0:03:28 But hey, go check out my listing or go check out my profile book
    0:03:32 through RVshare, one of the leading platforms outdoorsy being the other one
    0:03:34 where it’s the peer-to-peer marketplace.
    0:03:37 It’s the Toro. It’s the Airbnb for renting RVs.
    0:03:40 So there was an existing demand here.
    0:03:43 And I think that’s probably an important place to start is saying, well,
    0:03:45 wasn’t necessarily reinventing the wheel.
    0:03:48 It was like, hey, I’m going to go put my buy button up for sale on some place
    0:03:52 where people are already looking for this thing to go rent this thing.
    0:03:55 And so there was a precedent for doing that rather than
    0:03:58 trying to create demand out of nowhere.
    0:04:00 Exactly. Yeah.
    0:04:02 What did you charge for those first weekend rentals?
    0:04:06 Maybe like 100, 125 dollars a night or something like that.
    0:04:09 OK, gosh, I imagine I remember these things were
    0:04:12 completely blown up during the pandemic.
    0:04:14 Like, well, I can’t do anything. I want to go camping, go rent an RV.
    0:04:16 Or I rent a spinner van.
    0:04:19 And sometimes it’d be like two fifty, three hundred bucks a night
    0:04:21 for some of these like nicer decked out vans.
    0:04:23 Oh, yeah, yeah, you can pay a premium.
    0:04:27 We’ve got some nice like Super C diesels and some nice class B’s
    0:04:33 and some big class A’s that, yeah, rent for four hundred dollars or more a night.
    0:04:36 We just had a guy that paid six thousand dollars
    0:04:40 to have an RV delivered from Alabama to Michigan
    0:04:43 for a festival because he liked that unit so much that
    0:04:45 it just was an incidental.
    0:04:47 The money was just OK, what’s the cost?
    0:04:50 And wow, he had had it for teledague races
    0:04:52 and he wanted it for another event he was going to.
    0:04:57 Was there a target occupancy or target monthly income
    0:05:01 that you’re trying to hit to offset the payment, the depreciation?
    0:05:04 Like something that would make it less of like, ah, you know,
    0:05:06 this big money pit sitting in the driveway.
    0:05:09 In the heat of the moment, no, it was literally just getting away
    0:05:13 from the pain of feeling like a weirdo for buying a camper that my wife hated.
    0:05:15 Then as things scaled and escalated,
    0:05:19 yeah, then you start getting a little more granular and like, OK,
    0:05:22 for the wear and tear on this and ours was a total, I always say,
    0:05:26 towable travel trailer or drivable RV to help people differentiate.
    0:05:29 Ours was a towable travel trailer.
    0:05:32 So there wasn’t as much wear and tear like engine, you know, mileage,
    0:05:34 generator, stuff like that.
    0:05:37 OK, I’m picturing like an airstream or something
    0:05:39 that would like attach to a hitch or like a fifth wheel.
    0:05:40 Yeah, exactly.
    0:05:43 That was our first that started this business.
    0:05:44 Yeah, it was a towable.
    0:05:45 Interesting.
    0:05:50 And then for somebody starting out on RV share,
    0:05:56 what kind of best practices did you find to get listing to your attention?
    0:06:00 He’s like, OK, Craig’s list kind of I guess people will be seeking it out.
    0:06:02 But now, all of a sudden, if you’re on these platforms,
    0:06:06 you’re competing with dozens of other listings in your areas.
    0:06:09 Like, well, how do I make mine the one that they click on and want to book?
    0:06:12 Just like anything else, honestly, real estate,
    0:06:13 throwing something up on marketplace.
    0:06:17 Pitchers is obviously a huge one painting a picture for somebody
    0:06:21 like them seeing themselves inside of that travel trailer,
    0:06:24 seeing their family inside of that is the layout going to work.
    0:06:26 Is it going to have the right amenities that it needs?
    0:06:30 So that’s something that I realized was important right off the bat
    0:06:33 is really helping people understand because these people that were renting
    0:06:35 my camper, they weren’t campers.
    0:06:37 They just wanted to go camping.
    0:06:41 So I was really painting a really clear picture for them fast forward down the road
    0:06:44 to we’ve got 45 locations across the country now.
    0:06:47 Franchise is doing this competing with others.
    0:06:51 It’s all about creating value, showing the value where so many people
    0:06:55 that jump on these platforms are just lowering their prices, lowering their prices.
    0:06:58 You know, like, hey, $40 a night rent my camper.
    0:07:00 So our whole thing is showing value.
    0:07:03 It is interesting as you walk down that road and you scale
    0:07:07 and you start to really think about your market and the best way to serve them.
    0:07:11 Right at a certain price per night, it doesn’t pay for the hassle
    0:07:15 of dealing with the logistics and the wear and tear on the thing.
    0:07:18 And just I don’t know if that’s worthwhile.
    0:07:19 It’s going to make sure it is worthwhile.
    0:07:24 Exactly, yeah, especially on the drivable RVs, where you’re putting miles
    0:07:29 on an engine and wear and tear as you’ve got to be very mindful of depreciation.
    0:07:33 Depreciation is a great side of this because just like real estate, you can depreciate it.
    0:07:39 But also, like you mentioned at the beginning there, this is a liability to start.
    0:07:42 It’s not like a piece of real estate where it’s going to appreciate.
    0:07:45 It’s depreciating the moment you buy it.
    0:07:47 So it’s very mindful of that.
    0:07:47 All right.
    0:07:52 So you start to see some traction on RV share a little bit through the Craigslist ad.
    0:07:54 You say, OK, there might be something here.
    0:07:59 I’m no longer losing money on this thing or I’m no longer losing as much money on this thing.
    0:08:03 You’re like, well, the way to scale is more inventory here.
    0:08:05 There’s only so many weekends in the month.
    0:08:07 There’s only so many days in the month somebody could rent this thing.
    0:08:10 So if I want more inventory, I got to go out and find more RVs.
    0:08:12 So what is this conversation like?
    0:08:15 How do you find the first people to say, like, have I got it?
    0:08:16 A business proposition for you.
    0:08:20 I’m going to rent some strangers or let some strangers into your vacation vehicle here.
    0:08:22 And I’ll give you a cut of the proceeds.
    0:08:24 Like, what are these conversations start?
    0:08:28 So it didn’t start with that model, what I call the OPRV model.
    0:08:32 It really started with I need more RVs.
    0:08:35 So literally, fast forward to the end of August.
    0:08:39 We’re having number four that my wife was miserable with in July pregnant.
    0:08:42 All of our kids were born on C sections, VSC sections.
    0:08:44 So literally, it’s like scheduled, you know what you’re going to do?
    0:08:47 You check into the room. It’s like, OK, maybe it’s here.
    0:08:48 You’re in the room.
    0:08:52 So I get my wife and baby checked into the room.
    0:08:55 And then literally, I’m like, all right, honey, I’ll be right back.
    0:08:57 And where was I going?
    0:08:59 I was headed to the dealership to buy four more RVs.
    0:09:01 Oh, my gosh. OK.
    0:09:05 And she’s like, oh, OK, she’s been an entrepreneurial spouse for long enough to know.
    0:09:07 Like, we just do weird things like that as entrepreneurs.
    0:09:14 But literally, as I’m doing that, the Lord was like, OPRV.
    0:09:17 That’s when I got the OPRV method was God telling me that.
    0:09:20 I still went and bought the RVs because I’m already driving there.
    0:09:22 I’m a little dense. It takes me a little bit to catch on.
    0:09:27 But a couple of weeks later, that’s when it clicked like, no, it’s other people’s assets.
    0:09:30 So that’s when I started reaching out to other people like, hey,
    0:09:31 I want to take your RV and rent it.
    0:09:33 And it was literally one or two things.
    0:09:37 First person I asked was my sister-in-law, and she’s like, that’s gross.
    0:09:38 Like, someone’s not sleeping in my bed.
    0:09:40 That’s a very bad idea.
    0:09:44 That’s what I imagined the reaction was going to be like, I know, thanks.
    0:09:46 We bought it for our own family.
    0:09:47 Like, yeah, that’s weird.
    0:09:49 And then I reached out to my best friend, Jeremy.
    0:09:51 And Jeremy was like, dude, that’s sweet for sure.
    0:09:53 Sign me up, man.
    0:09:56 And so there was unit number two and it went on from there.
    0:09:57 What was the proposal?
    0:09:58 What was like the rev share?
    0:10:00 What kind of pitch did you come to it with?
    0:10:01 It was very simple.
    0:10:05 It’s, hey, I’ll do all the work and we’ll split the revenue 50/50.
    0:10:07 So he had a nine to five.
    0:10:11 I didn’t, I owned some businesses in real estate and I had freedom in my
    0:10:13 schedule to do different things.
    0:10:17 That was the presentation was I’m going to do all the work.
    0:10:19 We split the revenue 50/50.
    0:10:22 How did you deal with getting the RVs to the customers?
    0:10:26 I guess it’s all local or they come to your place and pick it up.
    0:10:30 Or, you know, just, I think of like moving vehicles all around, like with rental
    0:10:33 cars, like I pick it up at the airport and then I fly away and drop it off.
    0:10:35 Like it’s somewhat easier.
    0:10:38 But in this case, it’s like, well, where do I store the thing?
    0:10:41 Now, if you got five of them, where do I store these things?
    0:10:44 Plus, you know, trying to meet people where they’re at.
    0:10:49 Yeah, it was me and my truck and moving units around.
    0:10:50 And I lived on some acreage.
    0:10:54 So I decided, OK, I should probably start grouping these things together
    0:10:56 logistically to make a little bit easier myself.
    0:11:01 And then I got a violation from the city that I wasn’t zone to do that.
    0:11:05 So then it moved into, all right, well, I want to keep doing this.
    0:11:07 So we got a parking lot that we run it out.
    0:11:11 OK, OK, one from there to we got our own facility.
    0:11:15 We’re like, well, we can collect storage on these when they’re not being used.
    0:11:19 So we’ll get a facility that’ll cover overhead for the facility, the storage fees.
    0:11:22 And it just, yeah, one thing to the next.
    0:11:26 Next thing you know, I have RV tax working for me and I and I have storage
    0:11:30 and I sell propane and we have a dump station and all these different things.
    0:11:32 Oh, sorry, explain the storage fees.
    0:11:34 Sorry, I’m confused on that part.
    0:11:38 Most people pay to store their RV a storage facility.
    0:11:41 So OK, yeah, we just ended up grouping them together.
    0:11:44 And that’s how a lot of our franchises run today is they just partner
    0:11:48 with a storage facility near them and they group the RVs there.
    0:11:51 So for them, they don’t have a lot of that overhead
    0:11:53 as far as having to have like a brick and mortar and all that overhead.
    0:11:58 Got it. OK, here’s the centralized parking lots to come and pick everything
    0:12:01 and go on your way for your trip. OK, exactly. Yeah. Got it.
    0:12:04 All right, Gar’s got his first OPRV on board.
    0:12:06 He’s proven out the concept.
    0:12:11 And now he’s on the hunt for more owners who will let him run out their RVs.
    0:12:14 That process and more coming up right after this.
    0:12:17 It was a Friday evening after work.
    0:12:20 I was about 100 yards away from my condo in Atlanta.
    0:12:25 I was almost home when this Pontiac Aztec comes flying out of nowhere
    0:12:27 in the second lane. I lay on the horn.
    0:12:31 I brace for impact as it slams into my driver’s side door.
    0:12:32 The airbag explodes.
    0:12:36 I go spinning and a lot of things go through your mind in that split second.
    0:12:39 But in that moment, I don’t want is my family
    0:12:42 going to be taken care of to be one of those things that goes through yours.
    0:12:46 Thankfully, I was OK after that crash, but you never know when your time is up.
    0:12:48 And that’s why I want to invite side hustle show listeners
    0:12:52 to set up your term coverage life insurance with our sponsor Ladder today.
    0:12:53 It takes just a few minutes.
    0:12:55 You can even do it on your phone.
    0:12:57 All you need to do is answer a few questions about your health
    0:13:00 and then Ladder’s smart algorithms work in real time.
    0:13:03 So you’ll find out if you’re instantly approved.
    0:13:05 That’s right. It’s 100 percent digital.
    0:13:08 No doctors, no needles, no paperwork when you’re applying for three million dollars
    0:13:10 in coverage or less.
    0:13:14 Ladder policies are issued by top rated insurers with long proven histories
    0:13:16 of paying claims on top of that.
    0:13:20 There’s no hidden fees. You can cancel at any time and you can get a full refund
    0:13:22 if you change your mind in the first 30 days.
    0:13:25 It’s no secret life insurance costs more the longer you wait.
    0:13:27 So now’s the time to cross this off your list.
    0:13:32 Go to ladderlife.com/hustle today to see if you’re instantly approved.
    0:13:37 That’s L-A-D-D-E-R life.com/hustle.
    0:13:42 Ladderlife.com/hustle and big thanks to Ladder for sponsoring the show.
    0:13:47 That’s the sound of another sale on your online Shopify store.
    0:13:51 But did you know Shopify powers in person selling too?
    0:13:54 It’s true. Shopify is the sound of selling everywhere online,
    0:13:57 in store, on social media and beyond.
    0:14:01 Shopify POS is your command center for your retail store.
    0:14:04 That means you can accept payments, manage inventory
    0:14:07 and track every sale across your business in one place.
    0:14:11 With Shopify, you get a powerhouse selling partner that helps you drive store traffic
    0:14:16 with plug-and-play tools built for marketing campaigns from TikTok to Instagram and beyond.
    0:14:21 You can take payments by smartphone, transform your tablet into a point of sale system
    0:14:25 or use Shopify’s POS Go mobile device for a battle tested solution.
    0:14:30 Plus, Shopify’s award-winning help is there to support your success every step of the way.
    0:14:33 So do retail right with Shopify.
    0:14:39 Go ahead, sign up for a $1 per month trial period at Shopify.com/sidehustle.
    0:14:43 That’s all lowercase. Go to Shopify.com/sidehustle
    0:14:46 to take your retail business to the next level today.
    0:14:49 Shopify.com/sidehustle.
    0:14:55 All right. So you get the first OPRV on board and say,
    0:14:59 “Hey, all the other work, we’ll split the revenue, sounds good, deal, sign me up.”
    0:15:00 What happens after that?
    0:15:04 It’s like trying to find, you know, RV campsites nearby
    0:15:06 and like canvassing people, although those might be renters themselves.
    0:15:10 Or you go into RV owner Facebook groups and saying,
    0:15:16 “Hey, have you ever thought about this, but trying to approach it in a non-skizzy way
    0:15:18 and get kicked out of the group? How does the scale?”
    0:15:22 It’s scaled on the finding the renter side.
    0:15:25 I would create ads on Craigslist for rent.
    0:15:28 And then really, I just leaned on the peer-to-peer platforms.
    0:15:30 So RV, Share, Outdoorsy and there’s a couple others.
    0:15:34 They were basically handling my lead generation as far as finding me renters.
    0:15:39 Sure. And then defining owner side, that’s really easy.
    0:15:42 I mean, there’s RVs, there’s over 12 million RVs sitting around doing nothing.
    0:15:46 So what I did was someone had an RV in their driveway and knocked on their door,
    0:15:51 went to storage facilities, tried to strike up deals like mom and pop facilities
    0:15:52 to talk to their owners.
    0:15:56 And then just like, you know, if you’re renting your house on Airbnb,
    0:15:59 they have Airbnb Facebook groups.
    0:16:03 I started joining those groups for people that were renting their RV
    0:16:06 and just kind of sharing, hey, if you find like this is too much work for you
    0:16:10 with your nine to five, I’m happy to do the work for you.
    0:16:14 And then just kind of sharing my entrepreneurial history and real estate.
    0:16:19 OK, like an Airbnb property manager or like a co-hosted Airbnb thing,
    0:16:21 like where you still own the asset.
    0:16:22 Hey, we’re not going to buy it from you.
    0:16:24 We are going to take a percentage.
    0:16:25 We’re going to handle the booking requests.
    0:16:28 We’re going to handle the customer interaction, the cleaning, all that stuff.
    0:16:30 And you can still make money from it.
    0:16:34 Yeah, exactly. If you like renting your RV, but you don’t like the work so much,
    0:16:36 we’ll do the work for you.
    0:16:40 OK, so targeting, it sounds like people starting out who were used to that idea
    0:16:46 rather than trying to force yourself upon the market of just those 12 million
    0:16:49 RV owners who maybe hadn’t considered that as an income stream.
    0:16:51 They just have it for personal use and they don’t really care.
    0:16:54 I imagine you could probably convert some of those, but going after the people
    0:16:58 who are open to renting it or have proven to be open to it already.
    0:17:01 That’s a warmer market to tackle.
    0:17:04 Yeah, and especially now post COVID, like you talked about everybody
    0:17:07 RVing and everybody buying an RV during COVID.
    0:17:08 Yeah.
    0:17:12 Now, a lot of our pool that we draw from is just Facebook Marketplace.
    0:17:15 Just going on there and just sharing the concept with people.
    0:17:16 Hey, I see your RVs for sale.
    0:17:18 It’s beautiful.
    0:17:21 If you find that you’re getting lowball offers and maybe you need to pay
    0:17:25 your principal down some, we’ve got a program that we’ve created to help with that.
    0:17:27 If you want more information, we’d love to tell you.
    0:17:28 Interesting.
    0:17:33 Yeah, it’s a really interesting product class because of that super,
    0:17:37 super low utilization rate where it’s like, it probably sits around 50
    0:17:38 weeks out of the year.
    0:17:43 I mean, some of the stats on cars sit idle 22 hours a day or something.
    0:17:46 It’s like, for this, it’s got to be even more average it out on a daily basis.
    0:17:50 And so that makes it a really interesting asset to try and try and improve
    0:17:51 that a little bit.
    0:17:53 Hey, sitting around, let’s let some other families enjoy it.
    0:17:56 We’ll put some money in your pocket and go from there.
    0:18:00 So you start to get some traction doing that and trying to manage primarily local
    0:18:03 or is it kind of branching out geographically at this point?
    0:18:06 I imagine with different Facebook groups, it’s a nationwide or international audience.
    0:18:09 Yeah, when we started, it was primarily local.
    0:18:11 We kind of found our niche.
    0:18:15 A lot of people going to specific state parks for family camping trips.
    0:18:20 And so we would kind of figure out where we would want to serve as far as how
    0:18:22 far we’d want to deliver and stuff like that.
    0:18:23 Yeah, it’s just amazing.
    0:18:24 There’s campgrounds everywhere.
    0:18:26 There’s storage facilities everywhere.
    0:18:27 There’s RV dealerships everywhere.
    0:18:30 It’s kind of like you buy a red car, then all of a sudden you realize somebody
    0:18:32 red cars are out there on the roads.
    0:18:33 RVing is everywhere.
    0:18:35 It’s what a lot of Americans do.
    0:18:40 What’s the one I used to always see in RV America?
    0:18:43 Or it’s like one big, it seems to be a nationwide rental outfit.
    0:18:44 Yeah, Cruise America.
    0:18:46 Yes, yes, yes, yes.
    0:18:48 Yeah, so Cruise America is still around.
    0:18:50 They’re the billboard on wheels, basically.
    0:18:55 It’s really interesting because learning the RV industry now over the years, a
    0:18:57 lot of dealerships used to rent RVs out.
    0:19:00 And that was a lead generation tool for them.
    0:19:03 That was a way to take new inventory, make some money off it, appreciate it a
    0:19:05 little bit and then turn around and sell it used.
    0:19:09 And then there was like this mass Exodus and basically who’d you have left?
    0:19:10 Cruise America.
    0:19:12 There’s a couple other guys out West.
    0:19:16 And then in 2013, this industry just came up out of nowhere.
    0:19:20 It was literally the founder of RV share took his family on a camping trip.
    0:19:24 When he got back, he’s like, all right, well, I traveled across the country
    0:19:25 like I wanted to do.
    0:19:27 Now I have this RV.
    0:19:28 What do I do with that?
    0:19:29 I’m going to rent it out.
    0:19:31 And he went online to look for a platform and there wasn’t one.
    0:19:32 Yeah.
    0:19:35 And that’s how RV share was birthed.
    0:19:39 Is the Cruise America model more like a rental car business where they own the
    0:19:40 units or is it similar?
    0:19:44 Whereas like, well, the ones that I remember seeing were all pretty uniform.
    0:19:46 It seemed to be like the same model.
    0:19:46 Yeah.
    0:19:50 Cruise America, they have them built in batches and it’s similar models.
    0:19:55 And they kind of operate a little bit like U-Haul, like they’ll partner with
    0:19:57 businesses that have a little bit of real estate where they can park some
    0:20:00 RVs and they give them a percentage of the revenue.
    0:20:00 Yeah.
    0:20:03 No, I love the rental business model.
    0:20:06 If I’m pausing, it’s because my gears are turning and like, well, what other?
    0:20:08 Maybe it’s industrial equipment or something.
    0:20:11 I’m thinking about the stuff that I would go and rent for my painting business.
    0:20:14 Like, well, this big 40 foot ladder.
    0:20:17 Or I wouldn’t make sense to own that because you only needed it maybe once
    0:20:22 or twice per season, but you go to the United rentals, I think was the place.
    0:20:25 And you rent this for the day or rent this for the week.
    0:20:28 If you needed it on the job site, it’s like, what are the other things with
    0:20:33 like super low utilization, maybe kind of a high upfront cost?
    0:20:35 Where do I really want to buy that?
    0:20:38 Especially from the point of view of the RV vacationer.
    0:20:40 Do I really want to buy this?
    0:20:41 I would love to just rent it for the week.
    0:20:44 Like that seems lower risk, lower overhead.
    0:20:47 We’ll see if we like it, a trial run type of thing.
    0:20:50 So if I pause, that’s where I’m like, what else could you rent out?
    0:20:51 So yeah, I like that.
    0:20:53 It is amazing with RVs.
    0:20:55 It’s almost like a time share.
    0:20:58 When you buy it, it’s like, it seems like the best idea ever.
    0:21:01 You know, my gosh, we’re going to go there all the time and memories and all
    0:21:05 these things and you realize Johnny’s got practice and you got X amount of
    0:21:10 weeks of vacation a year and I don’t know, do we load the RV up just to go away
    0:21:12 for the weekend and you know, is it worth it?
    0:21:14 And you get your avid RVers.
    0:21:18 I mean, heck, we literally full time RV for almost five years while we were
    0:21:22 building this business, we had a blast and we loved the lifestyle.
    0:21:27 But most Americans, it’s like, yeah, it’s our most of the year.
    0:21:32 You think that full time RV experience was an asset in having conversations
    0:21:34 with RV owners.
    0:21:37 I guess if people are doing it full time, they don’t have the capacity to go
    0:21:38 and rent it out for extra income.
    0:21:40 But like you were in the space.
    0:21:43 Like you knew you could speak the lingo, you know, it was funny.
    0:21:49 I didn’t really spend a lot of time sales and marketing like on the road.
    0:21:53 We would work hard during the summer with our business, make a really good
    0:21:55 amount of money and then we would just travel around all winter.
    0:22:00 And so it’s kind of like the brain was turned off a little bit and hindsight
    0:22:02 what I’ve learned about marketing the last couple of years.
    0:22:05 I’m like, oh my gosh, I could have created so much content and done so
    0:22:09 much blogging and this and that, but I wish I could do that all over again.
    0:22:11 But yeah, it was really it was the business model.
    0:22:14 When I started to duplicate it, that’s how I presented it was.
    0:22:17 I called it the six figure summer.
    0:22:19 You work your tail off for about five, six months.
    0:22:22 You have about 20, 25 RVs in your fleet.
    0:22:24 Do you crush it during the summer and then you travel during the winter?
    0:22:28 That’s the business model I built because we, we homeschool our four kids.
    0:22:30 We love to travel and do life together.
    0:22:34 That was the thought when we created it, when we turn it into a biz opportunity
    0:22:35 that we sold to others as well.
    0:22:36 Yeah.
    0:22:38 I admire the ability to turn it off.
    0:22:41 And say, hey, six figure summer, had a great season.
    0:22:44 We’ll do it again next year versus, well, what about the fall season?
    0:22:47 What about if we did six figure, maybe we could do multi.
    0:22:52 You have this kind of concept that I call gravy time.
    0:22:55 How long into the year do you need to work to cover your annual expenses?
    0:22:59 The average, I want to say, based on a five percent savings rate is like
    0:23:02 people are working to the second week of December before they’re like,
    0:23:04 okay, I’ve covered my expenses, right?
    0:23:07 And I have this really thin margin at the end of the year.
    0:23:09 We’ve met other people who are like, I’m good.
    0:23:10 By March, I’m good.
    0:23:11 I booked enough work.
    0:23:12 I’m happy.
    0:23:15 It’s like, ah, you know, the ability to kind of turn it off, dial it back.
    0:23:16 I really like that.
    0:23:19 I really like this concept of the six figure summer.
    0:23:25 I wanted to ask for, as you’re signing on other RV owners to kind of be
    0:23:30 their rental agent, their property manager, so to speak, handle these rental bookings.
    0:23:33 Is there a typical target?
    0:23:37 And it’s going to vary based on market and seasonality and all that.
    0:23:44 But in terms of the monthly occupancy rate or the monthly income, any metrics
    0:23:47 that you could share on that front for like, what is this thing sitting in the
    0:23:49 driveway realistically worth?
    0:23:50 Even ballpark ranges would be fine.
    0:23:55 Yeah, I can tell you our average is based on our historical data.
    0:24:00 Like this year, the average booking is six days this year.
    0:24:05 The average net to the travel trailer owner is right around three to five
    0:24:06 hundred dollars per booking.
    0:24:11 If it’s a drivable RV, it’s about five to seven hundred dollars per booking.
    0:24:15 And then based on the location, if it’s a seasonal location or if it’s
    0:24:19 Florida, Arizona, California, somewhere like that, if it’s a seasonal location,
    0:24:22 they’re going to do about seven to 10 bookings per summer.
    0:24:25 And then a year round location could do double that.
    0:24:30 So that’s kind of a starting point that we give people as far as the owner, as
    0:24:32 far as how much they can earn.
    0:24:36 And then also there’s the right offside of it, too.
    0:24:38 They get to depreciate the RV, which is great.
    0:24:41 They get to write off, you know, the insurance and repairs and maintenance
    0:24:42 and stuff like that.
    0:24:46 If you’re not renting it out, then there’s no depreciation you can claim
    0:24:49 because it’s not seen as like a business asset.
    0:24:50 Exactly.
    0:24:51 Yeah.
    0:24:57 I’ve had investors that have literally purchased Class C drivable RVs just
    0:24:58 to offset taxes.
    0:25:02 Yeah, I imagine that depending on the vehicle, that might be worth more than
    0:25:04 the 500 bucks per booking.
    0:25:04 Yeah.
    0:25:05 Interesting.
    0:25:07 Okay, that’s helpful.
    0:25:11 And are you still doing 50/50 rev share split or has that adjusted over time
    0:25:13 during this kind of like pre-franchise phase?
    0:25:16 Yeah, so we still do a 50/50 revenue split.
    0:25:19 We just now we have a platform fee that comes off the top.
    0:25:24 So like RV share, they get 25% commission.
    0:25:25 Okay.
    0:25:25 All their owners.
    0:25:29 We have a corporate agreement with them because we’re their largest customer.
    0:25:32 And then outdoors, you know, so all the platforms have their fees.
    0:25:37 So just across the board, we take a 15% off the top and then we split the revenue
    0:25:38 after that.
    0:25:39 Okay.
    0:25:43 And the reason I ask is, well, if I’m going to take the OPRV model to another
    0:25:46 niche, to another product class, like, okay, what’s typical?
    0:25:50 So yeah, there’s going to be the platform fee and then the kind of like agency fee
    0:25:53 that will do it all for you fee of handling the stuff.
    0:25:58 And then after they come back, is it like Airbnb, you know, attack on a cleaning
    0:26:01 fee or is that kind of taken out of the booking?
    0:26:04 And you got to coordinate cleaners to come through and make sure it’s ready
    0:26:05 for the next guest.
    0:26:09 Add-ons are a great extra revenue source for the franchisees.
    0:26:11 We have some bookings that you’d be amazed.
    0:26:13 It’s like a weekend booking.
    0:26:15 It’s cost them like maybe $600, $700.
    0:26:17 They have $800 in add-ons.
    0:26:19 Like they got the linen’s package.
    0:26:21 They got the kitchen package.
    0:26:22 They got the s’mores kit.
    0:26:24 They got the chairs.
    0:26:25 They rented the kayaks.
    0:26:29 So the list goes on and on and on, especially when people are like flying in.
    0:26:34 If they’re coming in, like we work with Talladega, Bonnaroo Music Festival,
    0:26:38 Burning Man, the different events like that, equestrian events.
    0:26:38 Okay.
    0:26:43 People will pay a premium like to fly in, have it loaded with groceries.
    0:26:47 That’s at the airport ready for them or it’s delivered right to the infield of
    0:26:48 the raceway.
    0:26:52 Yeah, we have bookings where somebody will literally come in for a weekend and
    0:26:55 they’re dropping $3,000 to $5,000 for a weekend rental.
    0:26:56 Wow.
    0:27:00 Okay, catering to a different level of affluence in certain cases.
    0:27:03 Like, hey, we’re going to make it easy for you.
    0:27:06 That’s the cool thing about it is it’s wheel estate, right?
    0:27:07 It’s a house on wheels.
    0:27:09 So it’s so multifaceted.
    0:27:11 Like we work with insurance companies.
    0:27:16 We’ve had several RVs in the last couple months go just to be parked
    0:27:17 alongside someone’s house.
    0:27:19 There was fire damage, water damage.
    0:27:24 The insurance company is paying us $4,000 to $6,000 a month to set up an RV on
    0:27:26 the side of the house or hurricanes.
    0:27:32 During COVID, I get a power plant in Michigan that orders 72 travel trailers
    0:27:35 as quarantine units for their electrical engineers.
    0:27:38 Okay.
    0:27:42 Yeah, maybe not the intended use case, but a use case nonetheless.
    0:27:43 Yeah.
    0:27:45 So I facilitate that order.
    0:27:47 I go and I buy three rental properties from that.
    0:27:48 That was phenomenal.
    0:27:49 That’s interesting.
    0:27:53 And then to go back to the cleaning and turnover thing, is that just have a team
    0:27:59 of house cleaners that could also clean RVs on location near these kind of
    0:28:03 parking center storage center type of places that can handle the turnover.
    0:28:04 Yeah.
    0:28:08 So you find people that clean air B and B is, you know, it’s such an interesting
    0:28:10 concept to people that a lot of times if you, Hey, I’m looking for someone to
    0:28:13 clean campers, like they don’t even respond to the ad.
    0:28:17 But if you go into a Facebook group and you’re Aaron, you say, Hey, I’m looking
    0:28:19 for somebody who cleans short term rentals.
    0:28:22 Now all of a sudden you got 35 people messaging you saying, Oh yeah, I can do
    0:28:23 that for you.
    0:28:24 And then he’s, okay, great.
    0:28:27 It’s the same thing with like delivering the campers.
    0:28:31 My famous ad was always, Hey, I’m looking for old retired guys with
    0:28:35 trucks that are bored, you know, and then you get a bunch of people that laugh
    0:28:36 and comment and this and that.
    0:28:37 And then they message you, Hey, what do you got?
    0:28:39 I’m an old retired guy with a truck.
    0:28:42 Like, well, actually I need someone to deliver campers for me to the campgrounds.
    0:28:46 I have guys that literally they’re like, God, just give me gas money.
    0:28:49 They’re like, I’m having so much fun doing this.
    0:28:51 I just like it’s camping growing up.
    0:28:52 This is a blast.
    0:28:56 Husband and wife teams are cleaning the campers, delivering them, having a blast
    0:28:57 together.
    0:29:00 It’s amazing how quick you can pull together a team when it comes to this.
    0:29:01 Okay.
    0:29:02 Fascinating.
    0:29:03 I love that ad.
    0:29:04 Hey, we’ll do it for free.
    0:29:08 Just cover the gas more with Gar in just a moment, including some of the things
    0:29:11 that can happen on the open road and how to protect yourself from those.
    0:29:15 And why he chose the franchise model to scale operations even further.
    0:29:18 All that and more coming up right after this.
    0:29:20 Obviously you have the bad side to it too.
    0:29:21 Just like anything else.
    0:29:26 We had people show up to pick up RVs that had no business being in an RV that
    0:29:28 we’re just mad because they couldn’t go to Max score or whatever.
    0:29:30 This thing is horrible.
    0:29:32 It’s, I’m not taking this thing.
    0:29:33 And there’s nothing wrong with it.
    0:29:34 They’re just miserable.
    0:29:39 Anything else on that horror story list or the mistakes or.
    0:29:40 Oh yeah.
    0:29:41 We’ve got horror stories for sure.
    0:29:41 Yeah.
    0:29:42 Yeah.
    0:29:46 The biggest one we have that we get a hoot out of is there was a couple of
    0:29:47 ladies in Pennsylvania.
    0:29:49 They were renting an RV for a couple of months.
    0:29:55 They were going all the way to California and back brand new RV day.
    0:29:56 Number two, they wake up.
    0:30:01 They have bed bug bites like head to toe bed bug bites.
    0:30:03 We’re getting treatments.
    0:30:05 We’re getting them hotels.
    0:30:06 We’re getting them rental cars.
    0:30:09 We’re like, ladies, do your, you’re like, my saying was always like, no rental
    0:30:13 canceled, like we’ll get them through because if you’re an RV or you get it,
    0:30:15 like things go wrong, things break.
    0:30:17 That’s like part of the RV experience.
    0:30:19 Like things are going to happen, right?
    0:30:23 It’s a house going down the road shaking and things are, it just, things happen.
    0:30:28 We got these ladies all the way to California and back and come to find out.
    0:30:30 We’re just, you know, we’re like, what in the world happened?
    0:30:34 We’re talking to the owner of this RV and trying to just figure this out.
    0:30:36 She’s like, well, it’s not me.
    0:30:37 I work at a women’s shelter.
    0:30:38 I deal with bed bugs all the day.
    0:30:40 I know it’s nothing to do with me.
    0:30:41 Nothing to do with you.
    0:30:43 The light bulb goes off.
    0:30:44 Well, you work at a women’s shelter.
    0:30:48 You deal with bed bugs all day long and your brand new RV has bed bugs in it.
    0:30:50 You don’t think there’s any connection there?
    0:30:52 Yikes.
    0:30:53 Yeah.
    0:30:54 That’s challenging.
    0:30:58 Have you ever had the example of, I guess if you do enough volume, it’s
    0:31:03 bound to happen, but somebody damaging the vehicle or trashing the vehicle or
    0:31:06 like, how do you protect the owners from something like that?
    0:31:10 Same as Airbnb and Toro, there’s insurance, there’s security deposits,
    0:31:14 there’s driver verifications, there’s contracts, but it definitely happens.
    0:31:17 That’s one of the things that I encouraged by franchisees on.
    0:31:21 When you’re talking to RV owners, if they’re super hyper sensitive about
    0:31:27 people being in their RV or damages is just let them know, hey, this
    0:31:30 probably isn’t the program for you because obviously there’s, you know,
    0:31:33 some emotional connection to that RV, which makes sense.
    0:31:35 And damages are going to happen.
    0:31:39 I mean, I just had issues with my Airbnb last weekend, whether it’s a
    0:31:40 house and RV or whatever.
    0:31:45 I mean, people are going to not show proper respect and certain scenarios.
    0:31:47 And two, just things are going to happen.
    0:31:48 Things are going to break.
    0:31:49 So that definitely does happen for sure.
    0:31:56 Yeah, you found the platform insurance is adequate or they’re reasonably
    0:32:00 responsive to customer service requests when stuff like that does come through.
    0:32:00 Yeah.
    0:32:01 Yeah, they’re great.
    0:32:02 RV share is phenomenal.
    0:32:07 We just had a situation with RV share where there was some damages.
    0:32:11 The security deposit did not process on their credit card.
    0:32:12 The renter’s credit card.
    0:32:14 We caught it too late.
    0:32:16 RV share just sent us the money.
    0:32:17 They’re phenomenal.
    0:32:20 Do I need a commercial license to go drive a 30 footer?
    0:32:22 Like, it seems huge.
    0:32:23 Yeah, you would think so.
    0:32:29 You really would because you can get a drivable RV up to 42 foot long.
    0:32:31 Yeah, it’s the size of a school bus.
    0:32:35 Yeah, people are literally buying these things at the dealership.
    0:32:38 You got a 70 year old retired couple that are like, all right, thanks.
    0:32:39 This is great.
    0:32:41 We’re hitting the road and they’re just pulling out the road.
    0:32:43 Like, there’s no licensing.
    0:32:44 There’s no requirement.
    0:32:49 They can be in these huge, monstrous diesel built on Freightliner chassis.
    0:32:54 That’s a six figure class A’s and they’re just on the road.
    0:32:55 Okay.
    0:33:01 Yeah, that’s, I mean, I guess positive that it’s accessible to everybody.
    0:33:05 Nerve racking, if that is your baby that some Rindo, no experienced person
    0:33:07 has taken out onto the highway for the first time.
    0:33:12 Yeah, the class A’s definitely, those are the number one damage RVs out of all of them
    0:33:16 because they’re just huge the way that you’re sitting on it and you’re turning
    0:33:18 radius and the swing in the back and stuff like that.
    0:33:19 Yeah.
    0:33:23 Is there a sweet spot that you like to play in in terms of the class or the
    0:33:25 size of RV or trailer?
    0:33:29 Bunkhouse, travel trailers and fifth wheels are very popular because the
    0:33:34 audience that we’re seeking to serve is families typically.
    0:33:35 So it’s typically the family.
    0:33:38 They’re going on their summer family camping trip.
    0:33:41 They’re going to be at a state park for a week or it’s the family.
    0:33:42 They’re getting in a driveable RV.
    0:33:43 They’re going to Disney.
    0:33:46 They’re going to California and so on.
    0:33:51 And then the big class A’s, those are typically rented more for like the high
    0:33:53 end events where people are flying in.
    0:33:56 They want everything top of the line.
    0:33:57 They’re not even driving their RV.
    0:34:00 It’s getting delivered there and they’re just showing up to use it.
    0:34:00 Okay.
    0:34:04 Talk to me about the next stage of this business because I think this is an
    0:34:06 interesting fork in the road.
    0:34:08 So you find something that works.
    0:34:09 You’re signing up these other RV owners.
    0:34:11 You’re collecting your fee.
    0:34:12 They’re getting booked.
    0:34:12 They’re making money.
    0:34:13 Everybody is happy.
    0:34:16 You’re dealing with the headaches as they come up like any entrepreneur does.
    0:34:18 So we found something that works.
    0:34:22 But to really scale this thing, we need to go really broad.
    0:34:25 We need to be in more geographies and it’s just difficult to do.
    0:34:26 So we need like boots on the ground.
    0:34:29 We need franchisees in these different areas.
    0:34:35 So you start to franchise fireside RVRental.com versus, you know, an alternative
    0:34:38 path would have been like, I’ll create the online course on how to start an RV
    0:34:42 business or just continue to hire local branch managers.
    0:34:43 Like there’s different paths.
    0:34:44 So what attracted you to the franchise model?
    0:34:48 Because this is mired in red tape, regulatory standpoint.
    0:34:51 Does it get a franchise approved if my understanding is correct?
    0:34:52 Yeah, very much is.
    0:34:55 I think it was my entrepreneurial that kind of led me up to this one.
    0:34:57 My entrepreneurial journey.
    0:35:01 I owned a credit counseling company and I created like a business in a box
    0:35:03 opportunity to show other people how to do what I was doing.
    0:35:05 And my whole niche was creating homeowners.
    0:35:10 I’d build a real estate portfolio, multifamily unit rental properties.
    0:35:16 And I’d done a good job of automating and systems and people running my rentals for me.
    0:35:18 Like I didn’t use property management companies.
    0:35:20 I had people that worked for me and then my credit.
    0:35:25 So it was kind of all the combination of things that led up to this to where once
    0:35:29 I decided, okay, to continue to scale this, what do I want to do?
    0:35:34 And really what I wanted to do is I wanted to create passive continuity.
    0:35:35 I wanted to create reoccurring income.
    0:35:42 And what was a way for me to do that, it was to have the model where I’m showing
    0:35:46 somebody, but I’m also offering them support and I’m getting a percentage of the revenue.
    0:35:50 So it actually happened through one of the Facebook groups for this industry up here
    0:35:51 to peer Facebook group.
    0:35:53 I was just in there sharing.
    0:35:55 You know, you’re all excited about the thing that you’re doing, you know,
    0:35:57 something there and I’m teaching people and sharing and this and that.
    0:36:01 Some guy says, Hey, why don’t you start one of those up here in the upper
    0:36:02 peninsula of Michigan?
    0:36:03 Yeah.
    0:36:05 And I was down in the lower peninsula, West Michigan.
    0:36:07 I said, Yeah, let’s do it, man.
    0:36:10 I said, tell you what, you be my guinea pig and we’ll start it.
    0:36:11 I won’t charge you anything.
    0:36:13 And then we’ll prove the model and then go from there.
    0:36:14 And so that’s what I did.
    0:36:18 And he’s still with us today, Kim, Kim in the upper peninsula of Michigan.
    0:36:19 Okay.
    0:36:19 Okay.
    0:36:20 Yep.
    0:36:22 And then I turned it into like a biz in a box.
    0:36:26 I charged $995 and then I got a percentage of their revenue.
    0:36:29 And then I had my office girls who were like answering the inquiries and
    0:36:33 offering ongoing support to get a percentage of the revenue.
    0:36:34 Oh, okay.
    0:36:34 Okay.
    0:36:38 So it was kind of a hybrid model, like this education component, plus
    0:36:41 ongoing support, plus we’ll still take a, you succeed.
    0:36:43 We succeed type of thing.
    0:36:44 We’re still going to take a fee.
    0:36:44 Okay.
    0:36:44 Yeah.
    0:36:48 So it’s like, yeah, kind of a white glove service and we offer this and that.
    0:36:51 And then it went to, okay, now it’s $5,000.
    0:36:53 Now it’s $10,000.
    0:36:55 And now we offer this and we offer that.
    0:36:58 And now we’re going to manage your website and your social media.
    0:37:01 Oh, we negotiated a special agreement with RV share.
    0:37:03 You get part of that agreement.
    0:37:06 And I had a handful of locations.
    0:37:09 My location was running on autopilot.
    0:37:11 I had sold my credit counseling business on owner finance.
    0:37:14 I had built a decent real estate portfolio.
    0:37:16 So I had a good amount of revenue coming in from all these sources.
    0:37:20 And so I just, I really got kind of passive and was just hanging out.
    0:37:22 And there was the Lord again.
    0:37:24 He said, it’s time to franchise.
    0:37:26 I said, no, thank you.
    0:37:30 And a week or a month later, he’s like, it’s time to franchise.
    0:37:31 And it was a couple of months conversation.
    0:37:34 Finally, I did it just like you said, right?
    0:37:35 Red tape.
    0:37:37 I mean, this, it cost me six figures to do it.
    0:37:39 It took over a year to do it.
    0:37:43 It was, I mean, our franchise disclosure documents, like 200 pages, not wired that
    0:37:43 way.
    0:37:45 I want to run and hustle and grind.
    0:37:50 I don’t want documents and red tape and FTC and all that kind of stuff.
    0:37:51 But I did it.
    0:37:55 We walked through the process and here we are today.
    0:37:55 Well, very good.
    0:38:00 You’re signing up people all over the place to start their own fireside RV
    0:38:03 rental chapter franchise in their local area.
    0:38:05 You said 45 locations around the country at this point.
    0:38:06 Yeah.
    0:38:10 I think we got about 45 locations and hundreds and hundreds of RVs under management.
    0:38:11 Yeah.
    0:38:12 It’s just world domination.
    0:38:14 One RV at a time.
    0:38:15 Fascinating.
    0:38:20 Is there a target that you say, we want to be in the top
    0:38:21 hundred RV market?
    0:38:22 Like, how do you even measure?
    0:38:23 Like, where does this thing go?
    0:38:25 We want a hundred franchisees.
    0:38:27 We want some level of bookings every season or something.
    0:38:31 You know, it’s interesting as you grow as an entrepreneur, your goals are
    0:38:32 constantly changing, right?
    0:38:39 The goal was, okay, I want a eight figure valuation by the end of 2024.
    0:38:42 That was the goal, the beginning of last year.
    0:38:47 And then the goal, I just went to a conference mastermind junkie.
    0:38:49 I just, I love going to conferences and learning and all that.
    0:38:52 And then after I just went to this recent conference, I’m like, okay, the
    0:38:56 goal is 250 locations by the end of 2024.
    0:38:59 One of the speakers there was Dr. Benjamin Hardy.
    0:39:03 And he spoke on his book, 10X is easier than 2X.
    0:39:07 He just talked about just set goals that like completely blow out the floor.
    0:39:08 You have to rethink everything.
    0:39:09 Like you’re starting from scratch.
    0:39:12 So I talked to my business partner like 250 locations.
    0:39:13 That’s the goal.
    0:39:17 So we hired a marketing firm and we got leads just flooding every day.
    0:39:22 And then it was really, it was like, none of those are my goals anymore.
    0:39:27 It’s really just serving the people that join our community and just living a
    0:39:29 balanced life is the goal now.
    0:39:30 So we do that, right?
    0:39:32 We’re generating 40, 50 franchise leads a day.
    0:39:36 I’m on 30, 40 calls a week, I hire a sales rep.
    0:39:37 He’s on 30, 40 calls.
    0:39:39 And I’m in this extreme imbalance.
    0:39:40 I’m like, I don’t want that.
    0:39:41 You know, I want the balance.
    0:39:44 I want, you’re constantly reevaluating, you know, as an entrepreneur.
    0:39:48 It’s amazing how quickly the goals turn and shift.
    0:39:49 Yeah.
    0:39:52 You get used to a certain level of success and comfort.
    0:39:54 And then the goalpost moves again.
    0:39:59 It’s some level of hedonic adaptation, but it’s some level of going back to
    0:40:02 your six figure summer and saying, well, how much is enough?
    0:40:03 What are we doing this for?
    0:40:06 Are we, we’re good, you know, it’s going back to the time with the family,
    0:40:10 supporting the people in the community, being a part of that community.
    0:40:12 I think it’s definitely an interesting one.
    0:40:14 I appreciate you sharing all of that.
    0:40:20 Mywheelestatestory.com, that’s Wheel Estate, like wheels on your RV.
    0:40:22 You can check out Gar’s book over there.
    0:40:25 Mywheelestatestory.com, love it.
    0:40:29 And FiresideRVRental.com, you can check them out over there.
    0:40:33 Let’s wrap this thing up with your number one tip for side hustle nation.
    0:40:35 All work works.
    0:40:39 I’ve really been digging that saying the last year is as entrepreneurs, we do
    0:40:43 something and it doesn’t work out the way that we think it does, that it should.
    0:40:49 And we think it was a failure, but really all work, all action that we take works.
    0:40:52 And it’s either working on us, it’s changing us.
    0:40:56 It’s helping us to grow as a person, overcome insecurities, fears, doubts
    0:40:59 worries, or it’s doing the thing we want to do.
    0:41:01 It’s working for us, like there’s results, right?
    0:41:04 We’re generating, we’re adding customers, the business is growing.
    0:41:07 But I just, I want to encourage people in that all work works.
    0:41:10 So it works on you, it works for you.
    0:41:14 But the biggest thing is don’t stop doing the things, don’t stop doing the work.
    0:41:19 And do you have an example of some work that didn’t work out the way you wanted it to?
    0:41:21 You’re like, I reached a dead end and now I got to go back.
    0:41:25 You know, just with the recent marketing that we started doing, we hired a marketing firm
    0:41:31 that just for their monthly services, it was $10,000 a month plus our ad spend.
    0:41:33 And that was a huge step of faith for us.
    0:41:39 And what we realized was after these two and a half months that we were with them is
    0:41:42 all we really needed to do was increase our ad spend.
    0:41:46 But it was when I had that all in, like we’re going to 250 locations.
    0:41:47 Yeah.
    0:41:49 Kind of dropping the floor out from under me.
    0:41:51 It was, OK, we’re all in.
    0:41:53 So we hired this marketing firm.
    0:41:55 Yeah, we learned a bunch of amazing stuff from them.
    0:42:00 But the biggest thing we learned is really if we would have simply just increased
    0:42:01 because that’s part of what they had us do.
    0:42:03 We increased our ad spend by five fold.
    0:42:08 If we would have just done that to begin with, we would have been very similar results.
    0:42:09 Save the $10,000 fee.
    0:42:11 Yeah, but you think, right?
    0:42:13 OK, we’re going big leagues now.
    0:42:14 We need to do all these things.
    0:42:18 And we did learn some amazing things and we’re still using them on a lower scale.
    0:42:20 But it was funny in hindsight.
    0:42:23 We learned like really, we just could have increased our ad spend.
    0:42:27 But we learned a lot about our metrics and how much it costs us to book a call
    0:42:29 and our average customer value.
    0:42:31 We learned a lot of important things.
    0:42:35 So the work definitely worked inside of us and taught us a bunch of stuff.
    0:42:39 But really what worked for us was just increasing our ad spend by five times.
    0:42:41 All right, fair enough.
    0:42:44 But it’s one of those things where, like you said, all work works.
    0:42:47 You don’t know until you test it out and see what happens.
    0:42:49 So I appreciate you sharing that.
    0:42:53 And I think that is definitely relevant for side hustle show listeners.
    0:42:56 Like you might be feeling like you’re grinding away at something.
    0:43:01 But even if it’s not getting you the results you want, it is still hopefully
    0:43:06 resulting in some level of education or improving your skills and processes
    0:43:10 in some area that you can pivot and apply to something else if need be.
    0:43:14 Or, you know, to keep on going and breaking through all work works.
    0:43:17 That may be a new one from six hundred and something episodes.
    0:43:18 I may not have heard that one before.
    0:43:22 So I like that one couple of takeaways for me before we wrap.
    0:43:26 And number one is thinking of these expensive underutilized assets.
    0:43:29 That’s the sweet spot to make a rental business work where especially
    0:43:33 and maybe a bulky item that somebody may not want to travel with.
    0:43:35 Like we had a mobility scooter rental episode.
    0:43:37 That was really interesting.
    0:43:39 We’ve seen people do this with photo booths
    0:43:43 with what’s called like a champagne wall or like a donut peg board
    0:43:45 that we rent out for like weddings or something.
    0:43:49 It’s like it’ll cost you one afternoon and a hundred bucks worth of materials
    0:43:50 to build this thing.
    0:43:52 You rent it out for a hundred bucks per wedding.
    0:43:53 I love businesses like that.
    0:43:58 So I think that’s fascinating stuff and then just tapping into existing
    0:44:00 marketplaces, the RV shares of the world.
    0:44:04 Like if something like that exists in whatever niche that you are considering,
    0:44:06 that’s probably a good sign.
    0:44:10 And if you can go and recruit other people to say, hey, have you ever thought
    0:44:13 about putting your thing up for rent there or even if you are.
    0:44:16 But maybe it’s a pain like you mentioned with the other RV owner.
    0:44:18 Like is it really worth the time effort?
    0:44:20 Oh, hey, we’ll do all the work for you.
    0:44:22 Just pay us half the fee and we’ll take care of it for you.
    0:44:24 Make it easy, make it easy.
    0:44:28 Now, we’ve been chatting RVs in this episode, but like we’ve kind of tossed
    0:44:32 in here or there, certainly not the only things that you can rent out for a profit.
    0:44:35 Get your creative juices flow and I want to invite you to download
    0:44:38 your exclusive listener only bonus for this episode.
    0:44:43 That’s my list of 25 other unconventional rental ideas.
    0:44:45 Just hit the link in the episode description.
    0:44:47 You’ll be able to grab that for free.
    0:44:50 Now, as promised at the top of the show, we talked about four types of passive income.
    0:44:54 One is Gar’s model, renting out other people’s stuff or renting.
    0:44:57 You don’t have to be other people’s stuff, but just renting something out.
    0:44:59 Get paid over and over again from something that you buy once.
    0:45:01 Love it. And maybe maybe you don’t even have to buy it.
    0:45:03 I think it’s a creative example.
    0:45:04 So that’s number one.
    0:45:07 Number two is to buy cash flowing assets.
    0:45:09 This is the old takes money to make money option.
    0:45:11 This could be dividend investing.
    0:45:12 This could be real estate.
    0:45:14 This could be business lending, stuff like that.
    0:45:15 Great model.
    0:45:18 If the important part, if you already have money to invest.
    0:45:19 That’s the bottleneck for most people.
    0:45:21 Third one is to build assets.
    0:45:23 This is the sweat equity option.
    0:45:25 This is building something of value.
    0:45:27 It could be a digital product.
    0:45:28 It could be a website.
    0:45:32 It could be a collection of YouTube videos on a video channel.
    0:45:34 Could earn advertising revenue.
    0:45:37 This is the space that I have typically played in the sweat equity option,
    0:45:40 trying to build passive income assets.
    0:45:43 Obviously takes a lot of time, takes a lot of creative energy to do that,
    0:45:47 but can run relatively passive or relatively time leveraged.
    0:45:48 Sometimes for years, if set up right.
    0:45:51 And the fourth one is probably the most overlooked one.
    0:45:55 And this is what I call reverse passive income is what you earn when you cut
    0:45:57 your ongoing monthly expenses.
    0:46:00 You switch your cell phone providers, you cut out the gym membership.
    0:46:01 You start working out from home.
    0:46:04 It’s the saving money is go straight to your bottom line.
    0:46:06 Reverse passive income model.
    0:46:09 Those are the four that I teased at the top of the show.
    0:46:12 But Gar, thanks so much for sharing your insight.
    0:46:15 Big thanks to our sponsors for helping make this content free for everyone.
    0:46:20 You can hit up side hustle nation dot com slash deals for all the latest offers
    0:46:22 from our sponsors in one place.
    0:46:24 Thank you for supporting the advertisers that support the show.
    0:46:25 That’s it for me.
    0:46:28 Thank you so much for tuning in until next time.
    0:46:30 Let’s go out there and make something happen.
    0:46:33 And I’ll catch you in the next edition of the side hustle show.
    0:46:34 Hustle on.
    0:46:42 [BLANK_AUDIO]

    Have you ever thought about renting out other people’s stuff for profit?

    That’s exactly what Garr Russell from firesidervrental.com did with RVs (recreational vehicles), and he’s turned it into a thriving business.

    Could you do the same thing? Could you apply this idea to a different niche?

    I think there are some valuable lessons here for aspiring side hustlers in any niche.

    Tune in to Episode 625 of the Side Hustle Show to learn:

    • how to profit from renting out other people’s RVs
    • the numbers behind a successful RV rental business
    • creative ways to boost income with add-on services
    • strategies for scaling to a nationwide operation

    Full Show Notes: Getting Paid to Rent Out Other People’s Stuff

    New to the Show? Get your personalized money-making playlist here!

    Sponsors:

    Ladder – Get instantly approved for term life insurance—no doctors, no needles, no paperwork!

    Indeed – Start hiring NOW with a $75 sponsored job credit to upgrade your job post!

  • 624: The 10 Most Profitable Side Hustles

    AI transcript
    0:00:03 The ten most profitable side hustles.
    0:00:05 What’s up? What’s up, Nick Loper here.
    0:00:07 Welcome to the side hustle show.
    0:00:09 We’re part of the entrepreneur podcast network.
    0:00:12 And this is the business podcast you can actually apply.
    0:00:17 One question I get quite a bit is what are the most profitable side hustles?
    0:00:18 Let’s get to the chase, right?
    0:00:21 And there’s a couple of ways to think about profitability.
    0:00:26 The first is in terms of profit margin of every dollar that your side hustle
    0:00:29 or business brings in how much actually flows through to the bottom line.
    0:00:33 After all your cost of goods, after all your expenses in running the business.
    0:00:35 And that’s the inspiration for this episode.
    0:00:39 Actually, this spring, we did an episode on Amazon Wholesale where my
    0:00:43 guest explained that if you were to win 10% margins as a wholesaler,
    0:00:45 you were crushing it.
    0:00:49 And I was kind of taken aback by that coming from the online content world
    0:00:52 where it’s not uncommon to have 80% margins.
    0:00:57 Of course, the other way to look at profitability is just in terms of
    0:00:58 raw dollars.
    0:01:00 Walmart is the perfect example here.
    0:01:05 They are earning $10 to $15 billion in profit per year, but they got to sell
    0:01:09 $500 to $600 billion worth of stuff to earn that profit.
    0:01:15 Low margins, but huge, huge volume still can add up to a super profitable
    0:01:16 business.
    0:01:19 But in this episode, we’re mostly going to look at side hustles in the
    0:01:24 first category, the higher margin, lean operation, lower overhead variety.
    0:01:27 But number one on this list is one that actually checks both boxes.
    0:01:28 High margin, high volume.
    0:01:33 And that’s a recurring web design and web hosting service inspired by
    0:01:40 Ryan Golgowski of 180sites.com and episode 550 of the side hustle show.
    0:01:44 Ryan’s built an incredible business designing and hosting websites
    0:01:47 primarily for the power washing industry.
    0:01:51 If you can believe that, but rather than charging a few thousand dollars
    0:01:54 upfront for the site, which most of his customers would say, yeah, no,
    0:01:55 thanks, we’re good.
    0:01:59 Instead, he charges around 200 bucks a month for 24 months and then has a
    0:02:01 lower priced maintenance package after that.
    0:02:08 And when we recorded, he’d just had his first $100,000 month all with a very
    0:02:13 lean operation, volume plus margins, super inspiring business.
    0:02:14 Here’s how he described it.
    0:02:20 If having a better website that is going to offer a better user experience,
    0:02:21 it’s going to better your SEO.
    0:02:24 There’s going to be better conversion optimization on the site.
    0:02:28 Even if it’s just generating for you one extra sale a month, you know,
    0:02:31 that’s extremely conservative way to look at it.
    0:02:34 It’s the service is already being paid for and then some.
    0:02:37 It’s a pretty simple, easy sell.
    0:02:42 Whereas like if I were to try to sell a website for five grand, a lot
    0:02:46 of people sell websites for even more than that 10 grand for a company
    0:02:49 that’s not doing millions of dollars in sales.
    0:02:50 That’s like a huge number to them.
    0:02:58 And it’s hard for them to justify, but 180, 220, 300 bucks a month and they’re
    0:03:02 not only going to get more leads, they’re also going to look a lot better.
    0:03:05 So there’s going to be so much more perceived value to their marketplace.
    0:03:11 They’re going to be perceived as the high end, luxury, most professional
    0:03:12 service provider.
    0:03:15 And you’re doing several of these a week at this point.
    0:03:16 Sounds like volume wise.
    0:03:17 Yes.
    0:03:17 Yeah.
    0:03:21 So 20 a month, give or take, sometimes less.
    0:03:29 But last year we did 211 new signups and this year shooting for 250.
    0:03:29 Yeah.
    0:03:35 Listeners can do the math on that and say, wow, that’s pretty substantial operation.
    0:03:40 And now once it’s in on the developer’s desk, what’s their typical turnaround
    0:03:44 time to get this thing up for approval or up for hosting?
    0:03:44 Yeah.
    0:03:49 So the initial stage of development, it should have about a week’s time max.
    0:03:51 They could get it done quicker than that.
    0:03:53 Then it will go to the project manager.
    0:03:55 They’ll be going back and forth with the client.
    0:03:58 If they need any revisions that will go back to the developer.
    0:04:02 If we’re doing content that will take a little bit of extra time for us.
    0:04:04 If they’re doing content, it could be fast.
    0:04:06 It could take a year.
    0:04:06 Who knows?
    0:04:13 But we shoot for about a four week timeframe for the project from the time
    0:04:15 they sign up to the time their site goes live.
    0:04:16 Okay.
    0:04:16 Okay.
    0:04:20 Just to give yourself some buffer room in case there’s any back and forth.
    0:04:21 Okay.
    0:04:21 Cool.
    0:04:26 And do you consider the upfront developer time and some of these other upfront costs?
    0:04:29 Like, is there a sense of the break-even point?
    0:04:31 Well, after three months, we’re good.
    0:04:33 Or after six months, like it’s all gravy.
    0:04:37 And so if we can keep that person on for six months and keep them happy.
    0:04:40 Like, I mean, they, yeah, they signed the contract, but who knows?
    0:04:43 I just try to get figured out for like, yeah, you’ve run some labor and some
    0:04:45 other expenses upfront here.
    0:04:45 Yeah.
    0:04:45 Yeah.
    0:04:47 Definitely starting out.
    0:04:53 It is not as efficient or profitable, but over time, you’ll really refine your
    0:04:57 systems and you should be able to at least your fixed costs should be covered by
    0:05:00 about two months of the customer’s payments.
    0:05:06 Fixed costs covered by two months of customer payments, meaning the next 22
    0:05:08 months are almost pure profit.
    0:05:11 Again, that’s episode 550 in your archives.
    0:05:17 Definitely one that I refer back to quite a bit and likely replicable in tons of
    0:05:17 different niches.
    0:05:20 Again, Brian was focusing on power washing companies.
    0:05:23 So that’s number one, starting a recurring web design service.
    0:05:26 Number two is to start a content business.
    0:05:31 What I mean by a content business is a helpful website, a podcast, a YouTube
    0:05:33 channel, a social media following.
    0:05:38 And the reason it makes this list is this combination of being super scalable
    0:05:40 and having relatively low costs.
    0:05:44 For example, it takes the same effort to write an article that a hundred people
    0:05:47 read as it does to create one that a hundred thousand people read.
    0:05:49 And it’s the same for other types of content as well.
    0:05:54 And then on the other side, your costs are usually fixed or they’re tied to
    0:05:58 performance in some way so that they scale with reach and revenue.
    0:06:02 Some of the most successful business owners I know play in this space and
    0:06:05 it’s where I spend most of my effort as well, creating episodes like this one
    0:06:09 along with creating and maintaining the library of written content on
    0:06:12 the Side Hustle Nation site as traffic increases, so does revenue.
    0:06:16 Andrew Fiebert runs the affiliate tracking software Lasso and also
    0:06:19 the gift ideas site giftlab.co.
    0:06:24 Now, I’ve often talked about YouTube videos or blog posts as planting little
    0:06:27 money seeds, these little digital assets, putting them out into the world.
    0:06:30 And that’s really similar to how Andrew described running an online
    0:06:33 content business in episode 537.
    0:06:39 I kind of liken blogging to you have this like bag of seed and you’re
    0:06:42 just grabbing fistfuls and you’re throwing the seed out there.
    0:06:48 And when you start, 80% are landing on the street or the sidewalk or birds
    0:06:49 eating it.
    0:06:53 And as you get better, you’re like, oh, I need to put it on the grass or I
    0:06:54 need to put it in dirt.
    0:07:00 And so I think a lot of like the research and prep orient us towards that.
    0:07:04 And then the more confidence we have in our publishing process for that
    0:07:06 site and our ability to rank.
    0:07:10 I feel like we’re able to pay more or rather scale the team better.
    0:07:17 Some things are just going to miss and oftentimes things that miss are better
    0:07:19 than the things that hit and rank.
    0:07:26 We try and think less about like every articles ROI than how do we get more
    0:07:32 hits and how do we make sure that 80% of what we create is profitable say
    0:07:35 within the first like year, year and a half.
    0:07:37 And then after that, I mean, it’s all margin.
    0:07:42 So it’s really about like how do we land as many of those seeds as
    0:07:45 possible in fertile soil?
    0:07:46 Right.
    0:07:47 That’s the other piece of the pie here.
    0:07:51 It’s like, well, you can spend money creating all these articles that never
    0:07:53 make it past the top of page two.
    0:07:55 And you’re like, well, great.
    0:07:56 Nobody sees those.
    0:07:59 It’s like playing almost like mini venture capitalists.
    0:08:02 Like, okay, I’m going to put a bunch of money on, you know, spread across 10
    0:08:03 different bets.
    0:08:07 Hopefully your odds are better than a typical VC and like you can land five
    0:08:10 or eight of them on the first page and then you can kind of track
    0:08:14 their revenue or affiliate commissions from there.
    0:08:15 That was just, I don’t know.
    0:08:16 You seem very dialed in on the numbers.
    0:08:17 I was like, nope.
    0:08:19 After six months, everything is gravy.
    0:08:23 But it’s like, okay, after a year, year and a half, we have broken even on
    0:08:23 that article.
    0:08:27 And meanwhile, we already have our whole backlog of archive content that
    0:08:30 is spinning and generating traffic and revenue for us.
    0:08:31 It’s a multi-phase process.
    0:08:35 So the first is you create, you publish, and then like, I don’t know,
    0:08:37 hopefully the Google gods give it you traffic.
    0:08:42 And then if it is getting traction, then it falls into our optimization
    0:08:45 process where we’ll start to look at it.
    0:08:47 What are the keywords that it is hitting?
    0:08:49 Doesn’t need to be shifted slightly.
    0:08:52 If it’s a gift list, we reorient items.
    0:08:56 And so there are things that we create that I believe are excellent things
    0:09:00 that we paid, you know, I’m listening to my Maris $450 for excellent.
    0:09:05 And they get nothing ever that is relegated to the page 100 of Google.
    0:09:08 And so then that was a bad bet clearly.
    0:09:13 But if it starts to get traction, then it attracts our attention and we try
    0:09:15 and lean into what is working.
    0:09:19 Plant those seeds, give them the love and attention they need and pay attention
    0:09:20 to what’s working.
    0:09:23 Then go do more of that over its five year lifespan.
    0:09:28 At the time we recorded gift lab had earned over $1.2 million in affiliate
    0:09:32 commissions, but the interesting thing is that total was heavily weighted,
    0:09:35 heavily back loaded to the final two years.
    0:09:39 I think the first two years Andrew said it might have made a total of $50,000,
    0:09:44 which is great, but it’s important to realize that this type of business
    0:09:45 is a longer term play.
    0:09:46 You got to stick with it.
    0:09:50 And if you do, your efforts can really start to compound.
    0:09:51 Now, I love content businesses.
    0:09:53 I identify as a creator.
    0:09:56 Like I know a lot of listeners do as well, which is why starting a content
    0:10:00 business is number two on our list of the most profitable side hustles.
    0:10:05 Number three can pair really nicely with a content business, but it can
    0:10:06 also stand alone.
    0:10:07 I’ll tell you more about it.
    0:10:10 Plus the rest of our most profitable side hustles right after this.
    0:10:15 That’s the sound of another sale on your online Shopify store.
    0:10:18 But did you know Shopify powers in person selling too?
    0:10:19 It’s true.
    0:10:23 Shopify is the sound of selling everywhere online, in store, on social
    0:10:24 media and beyond.
    0:10:29 Shopify POS is your command center for your retail store.
    0:10:33 That means you can accept payments, manage inventory and track every sale
    0:10:35 across your business in one place.
    0:10:38 With Shopify, you get a powerhouse selling partner that helps you drive
    0:10:42 store traffic with plug and play tools built for marketing campaigns
    0:10:44 from TikTok to Instagram and beyond.
    0:10:47 You can take payments by smartphone, transform your tablet into
    0:10:52 a point of sale system or use Shopify’s POS go mobile device for
    0:10:53 a battle tested solution.
    0:10:57 Plus Shopify’s award winning help is there to support your success
    0:10:58 every step of the way.
    0:11:01 So do retail right with Shopify.
    0:11:07 Go ahead sign up for a $1 per month trial period at Shopify.com/sidehustle.
    0:11:08 That’s all lowercase.
    0:11:13 Go to Shopify.com/sidehustle to take your retail business to the next
    0:11:14 level today.
    0:11:17 Shopify.com/sidehustle.
    0:11:18 All right.
    0:11:22 Number three is digital products and these compare really nicely
    0:11:23 with a content business.
    0:11:27 It’s another place to direct the attention that your content attracts
    0:11:32 to a printable file, a digital download, an ebook, an online course.
    0:11:35 And we’ve seen some fun examples of side hustlers taking these files
    0:11:39 directly to the people on platforms like Etsy and teachers pay teachers,
    0:11:42 both of which allow you to tap into some existing demand.
    0:11:46 You can leverage an existing customer base on both of those sites.
    0:11:48 You’ve got automated file delivery.
    0:11:50 They’re handling payment processing for you.
    0:11:54 Lots of cool stuff and because your cost of good sold is essentially zero.
    0:11:56 It’s like a digital PDF or something.
    0:11:58 It’s just your time to create the thing.
    0:12:01 A digital products business can be really profitable as well.
    0:12:04 And you may not even have to start completely from scratch either.
    0:12:10 One of the most popular episodes of last year was number 582 with Becky
    0:12:14 Beach on using AI to help create some of these digital products.
    0:12:16 Well, the home planner bundle.
    0:12:18 I’m selling it for like $17.
    0:12:21 You get like a few other printables in that bundle as well.
    0:12:27 Like you also get a 2023 goal planner and I saw also a coloring page pack
    0:12:31 and that same bundle and that sells for like $17 and also have like
    0:12:33 an upsell where you can pay like $27.
    0:12:35 You get a few more printables too.
    0:12:36 And that does very well.
    0:12:38 That’s like one of my upsells I have.
    0:12:42 Yeah, I’m just thinking about the margins on this like $17 because
    0:12:44 she’s next to nothing to fulfill.
    0:12:47 Just lather and repeat, create something once, sell it over and over again.
    0:12:49 Those are the types of side hustles that I like.
    0:12:50 Exactly.
    0:12:54 I used to do drop shipping when I first started an online business and that
    0:12:55 was really difficult to do.
    0:13:00 There was a lot of problems with like fulfillment because you have to rely
    0:13:02 on somebody else to fulfill your products for you have no control over
    0:13:03 the shipping.
    0:13:05 So a lot of times I would get charged backs, but that’s why I turned
    0:13:06 to digital products only.
    0:13:07 Gotcha.
    0:13:09 All right, fair enough.
    0:13:10 So I’m okay.
    0:13:13 I have an understanding of okay, going where the demand already is trying
    0:13:17 to create something that people want, maybe smaller niche products and then
    0:13:21 a bundle of something that would appeal to that entire per se look just one
    0:13:22 low price.
    0:13:25 You get all this stuff at a slight discount plus some different bonuses
    0:13:31 coming pages now specific to either this home planner or any of the
    0:13:33 related products in there.
    0:13:39 Talk to me about the chat GPT or the AI assistedness of coming up with
    0:13:39 that.
    0:13:40 I think that’s an interesting angle.
    0:13:45 You can actually ask chat GPT to give you product suggestions based on
    0:13:49 your niche so you can do a prompt, which could be please give me a guy.
    0:13:50 I’m really polite to chat GPT.
    0:13:55 So all of a sudden like please give me like 10 product ideas and the money
    0:13:58 saving niche for printables or digital products or just whatever.
    0:13:59 And it will spit it out.
    0:14:02 It will give you like 10 different product ideas or you can even ask
    0:14:05 for 20 ideas or just any amount you wouldn’t want.
    0:14:09 And it gives you all these ideas, but then you can also take that data.
    0:14:13 It gave you actually go on and research for yourself to see if it’s
    0:14:13 trending on Google.
    0:14:18 If any of it is doing well on Etsy or people on Etsy getting sales
    0:14:18 with this topic.
    0:14:19 Yeah.
    0:14:22 Have they come up with any good ones that you hadn’t considered before?
    0:14:26 I really like the checklist idea that you were saying about the routine
    0:14:26 checklist like that.
    0:14:28 I think that’d be better than a planner.
    0:14:31 So I want to do that, but you help me come up with that idea.
    0:14:32 I don’t know.
    0:14:34 Yeah.
    0:14:36 So I typed in this is probably not the best prompt in the world.
    0:14:40 Please give me some digital product ideas for printables in the side
    0:14:41 hustle niche.
    0:14:45 And it came back with business planner, budget tracker, social media,
    0:14:50 content calendar, productivity, worksheets, Etsy shop optimization
    0:14:54 checklist, which could easily be repurposed to a website optimization
    0:14:54 checklist.
    0:14:57 Actually, I have a whole book on the small business website checklist
    0:14:59 from like 2013 or something.
    0:15:01 Business card templates, market research worksheets.
    0:15:03 I think that’s a really interesting one.
    0:15:06 Like if you’re evaluating a different niche, like, okay, here’s how you
    0:15:08 ought to go about thinking about that.
    0:15:11 I think that’s really creative inventory management sheets.
    0:15:15 If you’ve got a physical product expense deduction worksheets.
    0:15:18 Like if you’re in the finance accounting space, that’s really
    0:15:20 interesting one client management templates.
    0:15:24 If you’re in a service based business logo and branding templates,
    0:15:26 content creation templates.
    0:15:27 That’s an interesting one.
    0:15:31 Like, oh, we’re creating product reviews as part of our side hustle.
    0:15:34 Like, you know, here’s kind of like a fill-in-the-blank template
    0:15:38 that is proven based on some level of SEO metrics or something.
    0:15:39 That’s interesting.
    0:15:44 Self-care and work life balance planners, the product launch checklist.
    0:15:46 I think I have a book launch checklist.
    0:15:47 Like that’s an interesting one.
    0:15:50 I think I just have as a freebie right now, but that could be a paid
    0:15:55 product in certain spaces, customer feedback, surveys, printable coupons
    0:15:57 and promotions affiliate marketing planner.
    0:16:00 If you’re going out to recruit affiliates to sell your product,
    0:16:03 here’s how you’re going to plan out your affiliate campaigns
    0:16:05 and the skill development tracker.
    0:16:06 Man, chat GPC.
    0:16:10 I think these are pretty solid suggestions that it came up with just for that.
    0:16:14 So you might try that prompt or a variation of it to see
    0:16:15 what comes back in your space.
    0:16:18 It just gives you so many really good product ideas.
    0:16:21 Like, I like the launch checklist the best like that launch one, you know,
    0:16:23 that show people how they could launch a product.
    0:16:25 That’s a really solid idea right there.
    0:16:26 Yeah.
    0:16:28 The next stage would be like, cool.
    0:16:31 Can you give me more details on number 18 or what steps would you
    0:16:32 include in number 18?
    0:16:37 Now you have the starter template for that eventual freebie or product.
    0:16:41 Then of course, you’re going to add your own expertise and insight into.
    0:16:44 You’re not probably going to just copy and paste this thing, but then go
    0:16:45 out and create that thing.
    0:16:46 So that’s all right.
    0:16:49 Now you can start it a little bit, but more than that, it’s not just
    0:16:51 copying and pasting into Microsoft Word.
    0:16:56 Like you’re doing some level of beautification through Canva or through
    0:16:58 some other graphic design to like, okay, you know, I’m going to make
    0:17:01 these templates and spreadsheets look nice.
    0:17:04 Look like something worth paying for rather than just the default fonts
    0:17:08 in Excel or Google Sheets and saying, okay, hit print on this.
    0:17:10 I do brand it into Canva.
    0:17:11 I do like some formatting.
    0:17:13 It’s really simple to use Canva.
    0:17:15 Like it’s a very user friendly app.
    0:17:18 I have a major in graphic design in college.
    0:17:21 So it’s like probably easier for someone like me that knows design,
    0:17:23 but sure, anybody could pick it up.
    0:17:23 It’s like real simple.
    0:17:26 There’s lots of free YouTube videos you could watch.
    0:17:32 Again, that’s episode 582 with Becky Beach from mombeach.com, who when
    0:17:36 we recorded reported earning around 30 grand a month, primarily from
    0:17:37 her digital product sales.
    0:17:41 Low overhead, create it once, sell it over and over again, adds up to
    0:17:42 a very profitable business.
    0:17:46 Another example of a digital product would be taking your knowledge
    0:17:50 and experience in packaging it up into an online course like Jacques
    0:17:55 Hopkins of piano in 21 days.com has done and he sold over $4 million
    0:17:59 worth of that course through its various iterations over the last 10 plus
    0:17:59 years.
    0:18:04 Now at the top of his funnel, so to speak, is just a handful of well
    0:18:09 made pieces of content that introduce new piano learners into his world.
    0:18:13 There’s a lot that goes into an evergreen profitable online course
    0:18:16 business, but it doesn’t need to be overly complicated either.
    0:18:19 In fact, you might be closer than you think to getting in front of
    0:18:20 your target students.
    0:18:23 So I was already ranking on the first page of Google for terms like how
    0:18:27 to play piano and learn piano fast and on YouTube as well.
    0:18:31 And so people were searching for these things at an unprecedented rate.
    0:18:35 And I was already there with an established working sales funnel and
    0:18:38 a course that had proven results and testimonials.
    0:18:45 For that time period, my record month was 145,000 in revenue.
    0:18:45 Oh my God.
    0:18:49 For one month from one course, we’ve obviously come back to Earth since
    0:18:53 then, but that was amazing as far as my business goes.
    0:18:58 I have a video on YouTube I made five years ago that still makes me tons
    0:19:01 of sales every month because people are still finding that video and getting
    0:19:02 value from that video.
    0:19:06 Evergreen digital assets can be a really powerful engine in building
    0:19:10 a profitable side hustle, especially if you got the systems in place to
    0:19:12 capture and monetize that attention.
    0:19:15 And in Jock’s case, it points to an Evergreen digital course, an Evergreen
    0:19:19 online course, but you got to plant some seeds out there to find which
    0:19:20 ones are going to work.
    0:19:24 That’s number three on this list, digital products with tons of examples
    0:19:27 in the podcast archives of side hustlers having success in that area.
    0:19:32 We got a whole series with Jock who also runs the online course guy.com.
    0:19:36 Definitely worth a follow if you want to build a course business.
    0:19:40 Now, next on the list is kind of a unique one because it’s a physical
    0:19:43 product business, which would typically mean lower margins.
    0:19:47 The reason I’m including it here similar to a dropshipping business is you
    0:19:49 don’t have to pay for the inventory until you sell it.
    0:19:53 And that unique setup is made possible through an app called ShareTown,
    0:19:55 which is number four on this list.
    0:20:01 ShareTown specializes in these customer returns for bulky items like furniture,
    0:20:05 mattresses, exercise equipment, pizza ovens from these direct to
    0:20:06 consumer brands.
    0:20:09 And in most cases, the reason for this is the brands can’t take
    0:20:14 back these items on customer returns to resell as new because they’re
    0:20:15 not new anymore.
    0:20:20 It was a hundred night sleep trial satisfaction guarantee type of thing.
    0:20:22 Customer decides, I don’t really like it.
    0:20:24 So they want to get their money back.
    0:20:29 The companies partner with ShareTown who intern partners with local reps,
    0:20:33 including lots of side hustle show listeners at this point to go pick
    0:20:35 up those items, clean them up and list them for resale.
    0:20:39 After they sell, that’s when the reps pay ShareTown for the product,
    0:20:44 pocketing 100 to $250 per item for their work.
    0:20:45 And it definitely is work.
    0:20:46 It’s, it’s driving.
    0:20:47 It’s lifting.
    0:20:47 It’s cleaning.
    0:20:48 It’s marketing.
    0:20:52 It’s communicating with customers, but it can add up to thousands of
    0:20:55 dollars in extra income without a lot of risk.
    0:21:00 This is Stacy Averto from Episode 501 explaining a bit more about
    0:21:01 how it works.
    0:21:05 When we get our item, we’ll schedule them out and we’ll usually
    0:21:09 plan on two to three pickups per trip.
    0:21:14 He’ll usually go out and pick up these items and then he brings them back.
    0:21:19 And some need a little bit more TLC than others, but we’ll clean and
    0:21:20 sanitize them and then we’ll flip them.
    0:21:26 So ShareTown provides pictures for us, but we also are able to take our own.
    0:21:30 So I think that’s a huge important part of selling is making sure
    0:21:32 it looks good.
    0:21:34 That’s good lighting, things like that.
    0:21:38 The longer you do this, the more comfortable you are with each item and
    0:21:42 the knowledge you have in the brands and things like that.
    0:21:44 And so I’ll have a conversation with the customer and let them
    0:21:46 know, answer their questions.
    0:21:49 Sometimes they want to come and check out the item or they’re just like,
    0:21:50 Hey, when can you deliver it?
    0:21:55 And so whatever happens, we’ll go deliver that mattress or item.
    0:22:00 And then once we get paid via Venmo or cash or, you know, all the different
    0:22:06 options you can receive payment nowadays, once a week, we will pay ShareTown
    0:22:09 for all of the items that we sold that week.
    0:22:10 Okay.
    0:22:15 So it’s on you to manage the profit margin or manage the spread there.
    0:22:18 So let’s say, so you go out, you’ve batched these things.
    0:22:20 I’m going to this area.
    0:22:22 So I’m going to pick up two or three in the evening.
    0:22:26 You bring them home, you clean them up, photograph them, list them on
    0:22:31 marketplace on offer up on Craigslist, like whatever.
    0:22:38 Is there a price floor that you know that you have to pay for this inventory
    0:22:39 once it sells?
    0:22:43 Like, and so you have to kind of mind your markups on top of that.
    0:22:43 Yep.
    0:22:48 So ShareTowns, they’ve created a minimalist price for areas like Phoenix
    0:22:51 where there’s 15 plus of us within a five hour radius of each other.
    0:22:56 They’ve created a minimum list price that we are required to list in
    0:22:59 and then you’re provided with the amount that you owe to ShareTown.
    0:23:03 So you’ll see the margin that you’ll be able to make and you’ll be able to
    0:23:07 say, okay, I want to make at least this much on this mattress or item.
    0:23:11 And I’ll say, hey, if you come pick it up, I can take $50 off.
    0:23:15 My husband and I, we average about 250 ish per item.
    0:23:17 We’re higher inventory reps.
    0:23:22 And so if we’re kind of building up to the max, then we’ll be like, okay,
    0:23:23 let’s just focus on turning over.
    0:23:29 We’ll make 100 to 150 bucks per item and just get our inventory turned over.
    0:23:31 Is your garage like filled with mattresses?
    0:23:33 Yeah, it’s filled.
    0:23:35 Well, and it’s not just mattresses.
    0:23:40 Like we work with all our couches, beam bag things.
    0:23:42 I mean, we work with lots of different items.
    0:23:42 Okay.
    0:23:43 Yeah.
    0:23:45 Frames, bases.
    0:23:49 So yeah, we started out with just our garage, which was a huge benefit for
    0:23:52 us because we didn’t have to invest in a unit or anything like that.
    0:23:55 Around a year-ish, we started talking.
    0:23:58 We should invest in a unit so we can hold more inventory.
    0:23:59 Okay.
    0:23:59 Yeah.
    0:24:04 I’m just thinking through the big bulky items, like having a vehicle to be able
    0:24:08 to transport it, having the space to be able to store it while you’re waiting
    0:24:11 for it to resell some things to consider here.
    0:24:11 Definitely.
    0:24:12 Yes.
    0:24:14 How is share town tracking this stuff?
    0:24:17 Or like, what happens if you have something that just isn’t moving that you
    0:24:21 can’t resell and now you’re stuck with this inventory that you didn’t have to
    0:24:25 pay for upfront, but ultimately is there a bill that comes do.
    0:24:29 So there’s not, you won’t ever pay for an item until you’ve sold it.
    0:24:34 And we’ve been doing it for almost three years and we’ve sold through every
    0:24:35 item we’ve received.
    0:24:38 I mean, I had those same concerns and questions.
    0:24:42 You’ll see some brands like we have a waiting list for when we get a brand.
    0:24:46 I just text or send out a message and say, Hey, we just got this in.
    0:24:48 Did you find what you were looking for?
    0:24:49 Are we still wanting it?
    0:24:51 And it sold in a matter of seconds.
    0:24:56 And then there are some brands that aren’t as well known and popular that we
    0:25:00 kind of hang on to for a little bit longer, but everything has always sold.
    0:25:03 Again, that was Stacy from episode 501.
    0:25:06 If you want to learn a bit more, I’ll also link up our full share town
    0:25:09 review and write up in the show notes for this episode.
    0:25:12 If you’ve got a truck or a bigger SUV and want to give it a shot in your area,
    0:25:17 be sure to hit up my referral link, side hustle nation dot com slash share town
    0:25:19 to fast track your application.
    0:25:22 Number five on this list is niche consulting.
    0:25:26 And the reason it’s so profitable is there is essentially no overhead at all.
    0:25:29 You’re just selling your own time and expertise.
    0:25:34 We’ve heard from examples like Bradley Rice on his $200,000 plus per year income
    0:25:36 working 18 hours a week.
    0:25:40 It’s still trading time for money, but if you can trade time for a lot of money,
    0:25:44 that’s a trade that might make sense to make depending on your goals, right?
    0:25:48 So some of the highest paid consulting niches are those that piggyback
    0:25:52 on a popular software tool like Bradley does with Salesforce.
    0:25:55 Conversion copywriters can command really premium rates.
    0:25:57 We’re talking lawyer money in some cases.
    0:26:02 I mean, Liz Wilcox was on the show talking about landing a $20,000
    0:26:03 copywriting project.
    0:26:04 It’s no joke.
    0:26:07 Some companies spend a ton of money on this stuff and it doesn’t have
    0:26:09 to be a business niche either.
    0:26:09 I want to point that out.
    0:26:14 We heard from Jane Havens, who was earning 10 grand a month as a baby
    0:26:19 and toddler sleep consultant where there is pain and uncertainty and a problem
    0:26:20 to be solved.
    0:26:22 There’s a business idea there.
    0:26:24 I can link up that episode in the show notes as well.
    0:26:26 It was 490, I want to say.
    0:26:32 One of the interesting recent examples was Carter Osborne in episode 601.
    0:26:37 Carter started out as an academic tutor, but found that market pretty crowded,
    0:26:38 pretty saturated.
    0:26:43 So he niched down to offer a college admissions essay consulting service.
    0:26:45 Yes, this is a thing.
    0:26:50 And by being so specialized, he was able to build a full-time income from it
    0:26:51 on the side from his day job.
    0:26:54 My flat rate right now is 225 an hour.
    0:26:58 I think for the Seattle area for full suite college application consultants,
    0:26:59 that’s a little bit on the low end.
    0:27:02 Specialists tend to charge a little less than those full suite consultants
    0:27:04 just because we don’t offer as many services.
    0:27:07 So it’s a little bit on the low end mainly because I’m trying to scale up.
    0:27:09 But the pricing question comes up a lot.
    0:27:12 And I think in the interest of kind of sharing with listeners some
    0:27:16 of the missteps that I took early on that hopefully they can avoid.
    0:27:20 When I started out in this industry, I priced myself really, really low.
    0:27:22 I priced myself at $75 an hour.
    0:27:25 And at the time as a graduate student, that felt luxurious.
    0:27:28 I didn’t really do a full market research to understand that in the world
    0:27:30 of college admissions, that’s not only cheap.
    0:27:32 That’s sort of suspiciously cheap.
    0:27:35 That’s like what’s wrong with this guy that he’s not charged in $75.
    0:27:38 And actually, I would not be surprised if a couple people saw my rate and said,
    0:27:40 ooh, I don’t know if I really trust this.
    0:27:41 I’m going to move on.
    0:27:43 It’s like looking for the group on for skydiving.
    0:27:47 You’re like, I don’t know if this is something I really want to discount on.
    0:27:48 That’s exactly right.
    0:27:49 That’s a great comparison.
    0:27:50 Yeah.
    0:27:51 Well, so that’s exactly it.
    0:27:55 But I think my error back then is I remember thinking, okay, what am I worth?
    0:27:58 You know, as a college admissions or as a college essay consultant,
    0:27:59 what do I think I’m worth?
    0:28:00 Well, I don’t have any experience.
    0:28:04 And yes, I took some creative writing classes and I have Stanford on my resume.
    0:28:08 But I don’t know if I’m really fully qualified to charge $200 an hour or something.
    0:28:10 I think that was my error, right?
    0:28:13 Because it’s not about what you internally think you’re worth.
    0:28:15 It’s about what the market can handle, what they’re willing to respond to.
    0:28:19 And that has nothing to do with your own self-worth or positionality or anything.
    0:28:24 If I’d done proper market research and thought of it more as I’m an actor in this space
    0:28:27 and less of what am I worth relative to other people in the field from
    0:28:29 a sort of inherent emotional standpoint.
    0:28:33 I think I pretty immediately would have seen you need to start out at over $100 an hour.
    0:28:36 I would have started higher and it’s taken me a little while to scale to $225.
    0:28:40 I think now I’m in a more comfortable place, but it was an interesting transition early on.
    0:28:45 I like that note about starting out pricing too low, almost suspiciously low.
    0:28:47 But again, that’s episode 601.
    0:28:53 And the other thing that stood out from that call was that Carter does almost no proactive marketing.
    0:28:56 All it took was one strategic partnership.
    0:29:00 Another admissions consultant in this case who didn’t like doing the essay work
    0:29:01 who started sending referrals his way.
    0:29:05 And the reason I bring that up is you might be closer than you think.
    0:29:09 I love geeking out on all the latest and greatest marketing strategies,
    0:29:13 but to get off the ground, you might not need to do much of that at all.
    0:29:17 So that’s number five, a high value niche consulting service,
    0:29:19 which can be a super profitable side hustle.
    0:29:22 The second half of this list is coming up right after this.
    0:29:26 All right, we’ve done our first five most profitable side hustles.
    0:29:30 And number six is a fun one where your product is almost free,
    0:29:35 but people will pay a premium for it if it’s in the right location and that’s ice vending.
    0:29:39 Now, the biggest drawback to this business is the machines can be pretty expensive
    0:29:41 and depending on your location, it can be pretty seasonal.
    0:29:45 But the raw margins are pretty enviable.
    0:29:49 This is Steve Slagle from episode 579
    0:29:52 on how the math shakes out in his ice vending business.
    0:29:58 It costs about eight cents to make 10 pounds of ice, roughly.
    0:30:04 Wow, let’s just say you’re selling that for $3 if your market supports that price.
    0:30:09 So now you’re at $2.92 of profit back a little bit out of that for maybe
    0:30:11 planned maintenance and some of those things.
    0:30:16 But you’re probably going to land in the 240 range per bag.
    0:30:19 It’s pretty tough to beat.
    0:30:23 And if you can do, let’s say 20, 30, 40 bags a day,
    0:30:29 you can see those profits start to rack up pretty quickly and your margin stays the same.
    0:30:34 It doesn’t cost any more whether you produce 10 pounds of ice or 500 pounds of ice.
    0:30:38 It’s still a kilowatt per hour usage on the power.
    0:30:43 It’s still a certain amount of water coming into the machine and it’s almost fixed.
    0:30:48 Now, obviously the power company is going to raise rates every year because everybody does,
    0:30:56 but you’re still looking at a relatively low, low cost to produce a product that replenishes itself.
    0:31:00 And that’s one of the nice things about the Everest machines is you don’t have to stock it.
    0:31:07 It’s constantly running and replenishing itself, having an available product that you don’t have to go do anything for.
    0:31:13 As long as the machine’s up and running, it’s making ice that’s ready to sell and then hopefully you’re making money.
    0:31:20 It would be super seasonal in the Northwest, but a snack and drink vending machine at our local community pool would crush in the summer.
    0:31:23 That’s on my side hustle wish list to see if we can make that happen.
    0:31:26 Again, $579 on ice vending.
    0:31:34 And if you want a broader view on vending machines and many employee-less markets in general, check out $599 with Mike Hoffman.
    0:31:39 But ice vending makes our list as number six purely because those unit economics make me smile.
    0:31:41 Oh, it costs eight cents to make this bag.
    0:31:44 Number seven is a membership or community business.
    0:31:51 Now, a lot of people are attracted to a membership model because of the recurring revenue component, which I get it.
    0:31:52 That is attractive.
    0:32:01 The most common membership structure that we see from side hustle show guests has two parts as a content or education component and a community component.
    0:32:06 And the common logic there is that people come for the content, but they stay for the community.
    0:32:13 And yes, it takes time and energy to foster and support that community and potentially to feed more content into the membership.
    0:32:16 But it’s a model that can naturally scale pretty well.
    0:32:22 If you’ve got 100 members and $100 a month, you’re at $10,000 a month.
    0:32:29 And you’ve got some levers to play with there, too, on growth, on pricing, on retention, on add-on offers, where it can be really profitable.
    0:32:33 So that’s the common membership model that we see, content plus community.
    0:32:37 But I wanted to share a different example from years ago on the show.
    0:32:41 And that’s Jack Spearcoe’s member support brigade.
    0:32:41 I think he called it.
    0:32:46 Jack’s been hosting the survival podcast probably 15 years at this point, maybe longer.
    0:32:56 And when we spoke, the biggest piece of his revenue pie was from this unique membership model where it wasn’t about getting extra content or exclusive content.
    0:33:08 It wasn’t necessarily about access to a forum or community, but it was about getting exclusive annual access to a bunch of deals and discounts that Jack had negotiated for his followers.
    0:33:11 Here’s how he explained it way back on episode 319.
    0:33:16 So the way it works is a listener will sign up 50 bucks a year.
    0:33:19 Sometimes I run sales, sometimes I run a lifetime sale.
    0:33:22 So I do that a couple of times, usually really once a year.
    0:33:26 Like today I did that and we did $4,500 worth of sales in an hour.
    0:33:30 That was a nice little bonus that we paid ourselves for Christmas.
    0:33:37 So that listener signs up for whatever duration and they’re on an automatic renewal because that’s just smart from a business standpoint.
    0:33:42 Of course, they can cancel anytime they want and they get a login to the private side of the site.
    0:33:47 They log into there and the big value add again is we call it the benefits section.
    0:33:51 They click on benefits and there’s about 70 companies that offer discounts.
    0:33:57 Imagine if the AAA discounts, the AAA says they give you were actually discounts, right?
    0:33:58 The stuff you actually use.
    0:34:00 That’s kind of what our program is.
    0:34:03 We have discounts on firearms, parts and components.
    0:34:05 We have discounts on seeds.
    0:34:07 We have discounts on plants.
    0:34:12 We have a couple, they’re kind of like general store of prepping type that have everything and anything you think of.
    0:34:17 Water filters, Berkey water filters are probably the premier water filters in the prepper space.
    0:34:19 We have a discount on those.
    0:34:22 So we have discounts on all these different products and some of them are not really even prepper products.
    0:34:26 So we have one on a company called EcoSense and I’m like, people will dig that from there.
    0:34:28 They don’t justify to their wives while they have this program.
    0:34:29 That works.
    0:34:30 We have one called Olive Basket.
    0:34:32 Those infused olive oils and vinegar.
    0:34:34 So cooking products, et cetera.
    0:34:36 So any company thinks they’re good fit will look at them.
    0:34:40 And if they are, we’ll say, okay, write your own blurb.
    0:34:45 If you do a membership program and you do discounts, I really encourage you to come up with guidance like word count, whatever.
    0:34:48 Make the customer write their own blurb.
    0:34:51 That way, if anybody doesn’t understand something, it’s their fault, not yours.
    0:34:52 You’ll change it.
    0:34:53 You see what I’m saying?
    0:34:57 Otherwise, like he crafted for them and the customer gets the wrong idea about what the discount means.
    0:35:07 So you make the right your own blurb, we drop them in there and I shoot to add about six to 12 new partner companies a year and some of them are small businesses.
    0:35:09 So you’ll have some turnover.
    0:35:13 If you do this, either they’ll stop doing it or the guy will go off and do something else or just continue.
    0:35:20 The only product you had discounted by requirement is one, I don’t do a contract, but I expect kind of a virtual handshake.
    0:35:22 We agree to do this together for a year.
    0:35:24 So there’s stability in my program.
    0:35:26 If it really doesn’t work for you, I’ll shut it off.
    0:35:33 But we go in with kind of the understanding that’s the goal and that the discount not be something you do all the time for everybody anyway.
    0:35:39 It has to be something that’s exclusive doesn’t mean you can’t do it around the holidays or twice a year or something.
    0:35:41 But my people get access to it 24/7.
    0:35:45 And as long as they’re willing to do that, it’s a quality product and I trust the company.
    0:35:51 I’ll bring them on board and that makes the sale easy because of the customer who listens to you every day.
    0:35:55 Looks at the people doing the discounts and says, well, I buy from them already.
    0:36:00 And I don’t buy from them, but I buy that product and I’m happy to buy from them since they support us.
    0:36:09 And I use herbal supplements and I use this and I do the math in my head and I’m going to get 70 bucks in discounts to give this guy 50 bucks.
    0:36:11 Do I like anyway?
    0:36:13 Well, done.
    0:36:16 And as long as they’re making a profit, they retain.
    0:36:24 I’ve had customers that are eight years retained because if you had something that’s giving you a hundred dollars worth of discounts you’re paying 50 bucks for.
    0:36:28 Like you have poor financial sense if you cancel that product.
    0:36:29 Yeah, I like this a lot.
    0:36:33 Actually, this is kind of a digital coupon book in a way.
    0:36:37 I think in Seattle, they used to have like the entertainment book or something we used to get when we were kids.
    0:36:40 It’s like a digital coupon book or even a Costco membership.
    0:36:43 Yeah, I’m definitely going to get more than 50 bucks out of this.
    0:36:43 So it’s a no brainer.
    0:36:46 I really like that is the pitch just on air.
    0:36:51 They joined the support brigade for 50 bucks a year and get access to all these exclusive deals.
    0:36:55 And as you might imagine, this model scales really well.
    0:37:01 The incremental cost of a new member is essentially zero and Jack keeps the whole operation really lean.
    0:37:05 It’s me and my wife and my dogs and the ducks.
    0:37:08 That’s that’s really the team here.
    0:37:08 Right.
    0:37:12 So the dog sits on the floor while I podcast and wants to feed up.
    0:37:16 My wife does all my booking for me when a guest submits a form.
    0:37:19 She takes it from there Wednesday morning like magic.
    0:37:21 A form shows up on my desk.
    0:37:26 I researched the guest and by the time we’re doing the interview at one o’clock, I know enough about him to do the show intelligently.
    0:37:28 We stay very, very lean on it.
    0:37:30 So we have no cost.
    0:37:36 Our costs are all web hosting and anything else I can convince the government is related to the show.
    0:37:40 Meals out or taking a vacation or something like that.
    0:37:42 There’s no buddy to pay.
    0:37:45 There’s no, you know, what’s your margin on a membership?
    0:37:51 I don’t know the biggest expense is the buck 40 that PayPal or Stripe charges me to run the charge.
    0:37:57 There is a cost to deliver that, but the cost is the same for a thousand members as it is for 10,000.
    0:38:00 Could you set up something similar in your niche?
    0:38:06 I thought it was a pretty creative example of creating value for all parties while doing a really profitable business as well.
    0:38:09 That’s number seven, a membership business.
    0:38:14 Number eight is another opportunity for recurring revenue and that’s product licensing.
    0:38:17 This is where you come up with a product idea.
    0:38:22 Usually it’s some iteration or evolution on something that’s already existing, that’s already out in the market.
    0:38:29 And then you pitch it to bigger companies, companies with the production and distribution and marketing firepower to really bring it to life.
    0:38:39 Rather than you trying to find a manufacturer to drum up support for a Kickstarter campaign to fund the thing and, you know, try and get the thing off the ground all on your own.
    0:38:45 This is the side hustle that appeals to all the modern day inventors who look at products and think of all the ways they could be better.
    0:38:53 And companies have a history of doing this and in a lot of cases have a built-in process for accepting submissions from outsiders like you and me.
    0:38:59 It’s their way of crowdsourcing some innovation at a relatively low cost.
    0:39:01 So what’s a typical licensing deal worth?
    0:39:03 Well, here’s Stephen Key from Invent Right.
    0:39:07 He’s a resident expert on this business and he explained it this way.
    0:39:09 What is a good deal?
    0:39:11 A good deal is when they’re selling a lot of product.
    0:39:13 That’s a good deal.
    0:39:15 An average royalty is about five percent.
    0:39:21 What’s really more important is make sure it has minimum guarantees, meaning that they have to sell X amount.
    0:39:23 If not, you get it back.
    0:39:24 It’s your best protection.
    0:39:25 What do you mean by that?
    0:39:26 It’s really easy.
    0:39:28 Most companies are going to want an exclusive.
    0:39:29 All right.
    0:39:30 We see your idea.
    0:39:31 We’re going to take it.
    0:39:33 We’re going to spend all our money, but we want an exclusive.
    0:39:36 So make sure they’ve got a lot of stores, right?
    0:39:38 Make sure they’re the right partner for you.
    0:39:38 Okay.
    0:39:41 So I sent my sell sheet out to five or 10 different companies.
    0:39:43 You know, maybe I got a couple of responses.
    0:39:45 The one person is pretty serious about it.
    0:39:46 One company is pretty serious.
    0:39:47 They say, okay, we want to do this.
    0:39:49 We want an exclusive deal.
    0:39:52 They’ll say we want a worldwide exclusive.
    0:39:54 It’s amazing how greedy these guys get.
    0:39:57 But basically you want them to be greedy.
    0:39:58 Okay, so great.
    0:40:02 Now, what you’re going to do is that you’re going to add up all the stores that they’re in and you’re going to do the math.
    0:40:03 They’re going to sell one a week.
    0:40:07 If they don’t sell one a week, it’s going to get kicked to the curb at retail.
    0:40:09 So now you’ve done the math.
    0:40:14 You know, they’re in 25,000 stores and they’re going to sell one a week.
    0:40:17 So that’s, you know, 100,000 a month.
    0:40:22 Would they tell you how many stores they’re expecting distribution in or you just have to guess?
    0:40:23 Well, you don’t have to guess.
    0:40:25 Just ask them what stores you’re in.
    0:40:25 Okay.
    0:40:32 So now you realize, well, they’re going to sell, you know, a couple of million units a year easy.
    0:40:34 My royalty is on the wholesale price.
    0:40:38 And so now I’ve got an estimate of what I’m going to make.
    0:40:38 Right.
    0:40:41 So now I’m going to give you an exclusive.
    0:40:47 Now, if I give you an exclusive and I don’t have any type of performance clause, I just gave it to you for free.
    0:40:47 Yeah.
    0:40:51 So I have to have some type of minimum that you have to sell.
    0:40:53 If you don’t sell it, maybe get bored with it.
    0:40:54 Maybe do a lousy job.
    0:40:56 Hey, I need to get it back.
    0:40:59 So you set the minimum guarantees the first year, very, very low.
    0:41:01 Second year is a little higher.
    0:41:05 And then the third year is you hit them between the eyes with it, make sure they’re doing a good job.
    0:41:09 And this is on, you know, number of unit sales or like money in your pocket.
    0:41:16 So it really comes, the rotating label that I just mentioned, the minimum guarantees were $750,000 for me.
    0:41:19 They had to sell with royalties coming to me.
    0:41:20 They had to sell that much.
    0:41:21 So that is okay.
    0:41:23 Now this is free for you to license to somebody else.
    0:41:24 Yes.
    0:41:25 And guess what?
    0:41:26 They paid for all the patents too.
    0:41:27 Oh, okay.
    0:41:29 So they paid for 13 patents.
    0:41:31 They went in a different direction.
    0:41:33 They gave it all back to me up to five years.
    0:41:35 So then I licensed it to another company.
    0:41:36 I’ve been doing that for 20 years.
    0:41:37 Oh, okay.
    0:41:38 It’s a fun game.
    0:41:39 It’s really fun.
    0:41:42 Even when they mess up, it’s even fun because then you get it back, find somebody else to take it.
    0:41:43 It’s interesting.
    0:41:47 But what I like about it, you can kind of design your life.
    0:41:49 See, it’s a different mindset.
    0:41:52 Live where you want to live and work as hard as you want to.
    0:41:55 It takes time to get started.
    0:41:58 And like anything else, you have to, you have to dive into it, right?
    0:42:01 And there’s things to do to be successful.
    0:42:02 You have to educate yourself.
    0:42:08 But the trick is come out with a lot of ideas and submit them to a lot of companies.
    0:42:13 It’s a fascinating side hustle one with super low risks and big upside potential.
    0:42:16 If you’ve ever done a licensing deal, I would love to hear from you.
    0:42:23 We’ve done a few of these inventors slash entrepreneur type of examples on the show who’ve gone down this path.
    0:42:28 One was a Pictionary inspired card game that got licensed to Mattel.
    0:42:36 One was like a drink Coosie with a frozen Bulbassey section on the bottom that would fit into the little dimple underneath an aluminum can.
    0:42:43 And one I want to say was a pad you could wear under a baseball or softball glove to protect your hand from hard line drives or throws.
    0:42:44 But it’s been a while.
    0:42:46 We’d love to hear some new case studies.
    0:42:49 That’s number eight, product licensing.
    0:42:50 Let me know what you got.
    0:42:53 Low risk, big upside potential, very profitable side hustle.
    0:42:55 Number nine is reselling software.
    0:43:02 And I wanted to include software on this list because as you know, software companies are some of the most profitable in the world, right?
    0:43:04 Microsoft, Oracle, Adobe.
    0:43:13 And while it’s definitely possible for side hustlers to develop your own app, your own software tool, especially now with the help of no code tools, with the help of chat.
    0:43:15 GPT even even hiring developers.
    0:43:19 It’s still a more intimidating process for a lot of people.
    0:43:24 The episodes that we’ve done or did on building software just didn’t perform that well.
    0:43:32 But there was an episode we did on reselling software or white labeling someone else’s software that did really well.
    0:43:42 Because it comes with a lot of the benefits of a software business like recurring revenue, low overhead, without the upfront development cost or product market fit risks.
    0:43:49 And in this case, the game plan is to find a tool that you like and you play matchmaker between companies who could benefit from it.
    0:44:00 The example we used in episode 494 with Chris Lillini was a reputation management software that helped small businesses collect more positive reviews from their customers.
    0:44:05 So they’d end up ranking better in Yelp, ranking better in Google and getting more business.
    0:44:07 Here’s Chris on how the model works.
    0:44:19 So for example, if I go to the reputation management software in here, I imagine, I don’t know if it’s one of these that you’re using, but there’s a handful of options there.
    0:44:20 Yeah, I’m sure.
    0:44:27 They’re charging you a set price per month per customer, and then you’re turning around and selling it at 97 a month.
    0:44:32 Are you comfortable sharing like how that math works or how you approach those margins?
    0:44:32 Absolutely.
    0:44:33 Yeah.
    0:44:35 So I mean, my lowest package is 97 bucks a month.
    0:44:43 I mean, that’s that’s kind of a mom and pop shop who’s like, you know, we don’t use any other software like you’re the first software we use.
    0:44:47 Other way, you know, and they’re like, but, you know, we do get phone numbers and name and emails occasionally, right?
    0:44:50 And so they’re like manually typing it in, right?
    0:44:54 I would say that more so I’m at least at 150 bucks a month.
    0:44:59 Most times, I would say what I’m selling more of now is about 300 bucks a month.
    0:45:07 And that’s just because there’s, you know, different components to the technology now that’s making it more of like an all in one sort of solution for people.
    0:45:10 And so how does the math work out?
    0:45:14 Well, first off, usually what it works is you have to buy a kind of and this is just my own experience.
    0:45:16 You have to buy a minimum of so many seats.
    0:45:24 That number of seats is usually like, you know, you got to buy 10 seats at 40 bucks a seat, right?
    0:45:32 And then usually there’s discounts as you go beyond that because they want to incentivize you obviously to grow your agency and allow you a more and more profit margin, right?
    0:45:37 But your markup is really whatever you can charge, you know, whatever the perceived value is to the client, right?
    0:45:47 So for me, if it’s a client where I’m kind of like, well, I don’t know if I necessarily want to do a lot for this person and there’s maybe not as much marketing budget than maybe it’s a 97 bucks a month.
    0:45:57 But if I just give you an example, I just recently signed up an ENT doc out of Houston and they’ve been kind of struggling for years to get more reviews.
    0:46:04 And within, you know, their first 30 days, they got 34, five star reviews and they were like, this thing is incredible.
    0:46:05 I don’t know what you’re doing or how you’re doing it, right?
    0:46:11 That’s a lot of value, especially when, you know, a sinus surgery can cost, you know, 10, 10, 15 grand.
    0:46:12 It’s like a roofer, right?
    0:46:12 Kind of thing.
    0:46:15 But they’ve actually, they’re actually doing volume to justify that stuff.
    0:46:20 So yeah, it’s just, it’s based off of the seats and the more that you do, the cheaper that they are.
    0:46:24 I mean, sometimes people will do, you know, hey, for 300 bucks a month, it’s unlimited.
    0:46:26 I mean, that’s really where I started.
    0:46:36 And then, you know, what I would say, Nick, you know, if I was going to have a word to the wise of somebody doing something like this is I would make sure that you focus on building relationships with your clients.
    0:46:45 Them understanding that you have a certain level of expertise enough that they trust you that, you know, let’s say that the platform you’re using gets sunsetted.
    0:46:48 Because somebody else buys them because that’s what’s happening out there, right?
    0:46:51 As a lot of these little things are being consolidated on these bigger brands.
    0:46:53 It’s just the nature of the beast out there.
    0:47:04 And so, you know, that was a lesson that I, I learned maybe midway through my sort of business where my initial software got bought up by a bigger company.
    0:47:06 And I mean, that’s, let’s just say there’s a lot of sleepless nights there.
    0:47:15 So, and it was just because I hadn’t necessarily prepared or positioned myself in a way that, hey, this is a newer platform that we’re moving to.
    0:47:16 And it would be super awesome.
    0:47:19 And it’s going to be way better and more efficient than people would be like, oh, yeah, I’m totally on board.
    0:47:23 Whatever you, whatever you think, Chris, like you’ve been doing right by us for years, right?
    0:47:28 I would just make sure that you’re, you’re keeping and maintaining that relationship and that capacity.
    0:47:30 And if not you, you’re your account managers.
    0:47:36 Just so they don’t just one day log in and see that the interface is all changed.
    0:47:37 And they say, what’s going on?
    0:47:39 Like it just creates questions for you.
    0:47:40 Yeah, exactly.
    0:47:41 Right.
    0:47:43 Like, hey, what, what happened?
    0:47:44 Or what is this?
    0:47:45 Or, you know, I can’t log in, right?
    0:47:52 Like, because there’s got to be a transition period of moving to that new one and learning the ropes of the new software and stuff like that.
    0:47:54 So yeah, that would be my only emphasis.
    0:48:00 And I use, I use a couple of softwares that I provide for my clients just based on what their needs are.
    0:48:07 And so I guess in a way, I’m somewhat platform agnostic because if something were to happen again, I could, I could move everybody to this platform.
    0:48:13 I can move everybody to this other platform or I know a couple of others that I might explore that are always kind of on the radar.
    0:48:17 Potentially, if, if something were to go, you know, weird or screwy, right?
    0:48:22 Because I would say the biggest thing is I’m moving off that $300 a month unlimited platform.
    0:48:27 I moved to a platform that was like, okay, that’s cool for the first year since we bought these guys.
    0:48:30 But now we’re actually going to charge you 20 bucks per seat.
    0:48:39 And I’m like, okay, guys, you realize that my monthly bill for you just went from 300 bucks to about 2400 a month.
    0:48:41 And I was like, yeah, that would just cripple my agency.
    0:48:45 Right? But instead, I was able to talk it down to $10 a month.
    0:48:51 Now, I think I was the cheapest one because I had the best relationship with the people and I was able to kind of get through that somewhat unscathed.
    0:48:52 So yeah.
    0:48:56 Okay. Yeah. Maintaining those relationships, everything is negotiable in some way.
    0:49:01 And when things shift, you know, the customer, you’ve sold the solution.
    0:49:06 The customer is kind of convinced that this is a problem at this point and they trust you to provide the solution.
    0:49:13 If the back end of that solution needs to change slightly from one provider to another, as long as they’re still getting the results, like you said,
    0:49:18 I think that’s still going to be okay versus completely being married to one solution.
    0:49:24 And then all of a sudden it stops being effective anymore and then you’re kind of in trouble there.
    0:49:30 What’s the conversation like with prospective customers?
    0:49:40 Because it’s like, well, they could go directly to this software and pay $14 a month versus $97 to $300 for you to run it for them.
    0:49:44 Or, I don’t know, like, what’s the value add layer?
    0:49:48 I don’t know. I’m curious about it. I’m curious like, well, where does the margin come from?
    0:49:56 So they sell it to us, right? At, you know, $10 or let’s just say what’s more reasonable, right? $40 a seat, right?
    0:50:00 Well, their retail pricing at a minimum is $117, right?
    0:50:08 So that’s what they’re selling retail because they realize like their cost for, you know, client acquisition or customer acquisition is X, right?
    0:50:11 That they’re putting a lot of money on that side, right?
    0:50:18 A lot of these guys will do contracts. So when you sign with them, and this is how really, to be honest with you, as a, you know, a solopreneur,
    0:50:21 you know, a side hustle, apreneur, whatever you want to kind of call yourself,
    0:50:26 where you can create value that makes your offer more attractive is that I don’t do contracts.
    0:50:27 Mine’s all month to month, right?
    0:50:33 So nobody has like, feels like they’re being pressured. And I always jokingly say in our kind of our sales call, if you will,
    0:50:38 I said, hey, look, you know, my goal is to make you so delighted with the results that we’re providing that you kind of,
    0:50:42 you kind of look at your bill every month and you kind of laugh and you, I can’t believe that’s all I pay this guy, right?
    0:50:44 That’s sort of my approach to it, right?
    0:50:50 And I also say at the same time, like, hey, if it’s not a good fit and we’re not, we’re not having a good relationship, like,
    0:50:53 let’s become friends amicably, like, I don’t, I don’t want to sour the relationship.
    0:50:55 I don’t want you stuck in a relationship that you don’t like.
    0:50:59 Also, you know, if you’re not a good client, I don’t want to be in a relationship with you either, right?
    0:50:59 Kind of thing.
    0:51:04 And I say jokingly, obviously, but the idea there is like, hey, this is an open conversation, right?
    0:51:05 In that realm.
    0:51:10 And so where the margin is, is in what they will retail or charge it for, right?
    0:51:12 So I’m always kind of keeping an eye on what that is.
    0:51:15 The powerful thing is, is that I don’t have a lot of bloated overhead, right?
    0:51:18 I’m not paying for the software development costs, right?
    0:51:22 That’s the thing that really would eat up because I’ve, I’d thought back when I was a naive entrepreneur,
    0:51:24 I was like, well, I’ll just build this software myself.
    0:51:26 And then I went out and got it quoted.
    0:51:30 And I was like, just to get a baseline platform is going to cost me about 300 grand.
    0:51:32 And that was to like, just get something to stand up.
    0:51:36 And then I was like, yeah, but then what’s the ongoing maintenance to keep that thing relevant,
    0:51:41 especially in the digital world where like, you know, browsers are changing all the time.
    0:51:43 All these review platforms are changing all the time.
    0:51:45 I was like, yeah, you know what?
    0:51:49 The 10 bucks a month I’m spending per account seems like a fair shake, you know?
    0:51:52 And I’ll just deal with the limitations of the platform.
    0:51:53 Super interesting business.
    0:51:58 Again, that’s $494 in your archives to learn more about how it all works and how Chris
    0:52:01 is getting his messaging in front of his target customers.
    0:52:06 At that time, he reported earning a multi six-figure income from the software reselling business
    0:52:10 number nine on our list of the most profitable side hustles.
    0:52:11 I want to bring it home with number 10.
    0:52:15 And it’s another example of creating something once and selling it over and over again.
    0:52:17 And that’s self publishing.
    0:52:24 My self publishing experience started in 2012 with a book called virtual assistant assistant.
    0:52:30 And this was the project that opened my eyes to the power of Amazon as a buy buttons marketplace
    0:52:36 to put your work up for sale on the world’s largest store for a very low cost that people
    0:52:41 can search for and buy over and over again and not making a ton on any individual book.
    0:52:42 But over the years, it can definitely add up.
    0:52:44 I’ll share some of those numbers in a second.
    0:52:49 But it was interesting because I was running the virtual assistant website at the time.
    0:52:54 My thought was people would come to the website, forgive the less than amazing looking design
    0:52:58 of the site, see that I’d written a book on the topic and click over to Amazon to buy
    0:53:00 it to learn more about outsourcing.
    0:53:05 Instead, the exact opposite happened through the magic of affiliate link tracking.
    0:53:09 I can see almost no one went through the link on the website to go buy the book, but instead
    0:53:12 people were searching for virtual assistant information on Amazon.
    0:53:16 They found the book and they came over to the website afterwards, but self-publishing
    0:53:18 is one of my longest running side hustles.
    0:53:24 I’ve added several books since then, since 2012, including work smarter, which was 2015
    0:53:29 buy buttons in 2016, the side hustle in 2019, which should still be free on Kindle if you’re
    0:53:31 in the U.S. SideHustleNation.com/book.
    0:53:37 We’ll get you over there, 1K 100 Ways in 2021, crowdsourcing a bunch of stories from the
    0:53:43 SideHustleNation community in that one and then the three-question journal in 2023.
    0:53:49 In total, those books and a few others have earned over $84,000 in lifetime royalties,
    0:53:55 which given an estimated maybe two grand in total production costs between editing, cover
    0:54:01 design, maybe audiobook production, very, very low production costs, that’s a 97% margin.
    0:54:05 It’s hard to find something with a better profit margin than something like that.
    0:54:09 Now, that doesn’t even include audiobook sales, doesn’t even include the other benefits
    0:54:14 of self-publishing, like brand awareness, like building an email list, like increased
    0:54:18 podcast listenership, all that other good stuff that comes from putting your work out
    0:54:19 into the world.
    0:54:25 On the show, we’ve covered a variety of self-publishing related topics, including low content publishing,
    0:54:27 which would be journals and notebooks.
    0:54:31 We covered children’s publishing, which is still on the back burner for me.
    0:54:34 I need to review the illustrations and hopefully bring that one to market.
    0:54:36 I think that’ll be a fun project.
    0:54:39 We covered public domain publishing.
    0:54:43 This was Aaron Kerr in episode 364.
    0:54:48 He described earning over $100,000 in royalties from public domain books.
    0:54:53 I think his biggest seller was like an Anne of Green Gables collection, but this is basically
    0:54:57 taking a free text where the copyright has expired.
    0:55:01 The work has entered the public domain, which I want to say is anything older than 95 years
    0:55:02 in the US.
    0:55:07 You format it for Kindle, you put it up for sale on Amazon, and I’ve got to imagine there’s
    0:55:11 a bit of competition of other people doing this, but it’s just another example of tapping
    0:55:16 into the power of Amazon in a creative way, creating something once that you can sell
    0:55:19 over and over again and making some side hustle money.
    0:55:23 Those were my top 10 most profitable side hustles to recap.
    0:55:27 It was number one, the recurring web design service inspired by Ryan Golgowski.
    0:55:32 Number two is to start a content business, something that scales really well, same effort
    0:55:36 to create that YouTube video that 100 people watch or 100,000 people watch can be really
    0:55:37 powerful that way.
    0:55:43 Number three was digital products and perhaps even AI assisted digital products.
    0:55:47 Number four was ShareTown, any physical product business where you got no upfront inventory
    0:55:49 cost is interesting to me.
    0:55:51 Number five was niche consulting.
    0:55:56 Is there a service that you could offer that you have some subject matter expertise in where
    0:56:00 you could command a high hourly rate or high effective hourly rate?
    0:56:03 Number six was ice vending just because I love the unit economics on that.
    0:56:08 Number seven was memberships, we talked both about the content plus community membership,
    0:56:14 but also the creating a digital Costco where people join for discounts in a specific industry
    0:56:15 or niche.
    0:56:16 I thought that was really interesting.
    0:56:21 Number eight is product licensing where you can get paid over and over again from sending
    0:56:26 an idea off to a particular company and letting them do the heavy lifting there, really, really
    0:56:30 interesting, low risk, low overhead, high upside.
    0:56:32 Number nine was reselling software.
    0:56:36 We could include software in general, but sometimes maybe a little more intimidating
    0:56:39 or a little more difficult to build a software product from scratch.
    0:56:44 Instead, one option to resell or white label a software product that already exists.
    0:56:50 And number 10, self publishing with those 97% margins over the last 12 years of doing
    0:56:51 that.
    0:56:56 So that’s my list complete with real life examples and some actual margin numbers.
    0:57:00 Now for the sake of curiosity, I had to ask, well, chat GPT, what are the most profitable
    0:57:01 side hustles?
    0:57:02 And I was really surprised.
    0:57:06 There is a shockingly little overlap here.
    0:57:07 They did include content creation.
    0:57:10 They did include freelancing, which I’ll give them some credit, I’ll bucket my recurring
    0:57:14 web design service and niche consulting under that umbrella.
    0:57:18 But I was surprisingly, they included options like ride share and delivery, well documented
    0:57:20 to be not very profitable.
    0:57:24 They included stock photography, which is you can make money doing it, but it’s like
    0:57:25 such a volume game.
    0:57:28 You got to take thousands of pictures and upload all this stuff.
    0:57:31 And dog walking was another one on their list.
    0:57:35 They’re all totally viable side hustles and some of them do have really low overhead,
    0:57:38 but pretty limited in terms of the hourly rates.
    0:57:42 You can earn, maybe if you take six dogs at once, then it starts to explode.
    0:57:46 So moral of the story, as with all things AI, as with all things on the internet in general,
    0:57:50 take it with a grain of salt, do your own due diligence, find a side hustle you’re excited
    0:57:51 about.
    0:57:53 Find one that you’re excited to take action on.
    0:57:56 If you’re not pumped about it, if you’re not excited to explore it, you’re never going
    0:57:59 to prioritize the time and attention it needs.
    0:58:04 Big thanks to all our past guests who shared their insight to make this episode possible.
    0:58:08 I will do my best to link up all of those episodes in the show notes for this one so
    0:58:11 you can easily find those and add them to your device.
    0:58:15 Or if you want to go a little deeper, you can actually build yourself a personalized
    0:58:19 side hustle show playlist at hustle.show.
    0:58:24 Just answer a few short multiple choice questions and we’ll recommend a handful of episodes
    0:58:26 to start with based on your responses.
    0:58:28 Again, that’s hustle.show.
    0:58:32 Thousands of listeners have already claimed their playlist and I want to invite you to
    0:58:33 be next.
    0:58:37 Big thanks to our sponsors for helping make this content free for everyone.
    0:58:42 You can hit upsidehustlenation.com/deals for all the latest offers from our sponsors in
    0:58:43 one place.
    0:58:44 That’s it for me.
    0:58:46 Thank you so much for tuning in.
    0:58:50 If you’re finding value in the show, the greatest compliment is to share it with a friend.
    0:58:52 So fire off that text message.
    0:58:54 Hey, what do you think of these ideas?
    0:58:57 Until next time, let’s go out there and make something happen and I’ll catch you in the
    0:59:00 next edition of the Side Hustle Show.
    0:59:00 Hustle on.
    0:59:10 [BLANK_AUDIO]

    One question I get all the time is, “What are the most profitable side hustles?”

    Well, there are a couple ways to look at profitability. First, there’s profit margin — how much of every dollar actually flows to your bottom line after expenses.

    Then there’s raw profit – like Walmart making $10-15 billion a year, but on $500-600 billion in sales. Low margins, but HUGE volume.

    But in this post, we’re gonna focus mostly on higher-margin, lean operation side hustles.

    Let’s dive in!

    Full Show Notes: The 10 Most Profitable Side Hustles

    New to the Show? Get your personalized money-making playlist here!

    Sponsors:

    Shopify — Sign up for a $1 per month trial!

    Indeed – Start hiring NOW with a $75 sponsored job credit to upgrade your job post!

  • 623: Active vs. Passive Income

    AI transcript
    0:00:03 Active versus passive income.
    0:00:05 With our limited time,
    0:00:06 what should side hustlers focus on?
    0:00:08 What’s up, what’s up, Nick Loper here?
    0:00:09 Welcome to The Side Hustler Show
    0:00:12 because your nine to five may make you a living,
    0:00:14 but your five to nine makes you alive.
    0:00:15 And that’s the question on the table.
    0:00:17 If you’re already earning active income,
    0:00:19 trading time for money at your day job,
    0:00:21 doesn’t it make sense to pursue passive income
    0:00:23 in your side hustle hours?
    0:00:25 Well, maybe, but maybe not.
    0:00:26 And what is truly passive?
    0:00:28 After all, is there even such a thing?
    0:00:30 And what’s the true cost of earning it?
    0:00:32 Excited to dive into this topic
    0:00:35 and to help me out is Mr. Passive himself.
    0:00:36 Mike Hoffman is back on the show.
    0:00:37 Mike, welcome back.
    0:00:38 – Thanks, Nick.
    0:00:39 Fire it up to be here.
    0:00:40 – You bet me.
    0:00:41 As well, you might remember Mike
    0:00:44 from the Vending Machine episode we did earlier this year.
    0:00:48 That’s number 599, I wanna say 599 in your archives.
    0:00:52 If you missed it, vendingpreneurs.com is his home base.
    0:00:54 We’re going three rounds with Mike today.
    0:00:57 First up is that active versus passive income debate
    0:00:59 to help you decide where it’s really best
    0:01:01 to allocate your time, energy, attention.
    0:01:04 Next up, we’re doing Donate a Business Idea.
    0:01:05 Stick around for that and wrapping it up
    0:01:08 with the triple threat, a marketing tactic
    0:01:10 that’s working right now for Mike or his students,
    0:01:12 a favorite new tool or resource,
    0:01:15 and his favorite book for the last 12 months.
    0:01:17 So active versus passive income.
    0:01:21 Love this topic and I wanna frame it this way.
    0:01:24 We know inherently that passive income is important.
    0:01:27 I mean, Warren Buffett, the Oracle of Omaha
    0:01:28 puts it in no uncertain terms.
    0:01:29 He says, look, if you don’t find a way
    0:01:31 to make money in your sleep,
    0:01:32 you’re gonna work until you die.
    0:01:34 And like, well, I don’t necessarily want that.
    0:01:36 So let’s go back to the first part.
    0:01:38 I gotta figure out a way to make money in my sleep.
    0:01:39 So we know it’s important,
    0:01:41 but we don’t get a lot of education
    0:01:44 on how to actually set this up for ourselves.
    0:01:46 And in fact, a lot of our education,
    0:01:49 maybe most of our education is geared toward active income.
    0:01:50 Go to school, get a good job.
    0:01:52 That’s like the end game.
    0:01:54 That’s the end goal for a lot of people,
    0:01:55 a lot of the educational system.
    0:01:57 Get a good job that pays well.
    0:02:00 Go find yourself a way to earn active income.
    0:02:02 And I think that’s a perfectly normal way to start.
    0:02:04 It’s probably where most people start.
    0:02:07 And then along the way, invest as much as you can
    0:02:10 so that someday, maybe decades later in a lot of cases,
    0:02:13 you could begin drawing down those investments,
    0:02:14 kind of the traditional path.
    0:02:16 But it doesn’t have to be that way.
    0:02:17 So Mike, kick us off here.
    0:02:19 How do you view this debate
    0:02:22 from the perspective of somebody who is working full-time?
    0:02:24 They’ve got the goal to make extra money.
    0:02:26 That’s why they’re listening to the side hustle show
    0:02:27 to start something on the side,
    0:02:29 but they’ve got limited hours to work with.
    0:02:32 Where does this conversation even start
    0:02:33 on active versus passive?
    0:02:36 – The first step is, where’s your passion?
    0:02:38 And what’s kind of that fire in you?
    0:02:40 ‘Cause the reality of the situation
    0:02:43 is people’s day job is not their passion.
    0:02:46 So whether that’s someone that’s passionate about,
    0:02:49 I don’t know, being a mom and like being around their kids
    0:02:53 and maybe they find a business idea that excites them
    0:02:57 and flares their kind of entrepreneur journey on the side.
    0:02:59 And they want to go down a path with that
    0:03:00 because they’ve had kids,
    0:03:02 but their day job just pays the bills.
    0:03:04 So I think for me, it’s just aligning
    0:03:05 with where your passions are.
    0:03:09 And also understanding that a day job is just that.
    0:03:11 It’s the stability you can use
    0:03:15 to kind of explore this passion that you have.
    0:03:16 – Now I’m going to flip it around.
    0:03:18 Like one of your first passive income projects
    0:03:19 is a rental property.
    0:03:21 Can anybody say, oh, I’m passionate about owning
    0:03:24 a rental property or I’m passionate about selling snacks
    0:03:25 and drinks in an automated way?
    0:03:27 Like I’m passionate about the income that it provides
    0:03:28 and the wealth that it could build,
    0:03:30 but I don’t know if I’m passionate
    0:03:31 about the sausage being made.
    0:03:33 – 100% Nick, and I was having this conversation
    0:03:35 with one of our vendingpreneurs yesterday
    0:03:37 ’cause it’s like, you don’t go to school
    0:03:40 to learn about vending or you don’t go to trade school
    0:03:43 to learn about the margins of a candy bar
    0:03:46 that you resell or anything like that.
    0:03:50 But the passion for me is to spend more time with my kids.
    0:03:51 Like I was singing about it this morning
    0:03:55 where there was a big kind of airlines had a freeze,
    0:03:57 IT shut down, what have you.
    0:04:00 And think about all these corporate employees
    0:04:02 that are on their road for their job
    0:04:05 and they’re just scrambling to find a way to get home today
    0:04:07 to be with their kids this weekend.
    0:04:08 And the reality is a lot of them
    0:04:10 aren’t going to be able to get home till tomorrow.
    0:04:12 And like, that doesn’t have to be you.
    0:04:13 – Okay, that’s fair.
    0:04:16 So if you have built up some other means of income
    0:04:19 then you don’t have to do the job
    0:04:20 that you dislike forever and ever.
    0:04:22 – Correct, yeah.
    0:04:24 It’s kind of like the Justin Walshmine site where it’s like
    0:04:27 you shouldn’t just leave your nine to five
    0:04:29 and then all of a sudden your business idea blows up
    0:04:31 and in six months you have to go back into it.
    0:04:34 You should build this passion and vet it
    0:04:36 while you still have that active piece.
    0:04:37 – That’s fair.
    0:04:41 The challenge is having been a participant
    0:04:44 and an observer in the entrepreneurial world
    0:04:46 for the past 15, 20 years.
    0:04:51 More hours have been spent in vain chasing passive income
    0:04:54 than chasing the elusive passive income,
    0:04:56 the latest and greatest strategy or tactic
    0:04:59 to make money on the internet or whatever it may be,
    0:05:01 where it’s like you would have been so much better off
    0:05:03 had you just leveled up your skills,
    0:05:04 got a better paying job,
    0:05:07 or even gone the freelancing or consulting route
    0:05:09 and you’ve gotten paid for your time
    0:05:12 versus toiling away because sometimes this works out.
    0:05:15 And this is like the case of the site isolation blog,
    0:05:17 for example, like the first years of the site
    0:05:19 like so far below minimum wage,
    0:05:21 trying to figure out the internet
    0:05:23 and trying to make that into a thing
    0:05:25 and will it into existence,
    0:05:27 where it’s like in the near term,
    0:05:29 would have been so much better off financially,
    0:05:31 just going and getting paid by somebody.
    0:05:33 Like go solve a problem, go get paid for it.
    0:05:34 – Absolutely, you’re spot on.
    0:05:36 And that’s like that valley of death.
    0:05:38 You talk about it when people are trying
    0:05:42 to like build a business or do work with the government.
    0:05:44 It takes eight years of red tape to find,
    0:05:46 like you look at Palantir right now.
    0:05:49 Palantir is like booming from a business,
    0:05:50 but they went through this valley of death
    0:05:52 just to break into the government.
    0:05:53 Same thing with businesses.
    0:05:58 Like our vending route right now is flourishing,
    0:05:59 but those first five years,
    0:06:03 it was like chop wood, carry water, chop wood, carry water.
    0:06:07 It was boring and it was scary all at the same time.
    0:06:10 – Yeah, the way that I kind of like to frame it
    0:06:13 is thinking of your income as a pie chart, right?
    0:06:15 And for most people, especially straight out of school,
    0:06:18 like I’m trading time for money,
    0:06:20 it’s 100% active income.
    0:06:22 And then to get to that Warren Buffett finish line
    0:06:24 of not working until you die,
    0:06:27 eventually it’s going to have to be fully time leveraged
    0:06:28 or fully passive income.
    0:06:30 And maybe you still want to do some consulting projects
    0:06:32 or maybe you want to work part-time or something.
    0:06:34 But like trying to build,
    0:06:35 first starting with a little sliver,
    0:06:38 but then building that passive income piece of the pie
    0:06:41 such that you don’t need the active part anymore
    0:06:42 or it becomes optional.
    0:06:45 – Yeah, I love that pie chart, that’s a great analogy
    0:06:48 and you’re just trying to move those percentages
    0:06:50 as far over as possible.
    0:06:52 – All right, so you like real estate, you like vending,
    0:06:55 what other passive or time leveraged models
    0:06:58 might be beginner friendly or would be on your radar?
    0:07:00 – I think even just taking a step
    0:07:03 and really kind of understanding the percentages
    0:07:05 of your income and not getting into like,
    0:07:08 do you make enough to be able to invest in a rental
    0:07:11 or invest in a vending machine or route or whatever?
    0:07:14 It’s more like understanding, okay,
    0:07:17 how much of your take home pay is spent on rent?
    0:07:21 How much of it is going into a index fund
    0:07:24 or something that is just at the simplest level?
    0:07:27 You talked about earlier when you’re in your 20s,
    0:07:31 you can get so far ahead if you just are disciplined enough
    0:07:35 to take a percentage of your income no matter what that is
    0:07:38 and start building that compounding effect
    0:07:42 in whatever asset class you want to start in.
    0:07:43 – You have a rule of thumb of like,
    0:07:46 well, I’m going to put 10% into
    0:07:49 some speculative passive projects
    0:07:52 or like I never really thought about it that way.
    0:07:56 – For my wife and I, we’ll do 10 to 15%
    0:07:58 into more of our conservative,
    0:08:01 like out of sight, out of mind index funds every month.
    0:08:04 And then yeah, we have another probably 10%
    0:08:06 that’s high risk.
    0:08:10 Our financial advisor might not think it’s the safest play,
    0:08:12 but it’s something I’m bullish about.
    0:08:14 I mean, even in the vending space right now,
    0:08:17 there’s so many smart machines at now
    0:08:19 are adding like digital ad screens to them.
    0:08:22 And there’s like these speculative opportunities
    0:08:26 for revenue that have never existed in this niche before.
    0:08:29 So that’s kind of where I’m going right now.
    0:08:31 And then all these like unattended,
    0:08:34 the Amazon just walk out technology and stuff
    0:08:38 just really trying to kind of think of five years ahead.
    0:08:40 And who knows, it might fall on this face.
    0:08:41 – Okay, so I’m thinking of first,
    0:08:45 so it starts off from a place of financial stability.
    0:08:46 Like that’s got to be step one.
    0:08:48 Like I got to have enough income to cover my expenses
    0:08:51 and then having an understanding of where
    0:08:53 that income is allocated.
    0:08:55 How are my dollars going to work for me?
    0:08:58 And then taking a percentage of that, of the surplus,
    0:09:00 hopefully, and saying, okay, in your case,
    0:09:02 I’m investing that back into the business
    0:09:04 and more speculative projects and saying,
    0:09:06 okay, this is like the play money.
    0:09:08 Like everything else is,
    0:09:09 maybe it’s not super, super comfortable,
    0:09:11 but it’s like, I’m not going backwards.
    0:09:14 And having a little bit of financial breathing room
    0:09:16 as a baseline.
    0:09:18 And so maybe this whole passive income discussion
    0:09:20 is one of privilege to be even able to tackle that.
    0:09:22 Like, no, I’m just trying to make ends meet.
    0:09:23 I’m trying to put food on the table.
    0:09:25 Like I got to go earn some money today
    0:09:28 versus seeing if I can make some investment
    0:09:30 or start some project that may pay back
    0:09:31 in six to 12 months.
    0:09:33 There’s something powerful in what you just said.
    0:09:35 And I think it comes back to like your habits, right?
    0:09:39 Like if you think of a book, I might recommend later,
    0:09:41 but I’m going to spoil it by talking about it now.
    0:09:46 Profit first, the whole concept is you pay your profits
    0:09:48 before you pay off your expenses.
    0:09:51 So right away, when you get income coming in,
    0:09:53 it goes into your profit bucket.
    0:09:54 Well, guess what’s going to happen?
    0:09:57 Naturally, you’re going to really watch
    0:09:59 what your expenses are because now
    0:10:01 that profit first is paid out
    0:10:03 and you’re only left with so much.
    0:10:06 So the same concept when it comes to our personal finances
    0:10:08 and investing in things like passive income,
    0:10:12 when you’re a young kid, I will teach you to be rich.
    0:10:13 Another book always talks about
    0:10:16 immediately the day you get paid,
    0:10:20 you need to direct deposit into your stock portfolio,
    0:10:22 that money, so then your plate money
    0:10:25 and your actual bank account is a lot less
    0:10:27 than you spend too much.
    0:10:30 And it’s like, “Oh crap, I forgot to invest this month.”
    0:10:33 So that whole kind of, just even habits of,
    0:10:34 at the end of the day, it all starts
    0:10:36 with live below your means, right?
    0:10:39 If you’re 20% taken out
    0:10:41 before it even hits your bank account,
    0:10:44 that’s the beauty of like Ross and these 401ks,
    0:10:46 is you’re already pulling that out
    0:10:49 before it hits what you think you can spend with.
    0:10:51 – Yeah, this is super simple,
    0:10:53 but like you never really heard it phrased,
    0:10:53 actually before Brin’s mom,
    0:10:55 before my mother-in-law kind of explained
    0:10:59 that’s how she as a single mom was able to save and invest.
    0:11:02 She’s like, “I would get the direct deposit paycheck
    0:11:05 for pretty much exactly what I knew my expenses
    0:11:05 were gonna be that month.”
    0:11:08 And everything else was out of sight, out of mind,
    0:11:09 in savings and investments.
    0:11:11 It’s like, I just never really, whatever,
    0:11:15 the automated 401k deposit out of the paycheck,
    0:11:16 that was fine, but then everything else
    0:11:17 was just hit the checking account.
    0:11:19 I was like, “All right, this is play money.”
    0:11:22 It’s still kind of inherently new to live below by means,
    0:11:25 but nothing was set up and systemized and automated
    0:11:29 the way that it could have been to maybe accelerate that
    0:11:31 or just make it more of a habit or make it more automatic.
    0:11:33 – Yeah, yeah.
    0:11:35 And then it forces you to think about
    0:11:37 where your big rocks are.
    0:11:39 You got people these days on social media
    0:11:41 that are like, “Oh, I’m gonna start doing this or that
    0:11:43 or I’m gonna work on my offer
    0:11:45 and I need to get my SEO
    0:11:48 and all of these other ancillary things figured out.”
    0:11:51 And it’s like, let’s just start posting content once a day.
    0:11:54 – Yeah, I know Kagan calls it the rule of 100,
    0:11:56 like post a hundred pieces of content
    0:11:58 or come up with a hundred ideas
    0:11:59 and then come back and talk to me
    0:12:01 or Jimmy, MrBeast has the same thing.
    0:12:03 Like, why don’t you post a hundred videos
    0:12:03 and then come talk?
    0:12:06 Either you burn out and don’t do the hundred
    0:12:08 and I don’t have to talk to you
    0:12:10 or you do the hundred and you figured it out along the way
    0:12:11 and I still don’t have to talk to you.
    0:12:14 So I was like, this is great little bit of advice from him.
    0:12:16 The counterpoint that I maybe want to make,
    0:12:20 especially on the passive versus active side
    0:12:22 is we’ve seen some examples
    0:12:24 of where near term cash flow,
    0:12:26 obviously chasing active income,
    0:12:29 service businesses, consulting, freelancing,
    0:12:32 you’re gonna ring the cash register right away.
    0:12:33 And we’ve seen some examples
    0:12:36 of where that can actually transition
    0:12:39 into something more passive or more time leveraged.
    0:12:41 A couple of examples, we have Wes Schaefer
    0:12:44 who was the sales whisperer, I think was his brand
    0:12:46 on the show years ago.
    0:12:49 And he was doing these kind of like sales funnel
    0:12:51 automation build outs and consults.
    0:12:53 Like, hey, we’ll analyze your business.
    0:12:56 And along the way, so he’s getting paid to do that upfront,
    0:12:59 but along the way becomes a certified reseller
    0:13:02 for HubSpot for infusionsoft, now keep.
    0:13:06 And oh, by the way, they pay recurring commissions to hit.
    0:13:07 It’s like, hey, based on your business,
    0:13:10 we found that HubSpot was the best fit for you.
    0:13:12 We’ll sign you up, we’ll get it all set up for you.
    0:13:16 He was able to turn that one time active income project
    0:13:19 into recurring level of passive income for years.
    0:13:21 One of my other favorite examples is Matt Boknock.
    0:13:23 He was like the motorcycle repair guy.
    0:13:25 Hey, don’t take your bike to the dealership.
    0:13:26 Don’t pay dealership rates.
    0:13:27 Come, you’ll bring it to me.
    0:13:29 I know what I’m doing, I’ll fix it in my garage.
    0:13:32 Hours for dollars side hustle after sending the kids to bed.
    0:13:34 But Matt set up the camera in the court of the garage,
    0:13:36 films himself doing the repairs.
    0:13:39 Last we spoke, he had 100,000 YouTube subscribers.
    0:13:42 He was selling these engine rebuild videos
    0:13:43 as a digital products.
    0:13:46 And it didn’t take long, I’m sure it felt long,
    0:13:48 but it didn’t take long from the outside looking in
    0:13:50 where the quote unquote passive side of the business
    0:13:53 far outpaced the turning wrenches side of the business.
    0:13:56 And it’s interesting that some of these like little,
    0:13:59 maybe it’s selling your sawdust type of products,
    0:14:01 but when you start by doing the work
    0:14:04 and building skills and relationships,
    0:14:06 sometimes those passive doors start to open
    0:14:09 or those more time leveraged doors start to open.
    0:14:11 – Yeah, I was reading an article about this last night
    0:14:13 where there’s something to say
    0:14:15 about the middle man and everything.
    0:14:17 Like if you look at Uber and Airbnb,
    0:14:21 what they have in common is they don’t have any cars
    0:14:23 and they don’t have any homes.
    0:14:26 They’re just the middle man of connecting someone
    0:14:30 that’s looking for a home in Washington on their vacation
    0:14:31 and someone that has a home.
    0:14:33 Just like Uber, you look at,
    0:14:34 and like the sales whisper thing,
    0:14:39 he’s just that dot that’s connecting this potential person
    0:14:43 that needs a CRM to hub spot or to whatever that vehicle is.
    0:14:45 And the same thing I keep coming back to
    0:14:46 with our vendingpreneurs,
    0:14:50 ’cause you’re spot on, like you gotta reduce friction.
    0:14:53 For me, like I’m trying to make it as easy as possible
    0:14:55 for people to get product.
    0:14:56 Like they shouldn’t have to go to Costco
    0:14:58 and spend four hours.
    0:15:01 If we can just get it delivered to their door once a week
    0:15:05 at a bulk price that’s just on autopilot
    0:15:07 based on the sales of whatever that,
    0:15:09 there’s just so many levers is like just that,
    0:15:11 I mean, Amazon, it’s just a middle man.
    0:15:15 Anything in life, you’re just trying to be that connector.
    0:15:17 And last time I had that aha moment where it’s like,
    0:15:20 Uber has no cars and Airbnb has no homes, like what?
    0:15:23 – Right, Facebook doesn’t create any of their own content.
    0:15:26 Safe thing with TikTok, they’re just content platforms.
    0:15:27 There’s something to that.
    0:15:30 And this is a common path for side hustlers
    0:15:31 to start freelancing on the side.
    0:15:33 Yes, it’s still active income.
    0:15:35 Maybe they take that full time.
    0:15:37 Maybe they start to hire subcontractors
    0:15:39 where it’s like, okay, now it’s a little bit more
    0:15:41 time leverage is not me laying the bricks
    0:15:43 or doing the day-to-day labor anymore,
    0:15:46 but I put myself in a management layer.
    0:15:48 So different ways to transition from active income
    0:15:52 to passive income in the middle man method is similar.
    0:15:55 It could be, oh, I started a house cleaning business,
    0:15:56 but I didn’t want to do the cleaning.
    0:15:58 So I went out and hired people who already knew
    0:16:00 how to do the cleaning.
    0:16:02 We’ve seen examples of that on the show
    0:16:06 from window washing to graphic design and video editing.
    0:16:08 You can do it offline, you can do it online,
    0:16:11 but the middle man game absolutely is a viable path.
    0:16:13 – Yeah, and then even you talk about that home cleaning,
    0:16:17 like those product companies will fight for you
    0:16:19 to buy their product to use for the cleaning.
    0:16:23 You think of like Airbnb’s and all of the restaurants
    0:16:26 near you, they want your business and they will pay you
    0:16:29 if you promote their restaurants and your check-in folder
    0:16:31 when guests come to your Airbnb.
    0:16:35 – Okay, okay, interesting.
    0:16:35 I never thought about that.
    0:16:38 And now I will definitely pay more attention
    0:16:39 to those little like welcome binders.
    0:16:40 – Yeah!
    0:16:43 I love those houses, like was that a paid placement?
    0:16:45 Yeah, mention our offer code for 10% off your check.
    0:16:47 – Side hustle nation, you get 10% off.
    0:16:48 – Yeah, there you go.
    0:16:49 – That’s a lot of wings.
    0:16:52 – One other consideration here on this active
    0:16:57 versus passive debate is related to your home life situation.
    0:17:03 So for me, it was grateful to be living below my means
    0:17:06 and had my wife who had this steady job.
    0:17:08 And so when there were down years in the business,
    0:17:11 it was okay, we could still live comfortably on one income.
    0:17:15 And that freed up the time and the mental energy
    0:17:19 to focus on these more time leveraged business models
    0:17:20 where even in the near term,
    0:17:23 it wasn’t going to have this great ROI
    0:17:26 or it seemed was chasing this passive income.
    0:17:30 And sometimes it took months or years to materialize,
    0:17:32 but because we’re playing it as a team sport,
    0:17:34 it still worked out.
    0:17:35 And so maybe that’s a conversation to have
    0:17:37 with your spouse or partner to figure out,
    0:17:39 well, what role is everybody going to play here?
    0:17:41 But that was something that worked out
    0:17:42 in our favor in our house.
    0:17:43 – Yeah, no, that’s great.
    0:17:46 And we had the same similar situation last year.
    0:17:49 My wife actually lost her job
    0:17:51 and she was five months pregnant.
    0:17:54 And also our healthcare was with her job
    0:17:56 because I was just an entrepreneur.
    0:17:58 So we took care of your healthcare.
    0:18:00 And so it was like a scramble moment.
    0:18:02 But as long as you’re living below your means
    0:18:04 and you have those different income streams
    0:18:05 for the rainy days,
    0:18:08 like you said, the mind share,
    0:18:10 it was just a simple
    0:18:12 and could have been a very emotional roller coaster,
    0:18:15 but it allowed us to stay neutral in the moment.
    0:18:16 – You ever get to the point of like,
    0:18:18 this passive income stuff sucks.
    0:18:19 It doesn’t work.
    0:18:22 How to go figure out how to make extra money,
    0:18:23 just selling my skills.
    0:18:25 Do you ever have that conversation
    0:18:26 or does there come a point
    0:18:29 where you have people trying to build websites
    0:18:32 or do merch by Amazon or do dropshipping
    0:18:35 or whatever the latest thing is,
    0:18:37 you never quite hit it right.
    0:18:40 And I feel for those people
    0:18:43 ’cause all of these models can work and do work,
    0:18:46 but sometimes there’s a factor of luck involved.
    0:18:48 It sometimes is a factor of timing.
    0:18:49 And other times it’s like, I don’t know,
    0:18:51 this just isn’t the model for you.
    0:18:52 That’s where I struggle with.
    0:18:54 I’m in the passive income camp too,
    0:18:56 but I definitely see the benefits of just like,
    0:18:58 like if you’re trying to make extra money, go make it.
    0:18:58 Go get it done.
    0:19:00 – Yeah, I see both sides for sure.
    0:19:02 I mean, I do do a little bit of consulting
    0:19:04 for our special operations community
    0:19:06 with human performance.
    0:19:07 That’s a lot more active,
    0:19:10 but I think the downside with like consulting
    0:19:13 or time for money is like with consulting,
    0:19:16 what you did for them yesterday doesn’t matter.
    0:19:18 It’s what are you gonna do for me today?
    0:19:19 – Yeah.
    0:19:20 – Like that whole rat race is just,
    0:19:22 to me it’s not sustainable.
    0:19:23 You’re gonna get burnout,
    0:19:27 you’re gonna just play that substitution of time for money.
    0:19:30 And it’s just, you might do it ’cause it’s your passion
    0:19:33 and you believe in the mission of whatever you’re
    0:19:36 an expert in, but it’s a tough business model.
    0:19:37 – Well, if the hourly rate is strong enough,
    0:19:40 it might be compelled to keep going.
    0:19:43 We had a guy who was doing like college admissions essay
    0:19:45 consulting like a super, super niche business.
    0:19:48 It was like 220 something bucks an hour.
    0:19:51 Like, I’m okay with this at a certain price.
    0:19:53 You can kind of just play the traditional route of like,
    0:19:55 yeah, I’m gonna live below my means
    0:19:57 and invest the difference versus like,
    0:19:59 okay, if I’m just kind of squeaking by
    0:20:03 or my current skill set wouldn’t afford a $200 hourly rate,
    0:20:06 okay, now I’ve gotta figure out how to build an income stream
    0:20:08 that maybe is unrelated to that or has some more leverage.
    0:20:09 – Yeah, exactly.
    0:20:11 I could see that side for sure.
    0:20:12 – All right.
    0:20:13 So is there a sweet spot?
    0:20:16 So let’s say I’m eight hours a day is at my day job,
    0:20:18 eight hours a day, hopefully sleeping.
    0:20:19 And I’ve got eight hours left.
    0:20:22 Like, is there a sweet spot of like rule of thumb?
    0:20:26 What time should people allocate to a passive income pursuits?
    0:20:27 – As far as like buckets,
    0:20:28 I mean, I think it’s like anything.
    0:20:31 You just, you gotta be balanced
    0:20:33 or there is gonna lead to some burnout.
    0:20:35 You gotta be balanced on all the things
    0:20:39 if you’re not doing much and you’re sleeping too much
    0:20:42 and you’re just on social media every night.
    0:20:44 Like you’re just gonna get in a rut and feel stuck
    0:20:47 and spiral and watch news all day.
    0:20:50 And then the other side of it is if you’re constantly working
    0:20:52 and you’re just gonna feel like
    0:20:54 you’re never gonna get ahead.
    0:20:56 So I think there’s always gonna be that balance.
    0:20:59 And I also think for me, just like with training,
    0:21:01 it’s periodization.
    0:21:03 And I’m a huge believer in micro dosing
    0:21:06 and doing a little bit every single day
    0:21:07 versus like, oh, we’re gonna work five days
    0:21:09 and have two days off, but Sunday,
    0:21:11 you’re stressed out thinking, you know,
    0:21:12 the Sunday is scary as you’re thinking
    0:21:13 about the week ahead.
    0:21:17 So like, why not spend an hour on Saturday and Sunday?
    0:21:19 If you can, before your kids wake up,
    0:21:22 just do a little bit every day.
    0:21:23 And same thing with Friday.
    0:21:25 Like you shouldn’t have to work past noon
    0:21:27 if just because it’s Friday
    0:21:30 and you’re supposed to work till five is ass backwards.
    0:21:32 – Yeah, this is maybe the key to it.
    0:21:34 Being proactive about it,
    0:21:37 no matter what your starting position is
    0:21:38 and being consistent with it.
    0:21:40 There’s nobody else is gonna do it for you.
    0:21:42 And if you don’t put in the effort consistently
    0:21:46 like that passive income is never gonna come down the road.
    0:21:49 So even if it’s just a half an hour a day, an hour a day,
    0:21:52 like if you can carve out a little bit of time
    0:21:53 for these pursuits,
    0:21:56 your effort starts to compound and accelerate
    0:21:58 and you start to learn more and build your skills.
    0:22:00 But then you start hopefully with that little sliver
    0:22:01 on the pie chart.
    0:22:04 And hopefully it starts to expand and expand
    0:22:06 as you move forward with it.
    0:22:09 And that’s kind of how I thought about
    0:22:10 even when I was working full time.
    0:22:13 Like, okay, so I’m gonna spend my evening and weekends
    0:22:15 like trying to build up the passive income
    0:22:17 so I could scale back the active income.
    0:22:19 We’ve heard from other podcast guests too
    0:22:21 where they, I went from working five days a week
    0:22:23 to four days a week to three days a week.
    0:22:26 Like as it started to grow and grow,
    0:22:27 that was a byproduct of that,
    0:22:30 being proactive about it and being consistent with it.
    0:22:33 So that’s our active versus passive income debate.
    0:22:35 I love this topic.
    0:22:36 We’ll geek out about it all day with anybody.
    0:22:38 So that’s round one.
    0:22:41 Round two is donate a business idea.
    0:22:44 We’ll be right back with that after a word from our sponsors.
    0:22:47 That’s the sound of another sale
    0:22:49 on your online Shopify store.
    0:22:53 But did you know Shopify powers in-person selling too?
    0:22:53 It’s true.
    0:22:55 Shopify is the sound of selling everywhere.
    0:22:59 Online, in-store, on social media, and beyond.
    0:23:03 Shopify POS is your command center for your retail store.
    0:23:06 That means you can accept payments, manage inventory,
    0:23:09 and track every sale across your business in one place.
    0:23:12 With Shopify, you get a powerhouse selling partner
    0:23:13 that helps you drive store traffic
    0:23:15 with plug and play tools built for marketing campaigns
    0:23:18 from TikTok to Instagram and beyond.
    0:23:20 You can take payments by smartphone,
    0:23:23 transform your tablet into a point-of-sale system,
    0:23:26 or use Shopify’s POS Go mobile device
    0:23:27 for a battle-tested solution.
    0:23:29 Plus, Shopify’s award-winning help
    0:23:32 is there to support your success every step of the way.
    0:23:35 So do retail right with Shopify.
    0:23:38 Go ahead, sign up for a $1 per month trial period
    0:23:41 at Shopify.com/sidehustle.
    0:23:42 That’s all lowercase.
    0:23:45 Go to Shopify.com/sidehustle
    0:23:48 to take your retail business to the next level today.
    0:23:52 Shopify.com/sidehustle.
    0:23:54 All right, we’re back with Mike, Mr. Passive,
    0:23:58 and we’ve got Donate a Business Idea for Round Two.
    0:24:00 This is something that you’d start
    0:24:01 if you just had more bandwidth.
    0:24:04 This is something that you think listeners could run with.
    0:24:06 This is something that auto-exists in the world.
    0:24:07 It’s pretty open-ended,
    0:24:09 but I’ll tee it up for you with that.
    0:24:12 – What’s where everything’s going with AI?
    0:24:13 I think there’s something there
    0:24:16 with almost like an AI assistant
    0:24:21 that organizes things for you in a more tailored way.
    0:24:25 And what I mean by that is you think of the AI for Siri,
    0:24:30 where it’s like, okay, a vendingpreneur yesterday asked me,
    0:24:33 hey, do you have an example statement of work
    0:24:36 for a property contract?
    0:24:37 On your phone, you could just be like,
    0:24:40 hey, chat GPT, create a statement of work.
    0:24:43 I’m a vending provider, send to Thomas,
    0:24:45 and off it, and it’s out.
    0:24:50 Or the whole idea of a grocery’s folder,
    0:24:52 and you think of something you need to get
    0:24:55 on your grocery run that’s three days away,
    0:24:57 and you just want to add it to the list.
    0:25:00 Or AI assistant, find the cheapest flights
    0:25:04 for this upcoming trip, or what have you.
    0:25:06 I just think there’s something there
    0:25:09 between the intent of Siri combined
    0:25:11 with a chat GPT or a Gemini
    0:25:16 that will really streamline efficiency into buckets
    0:25:18 that will help you get things done
    0:25:20 the way that you could get them done.
    0:25:25 – Okay, so thinking of an assistant chatbot type of product,
    0:25:27 maybe niched down in the travel niche,
    0:25:29 or the meal planning niche.
    0:25:31 Like we add this to the grocery list,
    0:25:33 or even better, add it to the grocery list
    0:25:37 that on Saturday is going to trigger the Instacart order,
    0:25:40 or something where it’s like, becomes more automated.
    0:25:41 Am I hearing that right?
    0:25:46 – Yeah, and also just kind of taking the Siri concept
    0:25:47 to the next level.
    0:25:49 Like, hey, reach out to Nick
    0:25:52 and schedule this podcast episode on Friday
    0:25:55 with what works with my Google calendar.
    0:25:58 – Okay, there’s gotta be a way,
    0:26:00 and probably there’s some like no code entrepreneurs
    0:26:02 or even smarter people who will be like,
    0:26:03 you do that already exists,
    0:26:05 or I could build that in half a day.
    0:26:06 And so maybe–
    0:26:07 – 100%.
    0:26:08 – Yeah, maybe there’s something to that.
    0:26:11 One that always has been challenging for us
    0:26:12 is the travel side.
    0:26:14 And it’s like, I mean, you gotta churn through
    0:26:17 a lot of different data on flights and times
    0:26:19 and rates and routes to do that.
    0:26:21 But one of the challenges for us,
    0:26:23 like trying to plan annual friends giving is like,
    0:26:25 well, do we go there?
    0:26:26 Did they come here?
    0:26:27 Do we meet somewhere in the middle?
    0:26:28 What’s the best option?
    0:26:29 Well, do they fly out of Detroit?
    0:26:30 Do they fly out of Toronto?
    0:26:32 Like, do we fly out of Vancouver?
    0:26:33 Like, it’s not a Canadian holiday.
    0:26:36 It’s like half off if you just drive for a couple of hours.
    0:26:39 So it’s these weird, different variations
    0:26:41 that are really tedious.
    0:26:43 But it’s like, oh, I mean, maybe there’s a computer element
    0:26:46 that can take some of that time-searching burden
    0:26:46 off our plates.
    0:26:49 – Oh, and take that a step further with like kids.
    0:26:52 Like think about going into summer camps
    0:26:54 and how you always wanna book a summer camp,
    0:26:56 but you’re always too late and it’s already filled up.
    0:26:59 And it’s like, now we’re already mapping out
    0:27:03 camps for the fall or fishing whatever
    0:27:05 on Saturday mornings or soccer on Sunday.
    0:27:10 Like that whole layer of I live in Portland, Oregon,
    0:27:14 find me all kids’ camps this fall
    0:27:16 that are on Saturday mornings
    0:27:19 that are still open for registration.
    0:27:20 – Right, that are still open.
    0:27:21 That’s the key.
    0:27:22 – Yeah.
    0:27:23 – That was literally a business.
    0:27:25 We did like a business idea giveaway show
    0:27:26 probably a year ago.
    0:27:28 And that was literally one that came up.
    0:27:31 It’s like the kid camp summer database.
    0:27:32 Maybe they have affiliate programs.
    0:27:33 Maybe they don’t.
    0:27:35 But like either way, it would be super valuable
    0:27:36 for parents to be like,
    0:27:38 well, when does registration open for this?
    0:27:39 How much does it cost?
    0:27:40 Like what are the times?
    0:27:43 So many of them are like nine to 1230 or something.
    0:27:46 Well, I was really hoping for a little bit more coverage
    0:27:47 than that, but maybe you could filter by that.
    0:27:49 Like, yeah, there’s definitely something
    0:27:52 if you were a data scraper or data aggregator type of person.
    0:27:54 – Well, and then take a step further,
    0:27:55 you look at the events on Google.
    0:27:59 So you can go to what are the fourth to July events
    0:28:00 in Seattle?
    0:28:02 Well, then you tie that in with Gemini,
    0:28:04 their AI kind of bot.
    0:28:08 And it’s like, okay, what are their camps in Seattle
    0:28:13 for kids under four that are open for the fall?
    0:28:16 And then if the camp’s 50 bucks,
    0:28:18 I would gladly pay an extra 10 bucks
    0:28:21 just because I didn’t have to spend an hour on Google
    0:28:25 seeing all these camp timelines are already full.
    0:28:26 – Yeah, yeah, just book it for me.
    0:28:29 That’s like the next stage of what do they call
    0:28:31 a generative AI or something.
    0:28:33 Like not just giving you answers,
    0:28:35 but actually doing the thing, doing the task.
    0:28:39 So it’s a brave new world out there.
    0:28:41 I’m playing around with some more AI stuff every week.
    0:28:45 It’s fascinating what it can do.
    0:28:45 Well, very good.
    0:28:48 We’ll put that down as the donate a business idea,
    0:28:51 some sort of niche AI assistant,
    0:28:53 maybe built with some no-code tools.
    0:28:54 Bubble is a great one.
    0:28:56 People are building their own GPTs.
    0:28:59 One thing that has kind of been on the wish list
    0:29:00 or to-do list.
    0:29:04 You could feed in a decade plus of podcast transcripts
    0:29:08 of blog content and create the side isolation GPT
    0:29:10 just for Q and A or customer support.
    0:29:11 Like how would you answer this question?
    0:29:12 Like, well, it’s probably been answered
    0:29:14 at some point in the archives.
    0:29:17 And so there may be maybe that coming down the future.
    0:29:20 It’s not at the top of the to-do list, but it’s on there.
    0:29:22 – Yeah, I mean, think about how many people you’ve interviewed
    0:29:24 and you’ve basically been asking questions
    0:29:27 to figure out the ideal customer profile.
    0:29:30 Like the questions you asked about,
    0:29:32 “Okay, you want to start with vending
    0:29:34 “and how much capital do you need?”
    0:29:37 Like if I went into your website and I was like,
    0:29:39 “Okay, I’m a 22 year old.
    0:29:41 “I don’t have much capital
    0:29:43 “or I want something that’s tax depreciable
    0:29:45 “because my W2 is too high.”
    0:29:48 And it’ll be like, “Okay, scooter rentals,
    0:29:50 “vending machines and car washes
    0:29:53 “are the top three that fit your persona.”
    0:29:55 And then go reach out to these people.
    0:29:58 Like there’s so much leverage in that content.
    0:30:01 I mean, however many episodes you’ve had.
    0:30:01 – Yeah.
    0:30:04 – You’re basically a passive income.
    0:30:05 I don’t want to say middleman, but record.
    0:30:06 – Library, yeah.
    0:30:07 – Yeah.
    0:30:09 – Dude, that’s really cool.
    0:30:10 Like some sort of personalized.
    0:30:12 We attempt to do this a little bit
    0:30:13 with like the quiz that’s on the homepage.
    0:30:15 Like, “Hey, answer a few questions.”
    0:30:17 And we’ll try and point you in the right direction.
    0:30:20 But if it had a little more context,
    0:30:22 yeah, maybe there’s something like that
    0:30:24 that would be interesting, a little more conversational.
    0:30:25 Like here are some business models
    0:30:27 that ought to be worth a look here.
    0:30:28 So very cool.
    0:30:29 That is round two.
    0:30:31 Round three is the triple threat.
    0:30:33 We’re going to start off with number one here,
    0:30:36 a marketing tactic that is working right now
    0:30:38 for you or your students.
    0:30:40 – A marketing tactic that always works
    0:30:42 is anything that’s going to create urgency.
    0:30:46 So we’re working on a big lead for a REIT
    0:30:48 for our vendingpreneurs.
    0:30:49 And I just throughout this,
    0:30:52 hey, I’m going to be out in your neck of the woods
    0:30:56 on this date and the executive assistant for the CEO.
    0:30:59 I was like, hey, yeah, he’s got 20 minutes at this time.
    0:31:00 And I just literally said,
    0:31:01 I’m going to be out in your neck of the woods
    0:31:04 and I don’t make it out your way very often.
    0:31:06 And so it just created this urgency
    0:31:07 for them to take a meeting.
    0:31:10 So I think anything marketing-wise,
    0:31:11 that’s going to create urgency.
    0:31:13 Like Nick, I know you do a great job
    0:31:16 with the whole kind of urgency of listening to your podcast
    0:31:18 and just that whole side of it.
    0:31:20 So for me, it’s always trying
    0:31:22 to create people to take action.
    0:31:23 – And then you go book that flight
    0:31:25 or were you really going to be out there?
    0:31:26 – No, that’s exactly what I did.
    0:31:27 Then I went and booked that flight.
    0:31:29 I mean, that’s how we broke into the government
    0:31:31 was we would reach out to these general officers
    0:31:32 at the Pentagon and say like,
    0:31:35 hey, I’m going to be out in your neck of the woods
    0:31:37 this week or this week.
    0:31:38 When can you take a meeting,
    0:31:40 send it to a four-star general,
    0:31:43 he’d respond and be like Wednesday the 25th at five.
    0:31:44 And it’s like, okay,
    0:31:46 we better book a flight for that week
    0:31:47 ’cause we just locked in a meeting.
    0:31:49 And now we have that anchor meeting.
    0:31:50 That’s really interesting.
    0:31:53 We’ve kind of seen the same thing like in years ago,
    0:31:56 hosting side hustle nation meetups.
    0:31:59 If there’s no outside force, we could do it anytime, right?
    0:32:00 There’s no urgency.
    0:32:01 Another friend is coming into town.
    0:32:02 Oh, perfect.
    0:32:03 Let’s hold the beat up while you’re here.
    0:32:04 We’ll hang out.
    0:32:05 We’ll invite the other members of the community.
    0:32:07 And so there’s something to that.
    0:32:09 And then to reverse that and say,
    0:32:11 I’m going to be, I’m going to be at town.
    0:32:13 I guess only works if you’re willing to jump on that plane
    0:32:14 and make it happen.
    0:32:16 – Yeah, just the whole whatever that,
    0:32:17 it doesn’t even have to be a travel thing.
    0:32:19 It could be like a, you know, a vending lead.
    0:32:20 I’m trying to close over here.
    0:32:22 And it’s just like, hey,
    0:32:25 I’m coming to meet with someone next to you
    0:32:27 or you around before my meeting.
    0:32:29 Whatever that urgency is.
    0:32:31 – Yeah, I’m using this with online course sales,
    0:32:33 like some sort of bonus that goes away,
    0:32:35 some sort of limited time discount.
    0:32:37 Used to do it in house painting.
    0:32:39 Like, hey, I’ve got an opening in the schedule in two weeks.
    0:32:41 I’d love for that spot to be yours.
    0:32:43 10% off if you sign on the dotted line.
    0:32:46 Some reason for people to take action
    0:32:47 where they otherwise wouldn’t.
    0:32:49 You’re like, well, nothing bad is going to happen
    0:32:51 if I punt this off another week or another two weeks.
    0:32:52 So some sort of urgency.
    0:32:53 I like that one.
    0:32:56 That is the marketing tactic that’s working right now,
    0:32:59 creating some sort of urgency for whatever thing it is
    0:33:00 that you’re selling.
    0:33:05 Number two here is to recommend a new or new to you tool
    0:33:06 that you’re living right now.
    0:33:11 – What I’ve been using probably recently is more just kind of,
    0:33:12 there’s multiple tools out there,
    0:33:15 but just like tracking your financial worth,
    0:33:17 whether that’s like, I think in power,
    0:33:18 there’s a couple of tools out there,
    0:33:22 but nowadays just being able to track your net worth
    0:33:24 that aligns with your bank accounts for spending,
    0:33:28 it aligns with you and your worth of paying down your mortgage,
    0:33:30 like all those kinds of things that when we talk about
    0:33:32 earlier, living below your means,
    0:33:35 you actually can see why with something showing you
    0:33:36 a light at the end of the tunnel.
    0:33:37 – Yeah, very good.
    0:33:40 It’s really similar to somebody else mentioned Monarch,
    0:33:41 couple months on the show,
    0:33:42 like really similar tool,
    0:33:45 like kind of a personal finance dashboard.
    0:33:47 You can bring in all your income,
    0:33:48 all your expenses, all your assets,
    0:33:49 all your different accounts,
    0:33:52 like all kind of in this one customizable dashboard.
    0:33:55 They were actually a sponsor on the show earlier this year.
    0:33:56 And this is really cool.
    0:33:59 Like I can log in, see the stuff that’s important to me
    0:34:02 and been the beneficiary of the last nine,
    0:34:04 12 months of like pretty serious bull market.
    0:34:07 So like every time you log in, the number seems to go up.
    0:34:08 You’re like, well, that’s, that’s rewarding.
    0:34:11 I probably can’t get used to that going on in perpetuity,
    0:34:12 but it is a cool tool.
    0:34:15 And just to kind of get that snapshot view
    0:34:18 of inflows, outflows,
    0:34:20 and then the net worth picture is what I’m hearing.
    0:34:21 – Absolutely, yeah, that’s been cool.
    0:34:22 How about you?
    0:34:23 – I knew to me too.
    0:34:24 The one I’m playing around with right now
    0:34:26 is 11 Labs for voiceover
    0:34:31 and trying to create a clone of my own voice
    0:34:33 to produce more YouTube videos,
    0:34:37 to ultimately compliment the huge archive
    0:34:39 of written content on the site,
    0:34:40 where it’s like, oh, I would love to have a video
    0:34:41 to compliment this,
    0:34:46 but I’m 100% the bottleneck in scripting and recording.
    0:34:49 And that’s not worth bothering the editor over
    0:34:51 for a 10 minute little clip.
    0:34:52 And so he was like, okay,
    0:34:56 can we streamline this process with a voiceover artist
    0:34:58 that never screws up, that never screws up the sentence,
    0:35:00 that never has to do a retake,
    0:35:03 but I haven’t got any results from that yet.
    0:35:05 The couple that I’ve tested previously
    0:35:07 didn’t sound quite right
    0:35:09 where they would mispronounce words
    0:35:13 or they would say things with all weird cadence
    0:35:14 or without any cadence.
    0:35:15 It sounds like super robotic.
    0:35:18 So these samples on 11 Labs are really promising.
    0:35:19 So we’ll see what happens there.
    0:35:20 – I love it.
    0:35:21 I won’t even know if it’s you
    0:35:24 or if it’s an actual, yeah, this will be interesting.
    0:35:25 – That’s the end goal.
    0:35:28 Like to make something that sounds legit,
    0:35:30 like that sounds like somebody could have spoken it.
    0:35:31 – Yeah, I’m trying to make it passive.
    0:35:32 I love it.
    0:35:34 – Yeah, how do we, how do we be more passive?
    0:35:36 I will say the YouTube style,
    0:35:37 I can make like 500 bucks a month,
    0:35:39 like from my YouTube channel.
    0:35:41 It is like the most favorite income that I get
    0:35:44 ’cause it feels like totally free money from the internet.
    0:35:46 Sometimes from videos we made years ago
    0:35:47 that still rack up views,
    0:35:50 it’s still get, you know, planting little money seeds
    0:35:52 is kind of how I consider it.
    0:35:54 And whether it’s a blog post,
    0:35:55 whether it’s a YouTube video,
    0:35:58 whether it’s a podcast from six, seven years ago,
    0:35:59 it’s like a little digital asset
    0:36:01 going out into the world to do your bidding.
    0:36:03 And if you’re kind of in this,
    0:36:04 well, yeah, sure, I’m living comfortably.
    0:36:06 I’m game to chase some of this passive income
    0:36:07 that we’ve been talking about.
    0:36:09 Go plant some of those money seeds.
    0:36:10 Maybe it’s a self-published book.
    0:36:13 Maybe it’s a printable file that you’re trying to sell on Etsy.
    0:36:15 Maybe it’s a print on demand t-shirt design.
    0:36:17 Like there’s lots of different ways
    0:36:18 and lots of different platforms
    0:36:21 to start to mess around and play with that stuff.
    0:36:23 But that’s kind of how I’m looking at YouTube
    0:36:26 and trying to build up that presence over there.
    0:36:29 But that’s the second part of the triple threat, the tool.
    0:36:31 So Mike mentioned Empower.
    0:36:35 Monarch is the one-time sponsor of the podcast
    0:36:37 that is kind of in a similar space.
    0:36:39 So we’ll link that up as well.
    0:36:42 And your favorite book from the last 12 months.
    0:36:43 – I think I got to go with the book
    0:36:47 that really ties into the active versus passive income theme.
    0:36:50 And that’s “Buy Back Your Time” by Dan Martell.
    0:36:52 I think that’s a really good book
    0:36:55 that when vendingpreneurs sign up for our community,
    0:36:57 vending’s not passive right out of the gates.
    0:37:01 But when you start to actually quantify
    0:37:03 high-leveraged tasks in your life
    0:37:05 and do self-reflection on,
    0:37:07 should I be stocking a vending machine
    0:37:09 or should I be going to close the owner
    0:37:11 of 20 more properties that really–
    0:37:13 – Yeah, to get the next locations lined up, yeah.
    0:37:15 – Exactly, those locations
    0:37:17 are worth a couple thousand bucks a month.
    0:37:20 So those machines, you can hire someone for 20 bucks an hour.
    0:37:21 So it just forces you to really go
    0:37:23 through a self-evaluation reflection
    0:37:27 on getting the time that’s most meaningful for you.
    0:37:29 And it’s such an easy read
    0:37:30 and it’s definitely a book I recommend.
    0:37:33 – Yeah, a couple thousand bucks a month per location
    0:37:36 plus the equity, the multiple that that would be worth
    0:37:39 to go and sell the route, like hugely more leveraged
    0:37:42 than going and piling more Snickers bars
    0:37:43 into the back of the machine.
    0:37:44 – 100%.
    0:37:47 – All right, “Buy Back Your Time” by Dan Martell.
    0:37:50 We’ll link that one up, have not read that one myself,
    0:37:52 but I’m looking forward to checking it out
    0:37:55 and kind of lean into this elimination automation
    0:37:56 delegation framework of like,
    0:37:58 do I really need to be doing that?
    0:38:00 So again, buy back your time.
    0:38:05 Mike is Mr. Passive_on_X, you can learn more about him
    0:38:09 and the vendingpreneur program at vendingpreneurs.com
    0:38:12 where side hustle show listeners graciously get 10% off.
    0:38:13 Thank you, Mike, for that.
    0:38:15 If you missed our earlier episode
    0:38:17 on how to start a vending machine route of your own,
    0:38:19 make sure to check that out.
    0:38:23 Number 599 of the side hustle show in your podcast app.
    0:38:25 Big thanks to Mike for stopping by again,
    0:38:28 sharing his insight, big thanks to our sponsors
    0:38:30 for helping make this content free for everyone.
    0:38:34 You can hit up sidehustlenation.com/deals
    0:38:37 for all the latest offers from our sponsors in one place.
    0:38:39 Thank you for supporting the advertisers
    0:38:40 that support the show.
    0:38:41 That is it for me.
    0:38:43 Thank you so much for tuning in.
    0:38:45 If you find an value in the show,
    0:38:47 the greatest compliment is to share it with a friend.
    0:38:49 So fire off that text message,
    0:38:51 let them know about this conversation.
    0:38:53 And until next time, let’s go out there
    0:38:54 and make something happen
    0:38:56 and I’ll catch you in the next edition
    0:38:57 of the side hustle show.
    0:38:58 Hustle on.

    Many side hustlers dream of passive income — that magical money machine that keeps churning even while you sleep.

    But is it a realistic goal for everyone?

    And with limited time, what should side hustlers focus on? To help break this down, we’re going three rounds with Mr. Passive himself, Mike Hoffmann.

    (Check out Mike Hoffmann’s Vendingpreneur training program and get 10% off!)

    Full Show Notes: Active vs. Passive Income

    New to the Show? Get your personalized money-making playlist here!

    Sponsors:

    Shopify — Sign up for a $1 per month trial!

    Indeed – Start hiring NOW with a $75 sponsored job credit to upgrade your job post!

  • 622: $1k/Month Per Client: The Case For Starting a Niche Virtual Assistant Service

    AI transcript
    0:00:06 $1,000 per month per client while starting a niche virtual assistant service might be
    0:00:10 the fastest way to get to your extra income goals.
    0:00:11 What’s up?
    0:00:12 What’s up?
    0:00:13 Nick Loper here.
    0:00:14 Welcome to The Silent Hustle Show.
    0:00:17 We’re part of the Entrepreneur Podcast Network, and if you are looking for realistic ways to
    0:00:20 make extra money, you’re in the right place.
    0:00:23 There’s a lot of talk about thousand true fans.
    0:00:27 It’s this classic essay by Kevin Kelly that argues you don’t need millions of followers
    0:00:31 to make a living online, they just need a thousand true fans.
    0:00:36 These are the people who support your work year in, year out, but it can take some time
    0:00:37 to build up that fan base.
    0:00:43 So today, I want to contrast a thousand true fans with the idea of 10 true clients.
    0:00:48 This is something I picked up from the Tropical MBA podcast years ago, 10 True Clients, or
    0:00:51 maybe even starting with one true client at $1,000 a month.
    0:00:55 Today’s guest did just that, did it in a really unique niche.
    0:01:00 He had a bit of background in trucking, so he started a virtual dispatch service, serving
    0:01:04 drivers all around the country from LearnDispatch.com.
    0:01:07 Roman Shmunjak, welcome to The Silent Hustle Show.
    0:01:08 Hello, Nick.
    0:01:10 Thank you for having me on the podcast.
    0:01:11 You bet.
    0:01:12 Stick around in this one.
    0:01:16 We’re learning how you might come up with your unique service idea, how to connect with
    0:01:19 potential customers, how to find those first true clients, right?
    0:01:24 And how you might be able to scale your operation beyond hours for dollars.
    0:01:29 The free listener only bonus for this week is my big list of 101 service business ideas
    0:01:32 that you might be able to apply some of Roman’s tactics to.
    0:01:37 That’s at sidehustlenation.com/roman, or just follow the show notes link in the episode
    0:01:40 description, and it’ll get you right over there.
    0:01:44 So Roman, you came at it from a unique angle with a background in trucking, having owned
    0:01:46 some semi-trucks yourself.
    0:01:51 But there’s this, I made it moment, this moment of, “Yeah, look, I always dreamed of working
    0:01:52 remotely.”
    0:01:53 And there you are.
    0:01:56 It’s a balcony overlooking the Mediterranean.
    0:01:58 And there’s this realization, “Hey, I’m serving clients in the US.
    0:02:02 I’m living the Nomad lifestyle, working remotely.
    0:02:04 Talk to me about what it took to get there.”
    0:02:05 Absolutely.
    0:02:10 Well, obviously, when I was getting into the trucking industry, I had no idea that it would
    0:02:15 lead to a realization of my dream of remote work.
    0:02:22 Around 2010, I had an opportunity to purchase some semi-trucks, and I was learning about
    0:02:23 the industry.
    0:02:30 It was very interesting business, especially for me, someone who is coming from a background
    0:02:32 in real estate sales.
    0:02:36 But I learned, as problems were coming at me.
    0:02:40 But one of the most important things for trucking company, in order to make money, you have
    0:02:44 to make sure that your trucks are constantly moving, because a sitting truck–
    0:02:47 Yeah, if you’re not on the road, it’s similar to an airplane, right?
    0:02:49 If it’s not in the air, it’s not making money.
    0:02:50 Exactly.
    0:02:51 It’s even worse.
    0:02:53 You have to make money, because you have to pay for the equipment.
    0:02:55 You have to pay for fuel.
    0:02:56 You have to pay insurance.
    0:02:57 You have to pay driver.
    0:02:59 You are paying for all kind of permits.
    0:03:03 So a sitting truck, not only not making your money, it is losing your money.
    0:03:07 So it has to move all the time.
    0:03:12 And that is one of the primary challenges of a trucking company owner, is to move all
    0:03:13 the trucks.
    0:03:17 We did an episode on trucking, and that was like, “Okay, go buy this used freight liner.”
    0:03:18 She called it a freight shaker.
    0:03:22 See if you can find one used for $35,000 to $45,000.
    0:03:23 And then, “Oh, great.”
    0:03:26 Then you book it up for $1,000 a week, and you’re like, “Okay, I’m listening.
    0:03:28 That sounds like a great ROI.”
    0:03:32 But it’s like that question mark in the middle of how to fill that up, and that’s maybe where
    0:03:33 the dispatch part comes in.
    0:03:37 I got to play matchmaker between people who need stuff shipped, and then the trucking
    0:03:40 supply and the trucker is to actually do the moving.
    0:03:41 That is correct.
    0:03:46 With trucking companies, in most cases, either the owner will be taking care of finding freight,
    0:03:53 trucking business for his company, or they will need to hire someone to do it for them.
    0:04:00 And in my case, again, I have discovered, as I was trying to expand my trucking business,
    0:04:06 we were advertising, looking for owner operators, other truckers with their own trucks and trailers
    0:04:09 to come on board and join our company.
    0:04:17 I’ve learned that a lot of them did not necessarily care about running under our license or using
    0:04:18 our insurance.
    0:04:23 What they did care about is having consistent freight for their truck.
    0:04:25 That was their main pain point.
    0:04:30 With some of them, we did start working where basically we would make a deal, “Look, you
    0:04:32 can operate your trucking company in any way you want.
    0:04:36 We will just help you secure the cargo.
    0:04:40 We will keep your truck busy and you will pay us a percentage of your gross revenue
    0:04:44 or a flat fee, depending on how we set up the agreement.”
    0:04:45 Okay.
    0:04:46 Interesting.
    0:04:49 So it was almost by accident where it’s like, “Well, that wasn’t the initial intent.
    0:04:54 The intent was to find other owner operators to kind of expand our fleet, basically.
    0:04:59 But then the pain point, the entrepreneurial spidey sense starts tingling and say, “Well,
    0:05:00 everybody’s complaining about this one thing.
    0:05:01 How do I find enough freight?”
    0:05:03 So you’re like, “Oh, shoot.
    0:05:06 Maybe if I could solve that pain point, it’s another side hustle opportunity, another business
    0:05:07 opportunity.”
    0:05:08 Yeah, absolutely.
    0:05:14 It was exactly a side hassle because I would just do it kind of in parallel with finding
    0:05:15 freight for my trucks.
    0:05:18 I would just look for freight for some other trucks as well.
    0:05:21 And I did not think too much of it initially.
    0:05:29 But as I gained more clients and kind of analyzed the whole situation, I just saw how great
    0:05:33 this business model is versus trucking because with trucking, you have to purchase equipment
    0:05:35 which costs a lot of money.
    0:05:36 You have to hire drivers.
    0:05:40 You have to find the right kind of drivers because otherwise they will destroy your trucks
    0:05:42 and your business.
    0:05:43 You have to go through safety audits.
    0:05:49 Again, it’s a very cash-intensive business because you have to buy a lot of fuel.
    0:05:52 You have to turn invoices.
    0:05:59 And here all I need is really a computer, phone line, and reliable internet connection.
    0:06:00 Nothing else.
    0:06:02 I don’t have to buy anything.
    0:06:05 I do not necessarily need to hire anyone.
    0:06:10 My job is just provide this service, make sure that clients are happy, and receive the
    0:06:11 money.
    0:06:15 And as you already mentioned, suddenly I realize that this can be done from anywhere.
    0:06:19 I can be in the US or I can be in Mexico or I can be in Europe.
    0:06:23 It doesn’t matter as long as I have reliable internet connection.
    0:06:25 I can do my job.
    0:06:26 That’s interesting.
    0:06:30 It reminds me of– I mean, trucking has been around for ages, so I don’t know if I would
    0:06:35 consider it a gold rush, but it reminds me of a selling shovels into the gold rush mentality
    0:06:41 rather than being the miner in this case, buying all those expensive equipment and licenses
    0:06:42 and dealing with that.
    0:06:46 It’s like, okay, what’s the picks and shovels or what’s the service that I could sell into
    0:06:48 that industry?
    0:06:51 And it came up with this patch thing.
    0:06:54 To bring it a little bit broader, it might not be trucking, in your case.
    0:06:58 But you might have a front row seat to whatever industry you’re involved with and saying,
    0:06:59 “Well, what are the common pain points here?”
    0:07:01 Like, you start to pay attention to those things.
    0:07:06 What comes up over and over again, and that’s how I’ve come up with different product ideas,
    0:07:10 different episode ideas, content ideas, and it can be the same thing in your case.
    0:07:13 Just keep those ears to the ground and see what people are talking about.
    0:07:17 So it starts out with looking for other owner operators to join the fleet, and then they
    0:07:18 sign on.
    0:07:22 I’m not super interested in that, but if you can help us fill our trucks with this freight
    0:07:24 stuff, so what happens there?
    0:07:26 How do you even go about doing that?
    0:07:30 If that’s a pain point for them, what makes it easy for you, or is it easy to do?
    0:07:34 Most of our clients are small trucking companies.
    0:07:39 Sometimes it’s just an individual, a truck driver, who owns one truck.
    0:07:42 He’s spending most of his time driving this truck.
    0:07:49 He does not have the time to sit in front of the screen looking at various load options,
    0:07:50 making phone calls.
    0:07:55 And then once the load is booked, some paperwork has to be completed, so it’s not very convenient
    0:08:02 to complete paperwork while driving an 80,000-pound machine down the highway.
    0:08:06 For this type of client, it is essential that there’s somebody else who provides this back
    0:08:10 office support and takes care of their business.
    0:08:11 Okay.
    0:08:16 And then for you, there’s freight marketplaces, there’s relationships with distributors.
    0:08:22 How do you go about playing that middleman, especially if people are all over the country?
    0:08:26 Knowing nothing about the trucking industry, it sounds kind of daunting to try and shoot.
    0:08:27 Yeah, I can play matchmaker for you.
    0:08:29 I can find you stuff to ship.
    0:08:30 Absolutely.
    0:08:36 Well, there are many electronic marketplaces called load boards where shippers and freight
    0:08:40 brokers post freight that needs to be shipped.
    0:08:42 And they basically work kind of like a search engine.
    0:08:47 You can set up the origin location of your truck.
    0:08:52 You can set up a destination if you want this truck to head in a particular direction, and
    0:08:55 it will show you available load options.
    0:09:00 Now your job, again, is to call, learn more about this option, get all the details such
    0:09:05 as commodity weight and how much this shipper is willing to pay for the load.
    0:09:11 And if it is matching criteria of your client, then all you have to do is book it and complete
    0:09:14 all the paperwork related to the load.
    0:09:15 Okay.
    0:09:17 So they say, I want to stay within a 1,000 mile radius.
    0:09:21 I want to be home by Fridays, kind of like that type of criteria.
    0:09:22 Yeah, absolutely.
    0:09:23 So I’ll give you two scenarios.
    0:09:29 So you may have a trucker who will start his work week on Monday in Atlanta, and he may
    0:09:32 say, look, Roman would like to leave on Monday.
    0:09:33 I don’t care where I go.
    0:09:35 I want to run all week.
    0:09:37 I want to come back on Friday.
    0:09:42 So then we’re going to set up as his original location being Atlanta, Georgia.
    0:09:46 We’ll give it certain radius where he’s willing to travel to pick up the load, and we’ll look
    0:09:49 at all kinds of available options.
    0:09:52 Then let’s say coming Thursday, wherever he is, we’re going to be looking a lot for a
    0:09:58 load that would be heading back toward Atlanta, Georgia, so he can come back home and spend
    0:10:00 a weekend at home, and then restart following Monday.
    0:10:01 Okay.
    0:10:07 Yeah, it’s just a remote admin assistant in a very specific role, a very specific industry.
    0:10:08 Absolutely.
    0:10:09 It’s quite simple.
    0:10:13 We’ve got a lot of our students in our online school, they concentrate a lot.
    0:10:18 They say, I want to learn the load boards or the software, and I tell them that those
    0:10:20 functions are very basic.
    0:10:21 This is not rocket science.
    0:10:23 Just about anyone can do it.
    0:10:24 You set up.
    0:10:28 You just basically search from where you are to where you want to go, and that’s pretty
    0:10:29 much it.
    0:10:31 And is it typical to charge hourly for that?
    0:10:33 Is it on a performance basis?
    0:10:37 Like, hey, we booked you $2,000 worth of freight, so we’re going to take a percentage of that.
    0:10:39 What’s typical on the pricing side?
    0:10:45 The most common is to take a percentage of the gross revenue you book for the trucking
    0:10:46 company.
    0:10:54 If you book, let’s say, five loads, each paying $1,000, that means you booked $5,000 worth
    0:11:01 of loads for the trucking company, and you can charge percentage of this revenue.
    0:11:07 The percentage currently range anything from three to eight percent, probably with five
    0:11:11 to six percent being right in the middle.
    0:11:18 So by booking $5,000 worth of loads for a client, you would make about $250.
    0:11:21 Alternatively, you can just charge a flat fee.
    0:11:28 Let’s say someone has a specialized type of equipment, and they are in a high-margin,
    0:11:35 high-gross niche of trucking industry, they might be grossing $10,000 or $12,000 a week.
    0:11:38 So they may not be willing to pay you the percentage.
    0:11:41 So in such situation, you can agree on a flat rate.
    0:11:46 We can say, okay, we will charge, let’s say, $300 a week flat fee, and we’ll book all
    0:11:49 the loads you want for that one truck.
    0:11:51 And that’s another model.
    0:11:55 There are also some people that just charge a flat fee per load, they’ll say, I charge
    0:12:00 $50 or $60 per load I book, regardless of how much it makes.
    0:12:05 Gotcha, and then it just becomes a matter of booking consistently, and then growing
    0:12:10 the fleet or growing the number of drivers that you’re working with.
    0:12:14 Is that kind of where the marketing would start if I wanted to get in with this, just
    0:12:16 connecting with owner operators?
    0:12:17 Yeah, absolutely.
    0:12:20 Marketing is the most important thing.
    0:12:24 This is what I see a lot again with aspiring dispatchers.
    0:12:28 They believe that once they learn dispatching, they are all set.
    0:12:34 And dispatching is not difficult, but just learning a skill does not make you an entrepreneur.
    0:12:37 Truck dispatching is just like any other business.
    0:12:42 You have to market it, you have to convert your clients.
    0:12:47 That will basically propel you to success, depending on your skill set and your knowledge,
    0:12:50 you can implement different strategies to acquire clients.
    0:12:55 And I can go in greater detail on that if you would like to hear.
    0:12:59 Start with Roman in just a moment, including those specific marketing strategies and how
    0:13:06 many clients it took before he took this side hustle full time, right after this.
    0:13:09 That’s the sound of another sale on your online Shopify store.
    0:13:13 But did you know Shopify powers in person selling too?
    0:13:14 It’s true.
    0:13:20 Shopify is the sound of selling everywhere, online, in store, on social media, and beyond.
    0:13:23 Shopify POS is your command center for your retail store.
    0:13:28 That means you can accept payments, manage inventory, and track every sale across your
    0:13:29 business in one place.
    0:13:33 With Shopify, you get a powerhouse selling partner that helps you drive store traffic
    0:13:38 with plug-and-play tools built for marketing campaigns from TikTok to Instagram and beyond.
    0:13:43 You can take payments by smartphone, transform your tablet into a point of sale system, or
    0:13:47 use Shopify’s POS Go mobile device for a battle-tested solution.
    0:13:52 Plus, Shopify’s award-winning help is there to support your success every step of the
    0:13:53 way.
    0:13:55 You can also do retail right with Shopify.
    0:14:01 Go ahead, sign up for a $1 per month trial period at Shopify.com/SideHustle.
    0:14:02 That’s all lowercase.
    0:14:10 Go to Shopify.com/SideHustle to take your retail business to the next level today, Shopify.com/SideHustle.
    0:14:11 Yeah.
    0:14:14 Do you have an example or two?
    0:14:17 I’m imagining taking flyers down to the truck stop.
    0:14:21 That’s a few exits down the highway from us, but there may be a more efficient way.
    0:14:24 Don’t you see effective for connecting with those drivers?
    0:14:30 It’s funny because I hear the story about flyers quite often, and no, I probably would
    0:14:34 not find that to be the most efficient or effective strategy.
    0:14:35 Here’s why.
    0:14:40 If you go to the truck stop and leave flyers there, someone may see it.
    0:14:45 The question is, does this person need your service at this particular moment?
    0:14:50 If they don’t, they will pay no attention to it, just like with the social media.
    0:14:53 A lot of people say, “Should I advertise on social media?”
    0:14:54 Yes, you can.
    0:15:00 You can basically put your ad in front of a target group, which would be, let’s say,
    0:15:02 interested in the trucking industry.
    0:15:07 The problem is they may not be in need of your service at this particular moment.
    0:15:11 Will they remember you two months later when they need you?
    0:15:13 Maybe, maybe not.
    0:15:18 The most effective way, when you need something and you need it now, what are you going to
    0:15:19 do?
    0:15:25 Well, most of us will go to Google and just go into Google, in our case, truck dispatching
    0:15:31 service or truck dispatching service in Atlanta, because you will not do such search for fun.
    0:15:35 You’re doing it because you need this service and you need it at this moment.
    0:15:42 Really, I know it’s online advertisement basics, but just Google ads, they do the magic.
    0:15:48 As long as you have a good-looking website, which looks attractive to your potential clients,
    0:15:52 you can easily drive traffic to the website, and then you will be receiving emails, phone
    0:15:55 calls, and you just have to convert.
    0:15:56 Got it.
    0:16:01 I’ve got to imagine if somebody is Googling truck dispatching service, they’re probably
    0:16:05 seeing the ad results, but they’re also seeing organic results from people who’ve been doing
    0:16:06 it forever.
    0:16:08 There’s probably companies overseas.
    0:16:12 How is a new provider competing in that space?
    0:16:14 Well, you just mentioned SEO.
    0:16:21 Again, if you are trying to target some specific keyword, let’s say, truck dispatching service
    0:16:26 in a particular area, some trucking companies prefer to work with people locally, so they
    0:16:32 will look for someone who is close by, and the keyword difficulty may not be that high,
    0:16:34 so there might be some opportunities.
    0:16:39 However, with Google ads, yes, you will be competing against other people, but as you
    0:16:43 know, Google will just serve up a certain number of options.
    0:16:49 Here what is important is to have the right kind of website, okay, with the right kind
    0:16:50 of content.
    0:16:52 You have to differentiate yourself.
    0:16:57 You basically have to explain to people why they should work with you.
    0:17:02 If you intend to work on your own, let’s say you’re not hiring a team, you’re not a team.
    0:17:06 Very often it’s good to just make a website about yourself.
    0:17:13 Just tell them who you are, because a lot of truck drivers, they like to work with this
    0:17:15 one individual, okay?
    0:17:17 You’re kind of building a relationship there.
    0:17:24 They don’t want the big, huge company where you have 20 dispatchers, and every time someone
    0:17:26 picks up the phone, they don’t know who that is.
    0:17:29 They want this personalized approach.
    0:17:36 So if you are just a guy or just a girl and you are planning on doing it on your own,
    0:17:37 tell them about it.
    0:17:39 Tell them, “Look, here I am.
    0:17:41 My name is Joe.”
    0:17:43 And anytime you call, I will answer your call.
    0:17:47 If there’s going to be a problem, I will be solving your problem.
    0:17:52 So this kind of differentiates you from all the other companies that are out there.
    0:17:57 And if trucker likes what they see on your website, they will make that phone call.
    0:17:58 They will send you an email.
    0:18:01 Yeah, I think that’s true of really any solo service provider.
    0:18:07 It’s like, “Why are you versus some random person on Fiverr or wherever else?”
    0:18:09 If you got somebody through your website, you did a lot of things right to even get
    0:18:10 to that point.
    0:18:16 And now, if you can showcase your unique value proposition, I think that makes a lot of sense.
    0:18:22 What did it take for you in terms of client volume or dispatch volume before you’re like,
    0:18:23 “Forget it.
    0:18:24 Forget it with these trucks.
    0:18:25 I’m going all in.
    0:18:26 I’m selling the assets.
    0:18:27 I’m selling the trucks.
    0:18:28 And I’m just going to do this remote dispatch thing.”
    0:18:34 In my case, I think somewhere around, once I had about five clients and they were generating
    0:18:39 around $5,000 in revenue, at that point, I was like, “Okay, I know I will be making
    0:18:47 less money than with a trucking company, but I will also relieve myself of a lot of stress.”
    0:18:52 Also, at that time, me and my wife had an idea that we could go and travel.
    0:18:56 That would be definitely enough money for us to go abroad.
    0:19:02 At that point, I decided to terminate the trucking business and sell off the equipment
    0:19:04 and just concentrate on dispatching.
    0:19:05 All right.
    0:19:06 Five clients, $5,000 a month.
    0:19:11 Do you have an estimate of the hourly load trying to get a sense like, “If I want to
    0:19:16 go do this, what is it going to take time-wise realistically to do a good job for those customers?”
    0:19:20 A lot of this depends on the market conditions.
    0:19:25 So for example, if we are working in a good market when there is a lot of freight and
    0:19:30 trucks are in demand, it is extremely easy to bookload.
    0:19:36 You may start at eight o’clock in the morning and by 10 a.m., everyone is booked.
    0:19:38 We can say, “You are done for the day.”
    0:19:42 Now, there is little caveat to that.
    0:19:44 You are done for the day unless something goes wrong.
    0:19:50 If something goes wrong, you may have to go back to your computer and address the situation
    0:19:52 that came up.
    0:19:55 In a more difficult market, the situation may be different.
    0:20:00 You may book some trucks right away, but you may have a truck in some sort of a challenging
    0:20:06 area where there is very little freight and you may end up sitting for hours making phone
    0:20:10 calls trying to find a suitable option for your client to get them out.
    0:20:14 Part of that is like, “Well, if you are parked in the middle of nowhere, part of that is
    0:20:18 on you, Mr. Client or Mr. Client, you’ve got to go where the goods are if you want to get
    0:20:19 some shipments.”
    0:20:23 It is also partially on us because we probably booked that load to go.
    0:20:25 Yeah, if they’re out there in the middle of the week.
    0:20:28 It just happens that sometimes market conditions change.
    0:20:34 You send a truck to one location and you know that historically it’s good, but then something
    0:20:38 changes and tomorrow there is just no freight there.
    0:20:42 In other instance, just like you said, sometimes you will get a call and your client will tell
    0:20:45 you, “Hey, I just booked myself a load to Florida.
    0:20:48 It was paying great.”
    0:20:52 And you’re just saying, “Well, that’s fantastic, but there is no freight in Florida.
    0:20:54 So what are we going to do tomorrow?”
    0:20:55 For the return trip.
    0:20:56 Okay.
    0:21:01 Well, yeah, so and then we have to solve the problem they have created.
    0:21:08 This is an interesting logistical puzzle and part of my brain says I like that challenge
    0:21:13 and all of these moving chess pieces and trying to make sure everybody is optimally filled
    0:21:14 and booked.
    0:21:17 And then the other part of me is like, “Dude, that sounds like a lot of moving parts with
    0:21:19 a lot of variables.”
    0:21:21 It’s not that difficult as it seems.
    0:21:27 Once you get the sense for the market and this is unfortunately comes only with experience.
    0:21:32 As you do this more, you will know where to go and what to do as you move trucks on the
    0:21:33 daily basis.
    0:21:38 You have a sense if you are making the right choice or the bad choice.
    0:21:44 So the whole process is very simple and it’s pretty easy to learn.
    0:21:46 The rest is just gaining experience doing it.
    0:21:52 And do some of it become recurring where I’m picturing like a Walmart, they have probably
    0:21:56 obviously they have their own fleet and they’re not dealing with independent dispatchers and
    0:21:57 stuff.
    0:22:02 But like if they know every week this many units of a particular item is likely to sell.
    0:22:05 So we’re going to have to restock that and it seems like it might be somewhat predictable
    0:22:06 week after week.
    0:22:10 Like is there any sense like that where it’s like, “Okay, a certain percentage is going
    0:22:14 to be booked with these like easy low hanging fruit recurring type of jobs?”
    0:22:18 We need to consider there are actually two markets, two freight markets.
    0:22:23 One is considered to be contract market and another one is a spot market.
    0:22:28 What we’ve been talking about previously where most independent truck dispatchers work is
    0:22:30 a spot market.
    0:22:33 That’s someone that needs something moved today or tomorrow.
    0:22:34 Okay.
    0:22:36 It is not a regular freight.
    0:22:41 They just need, I don’t know, a scrapyard needs a load of recycled aluminum.
    0:22:42 Okay.
    0:22:43 It’s not regular.
    0:22:48 They just need one tomorrow and it gets posted on the load board.
    0:22:49 Then there is contract freight.
    0:22:51 That’s exactly what you just mentioned.
    0:22:56 It’s a store that is shipping something or a plant production plant that is shipping
    0:22:59 something on a regular basis day by day.
    0:23:06 Now, it’s a bit different because in most cases, in order to tap into contract market,
    0:23:08 it has to be a larger trucking company.
    0:23:09 Okay.
    0:23:14 A shipper that has a production plant and sends out a load every day, they need to make
    0:23:18 sure that that load is going out every single day.
    0:23:23 If Joe, the trucker, comes in with one truck, they will never give him a contract because
    0:23:27 if his truck breaks down, they will not be able to ship out what they need to ship and
    0:23:30 they may have all kinds of problems.
    0:23:35 Also with the contract market, it’s usually a bidding system where you have to make a
    0:23:38 bid for the lowest possible rate that you’re willing to transport.
    0:23:44 So there is the urban myth among truckers that that’s the holy grail is the contract
    0:23:48 freight, but they don’t realize that in reality, it is not.
    0:23:54 Now, there is also an exception where sometimes these two things, the spot market and contract
    0:23:56 market sometimes cross.
    0:24:01 For example, I had a client who lived in Charleston, South Carolina.
    0:24:07 Every Monday, he would leave Charleston and we would book him a load, go into Arkansas,
    0:24:10 and then he would return home for the weekend.
    0:24:14 And we would see the same load on the load board going to Arkansas.
    0:24:15 We would book it again.
    0:24:21 And after, I believe, two or three times this broker told us, look, we have this load every
    0:24:22 single Monday.
    0:24:24 Do you guys want to do it?
    0:24:27 That made our job much easier because they would not even post it.
    0:24:32 They would just email us a week before and say, are you guys available on Monday?
    0:24:35 I had to do nothing and I get a percentage of that load.
    0:24:37 So it was a fantastic deal.
    0:24:38 Yeah, for sure.
    0:24:40 You mentioned best case scenario.
    0:24:42 You’re in and out in a couple of hours.
    0:24:43 Everything is easy.
    0:24:47 And then you said, except when things go wrong, what are some of those scenarios when you
    0:24:50 get pulled back into the fray and you got to put out some fires?
    0:24:56 Well, the most common scenario is for load which you have booked to cancel.
    0:25:01 You’ll get a phone call an hour later and they will tell you that this load is not going
    0:25:02 to be going.
    0:25:07 Or even worse, your driver drives somewhere, let’s say for 80 miles, arrives at the shipper
    0:25:11 and shipper tells him, well, sorry, the product is not ready today.
    0:25:14 It might be ready tomorrow or two days later.
    0:25:19 And at this point, you have to start over and try to get some sort of a compensation for
    0:25:21 your client for the work they already done.
    0:25:25 Yeah, and if you were only going to make 250 bucks on that load and you’re trying to pay
    0:25:29 him for fuel and lodging potentially, how does that work?
    0:25:33 If load gets canceled, you usually can’t get some sort of a compensation from the freight
    0:25:34 broker.
    0:25:37 A lot depends again on the situation.
    0:25:43 If this driver went somewhere in the morning, spent two hours, didn’t get loaded, you may
    0:25:52 get $150 to $250 from the broker for what is called truck order not used, but we still
    0:25:54 have time to rebook him on another load.
    0:25:56 So it’s not all that bad of a situation.
    0:26:01 However, if this is happening, let’s say, in the late afternoon, then driver may lose
    0:26:02 entire day of work.
    0:26:08 And that is a bad scenario because a few hundred dollars will not compensate.
    0:26:12 There are, I could tell some horror stories when, let’s say, driver picks up a load and
    0:26:18 supposed to deliver somewhere and we have already another load planned for them, but
    0:26:23 receiver decides not to unload them for one reason or another.
    0:26:28 And sometimes they may say, well, I’m sorry, there was an appointment which you missed
    0:26:31 and next appointment is four days later.
    0:26:39 And now your client is getting stuck with cargo in their trailer and he can’t do anything.
    0:26:45 And we have to salvage this situation somehow and figure out who made the mistake, why this
    0:26:46 situation happened.
    0:26:48 Yeah, just moving physical products around.
    0:26:53 Like landing at the airport and they’re like, we made it, but there’s no gates open, no
    0:26:54 gates available.
    0:26:57 So we’re going to park here for a minute while we try and figure this out.
    0:26:58 That’s an interesting one.
    0:27:02 More with Roman in just a moment, including how he removed himself from the day to day
    0:27:08 dispatch work, scaled to 15 to 30 trucks in the new side hustle that created right after
    0:27:09 this.
    0:27:13 Now, did you go down the path of, hey, I’m working remote, I’m living the dream, I got
    0:27:18 my five clients, did you eventually go down the path of trying to scale this up as an
    0:27:22 agency and hire subcontract dispatch people?
    0:27:24 What was the next stage for you?
    0:27:25 Correct.
    0:27:30 I don’t think that I initially had a plan of building an agency, but I just wanted to
    0:27:37 make my job easier because sometimes some kids would have some sort of events or I wanted
    0:27:40 to travel somewhere in an inconvenient time zone.
    0:27:46 So what I did initially is I hired a virtual assistant.
    0:27:53 The first one was from Philippines, spoke great English, and initially I just trained
    0:27:56 him to complete paperwork.
    0:28:02 I would make the phone calls as soon as paperwork came in, he would complete everything and
    0:28:05 that made my work much more efficient.
    0:28:11 Then I decided to also assign duties of making phone calls to the brokers, getting information
    0:28:13 and so on and so on.
    0:28:19 And then I realized that this person can really replace my duties and then I realized I could
    0:28:25 technically scale it to something greater, take on more clients as long as there is staff
    0:28:26 to manage them.
    0:28:27 Yeah.
    0:28:29 Is that what ended up happening?
    0:28:30 That’s what ended up happening.
    0:28:36 Eventually I moved team to India, I would provide them with the manuals and training
    0:28:41 materials so they can learn in theory what needs to be done.
    0:28:48 Then we would do some practical exercises and at some point I pretty much stepped away
    0:28:52 from making the phone calls and doing the paperwork.
    0:28:57 So I would still obviously work on client acquisition and I would work on problem resolution,
    0:29:00 but the leg work would be done by hired help.
    0:29:01 Okay, that makes sense.
    0:29:07 So they’re working on the scheduling, the billing, the paperwork and you turn your attention
    0:29:12 to sales and it’s not just the inbound, hey, somebody found our Google listing or somebody
    0:29:18 found our ad, is there any outbound of trying to find smaller fleets because it’s like one
    0:29:23 to one hand-to-hand combat grassroots gorilla marketing or it’s like, okay, this guy or
    0:29:27 this trucking company has like four or five trucks, like, okay, that would be an ideal
    0:29:32 client because we could stack on a chunk of revenue all at once versus clawing away one
    0:29:33 client at a time.
    0:29:35 I don’t know, what’s it look like on that side?
    0:29:36 Two things I would mention.
    0:29:41 First of all, yeah, you can absolutely target, there are databases of trucking companies
    0:29:46 that are available where you can basically target this specific, let’s say trucking companies
    0:29:48 that have less than five trucks.
    0:29:52 Those are usually your primary clients because anyone who has more than five trucks, they
    0:29:57 can hire an in-house dispatcher that’s going to be working exclusively for them and will
    0:30:01 be doing whatever they need this dispatcher to do.
    0:30:06 So you could get an access to the database and let’s say you could target the specific
    0:30:11 area if you want to go locally or you can target what I recommend when we discuss direct
    0:30:12 marketing.
    0:30:17 I recommend targeting new companies, the ones that just got their license because they’re
    0:30:23 new to this business, they don’t have established contacts, they don’t probably freight is their
    0:30:27 main concern versus a trucking company that’s been in business for five years.
    0:30:31 If they’ve been in business for five years, they already figured out their way of finding
    0:30:33 loads.
    0:30:36 Just registered last week, they may not.
    0:30:39 So it’s a good target to go after.
    0:30:46 Now in terms of taking on too many trucks at the same time, it’s a good problem to have
    0:30:51 and sometimes I would get a call from someone who’d say I have 20 trucks and we would like
    0:30:56 to come on board and I know that it’s probably not realistic.
    0:31:03 First of all, it would require four more people to efficiently handle that many trucks.
    0:31:04 It would be just a mess.
    0:31:08 So usually I would recommend, I would tell them, look, that’s fine.
    0:31:13 We can do 20 trucks, but we will take on only three at the beginning.
    0:31:14 Let’s get going.
    0:31:15 Let’s see how it’s working.
    0:31:17 Let’s make sure you like what we do.
    0:31:20 Let’s make sure we like how you operate.
    0:31:25 And then we’re going to be adding gradually two more trucks, three more trucks.
    0:31:31 This way, I can make sure that I provide qualified staff to take care of your business and we’re
    0:31:35 not going to have this hectic transition when we’re just suddenly trying to figure out what
    0:31:37 to do with 20 trucks tomorrow.
    0:31:38 Right.
    0:31:44 That’s probably the predicament of any agency business where, yeah, it absolutely can scale,
    0:31:49 but it has to scale almost in lockstep with that staff because there’s going to be a certain
    0:31:51 number of hours required.
    0:31:52 That may be the bottleneck.
    0:31:53 That’s not going to change.
    0:31:59 So I was like, well, if one person can handle five trucks, the math can still grow, but
    0:32:01 it’s going to have to grow in parallel there.
    0:32:06 And so that makes it, well, let’s ramp this up slowly, make sure it’s a win for both parties
    0:32:12 and then we’ll continue to add on new staff and serve that and go find qualified dispatchers
    0:32:16 or train new dispatchers to go and do that work for you.
    0:32:19 You’ve shifted a little bit to there’s a great YouTube content, AlphaX Logistics.
    0:32:24 You can find tons of video content about learning the dispatch business, learning the logistics
    0:32:25 business.
    0:32:30 So you made this pivot to the content side, what’s, I mean, this been going on for several
    0:32:31 years at least.
    0:32:35 So the dispatch side is still running and now as a new side hustle is like the teaching
    0:32:36 other people about it.
    0:32:37 Yeah, absolutely.
    0:32:46 That was again, exactly a side hustle because while I was in Europe, I was thinking about,
    0:32:53 okay, well, what else can I do while traveling and again, experiencing this beautiful lifestyle
    0:32:59 that I had, I thought, okay, well, I could teach other people how to do this.
    0:33:04 And again, I knew absolutely nothing about online education.
    0:33:09 It was back 2015, where really it wasn’t a thing.
    0:33:16 Now everyone has a course, everyone is teaching about anything, there are tons of platforms.
    0:33:21 Back then, as I said, it was as primitive as I was trying to figure out how do I make
    0:33:26 videos and upload them to YouTube, but then make sure that nobody can see them unless
    0:33:27 they pay for it.
    0:33:31 So it was like really, really primitive stage.
    0:33:36 The advantage was, as I mentioned, I was training already virtual assistants.
    0:33:40 So I had to create the manuals in order to train them.
    0:33:41 Oh, dang, that’s genius.
    0:33:42 I love that.
    0:33:45 That’s a great selling your sawdust example.
    0:33:46 That’s fantastic.
    0:33:47 Yeah.
    0:33:48 Yeah.
    0:33:49 So I already had a lot of core material.
    0:33:56 Now it was just a matter of converting it into a format that is easy to consume.
    0:34:02 Because when idea was born, and I believe in 2016, we launched LearnDispatch.com, and
    0:34:08 we put out the first version of our training course, and we’ve been basically working on
    0:34:10 it for the last eight years.
    0:34:14 We’re always trying to add more information, more content.
    0:34:19 One of the main advantages I mentioned before, Nick, that you can learn this skill.
    0:34:22 It’s not really that difficult.
    0:34:25 What you cannot learn is experience.
    0:34:32 And that, we help our students, if they get into a situation where they don’t know what
    0:34:39 to do, they can reach out to our support staff and use our experience to solve their problems.
    0:34:46 So that, I think, is something that helps people confidently transition into this industry.
    0:34:48 Yeah, that’s great.
    0:34:50 I didn’t realize I’ve been around for eight years.
    0:34:55 I’ve been doing this training for quite a long time, and I love that idea of taking
    0:34:56 the training.
    0:34:59 Well, we’re doing this internally anyway, but might as well make some of it public-facing
    0:35:02 and try and serve a different audience who might want to get into this.
    0:35:05 I think that’s a really unique way to do it.
    0:35:09 We had a question come through from some listeners, like, “How come every guest has an online
    0:35:10 course?”
    0:35:15 There’s lots of reasons for that, but it’s just kind of a natural progression if people
    0:35:17 are asking questions about how this works.
    0:35:22 If you already have the material, “Oh, here’s a cool new revenue stream to go about it.”
    0:35:27 What does a day in the life look like today if there is such a thing as a typical Wednesday
    0:35:28 for you?
    0:35:34 Well, I still have to start around eight o’clock in the morning because my team usually checks
    0:35:38 in and gives me an update as to what is going on.
    0:35:45 So I have an overview as to which trucks have been booked already, which ones are empty
    0:35:47 and need loads.
    0:35:53 So basically, I take 15 to 30 minutes to see what’s going on with the dispatching side
    0:35:54 of things.
    0:35:57 How many trucks are you responsible for on that side?
    0:36:02 Well, usually we do between 15 and 30 trucks.
    0:36:06 Obviously, I’m not personally responsible for any of them.
    0:36:07 It’s the team.
    0:36:12 I usually only get involved if there is a problem that requires my attention.
    0:36:18 So if the team doesn’t know what to do or how to solve a particular situation, this
    0:36:23 is when I have to get on the phone or another scenario is when I get calls from clients
    0:36:29 complaining about the team not doing something that they’re supposed to be doing.
    0:36:31 Occasionally, I have to- Those are not fun to get.
    0:36:32 They’re not fun.
    0:36:36 But I realized it’s just part of the process.
    0:36:40 People get relaxed sometimes and they forget to do things that they’re supposed to do.
    0:36:46 So sometimes you have to give them a little push so they perform as they should.
    0:36:50 Then usually after I’m done with that, I go and work out.
    0:36:53 That’s essential for me in the mornings.
    0:36:59 That’s when I listen to podcasts and generate new ideas.
    0:37:03 And once I’m done with that, I go back to my office and then work on creative stuff.
    0:37:07 This is when I create new content.
    0:37:10 Everything is not the only ventures that I’m involved in.
    0:37:17 So there’s quite a few things I have to review, read about, and so on and so on.
    0:37:18 That’s cool.
    0:37:23 So running in the CEO seat of this agency, like, “Hey, look, I got to have to check in
    0:37:27 with the team, do the team management, the client management, the performance training
    0:37:29 and evaluation and all that stuff.”
    0:37:34 And then take care of yourself and then play in this content creation game.
    0:37:37 I think that sounds like a pretty fun operation.
    0:37:42 Anything that has really surprised you, either in the logistics side or the content side
    0:37:44 over the last 10 years in the game?
    0:37:53 My main surprise was that I stumbled into my dream of being able to work remotely.
    0:37:55 Again, I did not plan it.
    0:37:56 It just happened.
    0:37:57 It was education again.
    0:38:00 I did not plan to develop this business.
    0:38:03 And it just, again, I stumbled into it.
    0:38:05 And that was another wonderful surprise.
    0:38:07 Well, Roman, this has been awesome.
    0:38:08 What’s next for you?
    0:38:09 What are you excited about these days?
    0:38:10 Where do you want to take it?
    0:38:16 Well, right now, we are working, obviously, we continuously working on the content creation
    0:38:17 for our online school.
    0:38:24 For the dispatching business, we are thinking about concentrating on doing more of a consulting
    0:38:30 work for other trucking companies and other potentially dispatching businesses.
    0:38:38 We’re developing some tools for our students now that everything goes AI, we’re brainstorming
    0:38:44 on how we can bring some helpful tools that would make easier for aspiring dispatchers
    0:38:49 to market their business, to organize their business and so on and so on.
    0:38:50 Yeah.
    0:38:53 I almost didn’t want to bring that up where it’s like, well, how long before you can
    0:38:58 plug in that trucker’s criteria and then there’s an AI software that will match them
    0:39:02 with the perfect fit load based on that criteria.
    0:39:06 It’s like, shoot, if it’s not already in the pipeline, it’s probably coming soon.
    0:39:11 I have a video where I talk about future of dispatching in general.
    0:39:16 And I do point out that at some point, we’re going to have self-driving trucks and then
    0:39:21 it will be certain that the algorithms are going to be picking up the optimal use of
    0:39:25 those machines to basically maximize the capacity.
    0:39:31 However, until we have people involved, people will be making mistakes, people will be messing
    0:39:33 up.
    0:39:37 So I think for a foreseeable future, we’re safe.
    0:39:40 And I could see self-driving trucks being a thing, but I don’t know if they’re going
    0:39:43 to be completely humanless.
    0:39:47 As the example is, we’re going up skiing in the winter and the truckers are pulled over
    0:39:48 on the side of the road.
    0:39:49 They’re putting chains on the track.
    0:39:51 I don’t see a robot doing that just yet.
    0:39:57 So that’s what happens when the weather turns south and you need some human involvement
    0:39:58 for that stuff.
    0:39:59 But that’s really interesting.
    0:40:02 Yeah, problem resolution, again, you have to get creative.
    0:40:04 That’s one thing.
    0:40:06 And another thing, there is a human touch.
    0:40:12 You need to realize that some of the truckers, I mean, they’re on the road for weeks and
    0:40:14 you become their best friend.
    0:40:18 You are the person they actually talk to consistently.
    0:40:25 So really, the robot probably will not do it even though I do hear about AI France being
    0:40:26 out there.
    0:40:30 But I think that the human touch is still necessary at the moment.
    0:40:31 That makes sense.
    0:40:35 Well, you can find Roman at AlphaX Logistics on YouTube.
    0:40:41 Check him out over there, learndispatch.com is the home base, learndispatch.com/sidehustle.
    0:40:46 If you want to learn more, there is a special discount there for Side Hustle Nation listeners.
    0:40:49 Let’s wrap this thing up with your number one tip for Side Hustle Nation.
    0:40:54 Well, my number one tip would be to concentrate on marketing.
    0:41:00 You can be great at truck dispatching, you can be great at any other business, but unless
    0:41:03 you can market your business, you are going to fail.
    0:41:10 So by learning marketing and how to sell your products and services, you will open up the
    0:41:15 opportunities for success for yourself.
    0:41:16 So learn about it.
    0:41:21 There’s tons of resources, tons of free resources, many books, many courses.
    0:41:23 Don’t be lazy.
    0:41:29 Learn how to market and sell your services and you definitely going to succeed in whatever
    0:41:30 field you are in.
    0:41:31 Yeah, absolutely.
    0:41:36 Perry Marshall calls it the tactical triangle of traffic conversion and economics.
    0:41:40 Conversion and how much can you sell, how many of your things can you sell, the economics,
    0:41:42 well, how much can you charge for that thing.
    0:41:44 But the cornerstone piece is that traffic.
    0:41:47 Like, you could have the best offer in the world, but if nobody knows about it, you’re
    0:41:48 not going to sell anything.
    0:41:51 So concentrate on that marketing love, that number one tip.
    0:41:55 The line that I wrote down was I stumbled into my dream and it may sound like an accident,
    0:42:00 but it was the result of being open to the next thing.
    0:42:04 It was the result of listening to the pain points of the owner operators, the drivers
    0:42:05 that you’re talking to.
    0:42:10 Like, hey, we could really use some help in this area and kind of being open to say, well,
    0:42:11 you know what?
    0:42:12 I can help solve that problem.
    0:42:15 If I may not know how to do it, I can figure that out and that’s kind of being the core
    0:42:20 skill of the entrepreneurs, figuring out the next thing and same idea with the content
    0:42:24 business, the education business, like being open to that, listening, well, we already
    0:42:25 have this material.
    0:42:28 How could we repurpose that in a unique way?
    0:42:29 So loved it.
    0:42:30 Took a ton of notes.
    0:42:32 Roman, thanks for joining me.
    0:42:33 Everybody tuning in.
    0:42:37 Your listener bonus for this week is my big list of 101 service business ideas.
    0:42:38 Hey, maybe dispatch isn’t your thing.
    0:42:41 That’s totally fine, but there’s lots of other service business ideas.
    0:42:45 You might be able to apply some of Roman’s tactics to.
    0:42:50 That is at sidehustlenation.com/roman or just follow the show notes link in the episode
    0:42:51 description.
    0:42:52 It’ll get you right over there.
    0:42:54 Big thanks to Roman for sharing his insight.
    0:42:57 Thanks to our sponsors for making this content free for everyone.
    0:43:02 You can hit up sidehustlenation.com/deals for all the latest offers from our sponsors
    0:43:03 in one place.
    0:43:04 That is it for me.
    0:43:06 Thank you so much for tuning in.
    0:43:10 Until next time, let’s go out there and make something happen and I’ll catch you in the
    0:43:13 next edition of The Side Hustle Show. Hustle on.
    0:43:21 [BLANK_AUDIO]

    One of the best ways to come up with business ideas is to start by solving your own problems.

    That’s exactly how today’s guest started his dispatching business.

    What started as a way to keep his trucks busy turned into a service business that serves other trucking companies.

    Roman was able to turn dispatching into a scalable process and now can work from wherever he wants.

    Find out how Roman created this niche-specific specialized service and scaled it with a team of virtual assistants.

    Full Show Notes: How to Start a Dispatch Business

    Listener Bonus: 101 Service Business Ideas

    New to the Show? Get your personalized money-making playlist here!

    Sponsors:

    Shopify — Sign up for a $1 per month trial!

    Indeed – Start hiring NOW with a $75 sponsored job credit to upgrade your job post!

  • Fast-Track Your Business w/ Virtual “Lunch and Learn” Workshops (Greatest Hits)

    AI transcript
    0:00:06 Here’s an oldie but a goodie from the archives from the Side Hustle show, greatest hits collection.
    0:00:09 What’s up, what’s up, Nick Loper here.
    0:00:15 Welcome to the Side Hustle show because building your own income streams, well, that’s the best way to recession-proof your life.
    0:00:19 One challenge that most new businesses face is the awareness problem.
    0:00:20 Nobody knows you exist.
    0:00:25 In this episode, you’ll learn the fast-track strategy to make that problem go away.
    0:00:29 How to build your email list quickly and connect with your ideal customers.
    0:00:31 Ready? Let’s do it.
    0:00:40 I haven’t had and still currently don’t have a big marketing budget for going and getting new clients.
    0:00:45 I don’t have thousands of dollars a month to run on ads and hope that it works.
    0:00:52 I also didn’t start out knowing a bunch of VP of marketing at big companies or knowing a bunch of founders or anything like that.
    0:01:00 You want to find yourself in this situation where you have an expertise and you can actually help a lot of brands but they don’t know you exist.
    0:01:10 When going through that process of how do I grow, how do I find places to market that will actually get me real clients that isn’t going to be a waste of time.
    0:01:19 This strategy of just getting in front of someone else’s established audience that already has an audience full of people who are potential clients for you.
    0:01:23 They have trust built with that other brand you’re partnering with.
    0:01:30 You can borrow that trust and get it placed on you when they bring you in to teach a workshop to all their people.
    0:01:35 It really helps establish trust with you a lot faster between you and their customers.
    0:01:43 That’s Dustin Lean from jumpxmarketing.com, an agency focused on email and SMS or text message marketing for e-commerce brands.
    0:01:51 We last heard from Dustin back in 2017 and he was just ramping up jumpx after shutting down his own physical product business.
    0:01:58 Since then, he’s grown it into a six-figure operation and he’s built it in such a way that it only requires part-time attention.
    0:02:01 One of his key drivers, partner workshops.
    0:02:10 These virtual lunch and learn sessions where he can showcase his expertise and build his client roster without advertising, without bidding for work.
    0:02:15 This works in just about any niche and in this episode, Dustin breaks down his exact process.
    0:02:20 So you can go out and apply it in your own business to help you keep track of the steps involved.
    0:02:25 I put together a free cheat sheet at sidehustlenation.com/dustin2.
    0:02:34 Once again, that’s at sidehustlenation.com/dustin2dustin and then the number two to grab that free partner workshop cheat sheet.
    0:02:36 Now, back to the interview.
    0:02:44 I want to replicate this thing, maybe for whatever freelance service or whatever agency service that I may have.
    0:02:49 How did you go about identifying your dream targets?
    0:02:53 Was it a dream 100 list? How did you go about saying, “Who should I first reach out to?”
    0:02:55 That’s funny you mentioned dream 100 list.
    0:02:57 Yeah, that actually is exactly what I did.
    0:03:00 But I didn’t quite make it to 100. It’s a lot to find.
    0:03:03 I guess backing up, there’s an avatar that has to be established first.
    0:03:05 You have to know who you’re actually trying to target.
    0:03:10 That’s another reason why I think freelancers or agencies that are niched down,
    0:03:15 not necessarily to something so specific that literally no product exists like that.
    0:03:27 If you’re trying to go so niche that you’re like, “I’m only going to help e-commerce brands that are selling garbage cans to women that are 54 years old living in Wyoming,”
    0:03:29 you’re not going to find any clients. It’s impossible.
    0:03:34 But niching down enough to where you can establish yourself as an expert is really useful.
    0:03:39 It helps you decide who these other brands and websites that you should partner with
    0:03:42 that actually is going to bring you the types of people you want.
    0:03:47 And it establishes kind of this trust that you’re not trying to pretend to know everything.
    0:03:50 I found myself in that position in the beginning and I kind of just niched down.
    0:03:55 And that’s why now it’s e-commerce, e-mail marketing, and SMS marketing.
    0:03:59 And it’s specifically for health and wellness brands. That’s all we work with.
    0:04:05 And it’s really help close clients easier because when you have those conversations or you’re teaching on a workshop or something,
    0:04:09 you know that those people know who you help and who you don’t help.
    0:04:15 So the ones that see themselves in the category that’s the exact right fit, they get really excited because they think,
    0:04:18 “Oh, that’s me. That’s exactly me.”
    0:04:24 And it helps them to trust you over a competitor who’s maybe claiming they can help everyone with everything.
    0:04:29 And that makes it, I imagine, an easier pitch. I would love to come and do an educational workshop
    0:04:34 on the seven critical elements of a killer e-mail campaign or something like that.
    0:04:37 How to grow your e-commerce e-mail list versus like,
    0:04:40 “Let’s just have a workshop about broad digital marketing strategies.”
    0:04:47 It seems like it’s much more actionable for the audience and for the potential audience conduit
    0:04:50 or who might be your influencer that you’re reaching out to.
    0:04:55 Dream 100, by the way, this comes from a book called “The Ultimate Sales Machine” by Chet Homes.
    0:04:58 It’s got a bright red cover. You can’t miss it.
    0:05:02 Highly recommended reading. And the Dream 100 is like your dream client list.
    0:05:06 Like, who would you love to partner with, work with, connect with in some way?
    0:05:10 And then you can kind of start chipping away at that and really focus all your energy on those people
    0:05:14 rather than every other client, every other potential connection under the sun
    0:05:17 because these are the ones that are really going to make or break your business.
    0:05:22 But let’s talk about those. Like, how did you identify those and then we’ll get into kind of the initial outreach?
    0:05:26 The first thing is getting really clear on who your customer is.
    0:05:30 Really the biggest main question is where are they already hanging out?
    0:05:36 Where are they online already? What other brand or website or company has…
    0:05:41 Maybe they have a really big budget and they’ve already spent the money to acquire the customers
    0:05:44 that you also want to acquire. So maybe it’s a software company.
    0:05:47 When you’re filling out that Dream 100 list of who to partner with,
    0:05:51 think about who has your exact same target audience but is not a competitor.
    0:05:55 And that brings us back to talking about why niching down is important
    0:06:01 because in my case, I’m doing email marketing and SMS marketing for e-commerce brands.
    0:06:07 Now, I can go to another agency even or someone who’s a blogger with a big audience
    0:06:11 but they teach about SEO, specifically SEO, for e-commerce.
    0:06:15 And now we’re not competitors so they don’t have to worry about me trying to siphon their audience
    0:06:18 for my business and I don’t have to worry about the same thing from them
    0:06:22 so we can actually form a good partnership, do a good workshop and cheer each other on
    0:06:26 instead of feeling like we have to compete because our target audience is the same.
    0:06:29 They’re also providing SMS and email marketing services.
    0:06:33 Like, why do we want to put this guy in front of our email list in front of our audience?
    0:06:36 But that makes total sense. I remember Joshua Lysik.
    0:06:40 We did an episode on the OPA plan, other people’s audiences where he was doing these
    0:06:44 in-person virtual lunch and learns for his copywriting business
    0:06:47 or web design, web development business back in the day.
    0:06:50 And it was like, I target kind of local small business owners
    0:06:54 so he would reach out to accounting offices, legal offices in his town
    0:06:56 and bring people in that way.
    0:07:01 It’s like, these companies don’t offer what I do but their customers need this
    0:07:03 or their customers might want to learn this.
    0:07:07 And so he follows kind of same strategy as on an in-person basis.
    0:07:09 But let’s say, okay, now you have your list.
    0:07:13 I like this, software companies, bloggers, online influencers, even YouTubers,
    0:07:18 people who may have a list with some of your target customers on it,
    0:07:20 even other agencies if they’re not direct competitors.
    0:07:22 What’s the initial outreach?
    0:07:26 Like, hey, I’m just curious to see what that email or direct message might look like.
    0:07:29 Definitely varies. It comes down to a few key things.
    0:07:33 One thing that I believe is that there’s no such thing as a good cold email.
    0:07:35 You can read all kinds of blog posts or watch YouTube videos
    0:07:37 on how to write the perfect cold email.
    0:07:39 But I just don’t believe that even exists.
    0:07:42 Anything that feels cold is cold and doesn’t get open.
    0:07:45 The cold emails that do well are actually warm emails.
    0:07:48 So if it’s someone you don’t know, which in most cases it’s going to be,
    0:07:51 you have to find a way to make it feel warmer.
    0:07:57 So a good example of this is when you’re making your list of people to reach out to
    0:07:59 teach these workshops in front of their audience.
    0:08:03 Think about what services you’ve already used or what blogs you already read
    0:08:06 to stay on top of some of this stuff for yourself.
    0:08:09 And then that way, when you’re reaching out, you can say,
    0:08:12 “Hey, I listen to your podcast every week.
    0:08:14 I love it this last episode with so-and-so.”
    0:08:17 Really made me look at my business differently in this way and that way.
    0:08:19 And it really helped. And I just wanted to say thank you.
    0:08:24 So that’s a really easy way to give a compliment that’s genuine and authentic.
    0:08:27 But that just makes it feel warmer. It makes it feel like there’s some kind of connection.
    0:08:30 You know who they are even if they don’t know who you are yet.
    0:08:34 And that helps that opening line get read and the email continue to be read
    0:08:37 instead of it going straight into the trash.
    0:08:40 Right. I’m trying to think of cold emails that I get.
    0:08:43 And they do a good job of making it feel warmer.
    0:08:45 “Hey, Nick. Long time listener here.”
    0:08:46 Something like that.
    0:08:49 Yeah, that gets my attention versus some random…
    0:08:50 And now, of course, I’m going to get…
    0:08:53 That’s going to be the first line of every email that I get.
    0:08:55 Yeah, sorry.
    0:08:58 The other element here that might be worth looking into…
    0:09:00 And this is something that I try and do.
    0:09:04 If there’s a guest that I want to get on is looking for mutual connections.
    0:09:07 I said, “Hey, would you mind passing along an intro?”
    0:09:09 So through Facebook, through LinkedIn,
    0:09:14 you’re probably only one or two degrees of separation away from anybody.
    0:09:18 So I imagine that may be another way to make that introduction a little bit warmer.
    0:09:21 But what else do you have on this outreach and pitch part?
    0:09:23 That’s probably even better in most cases,
    0:09:27 is if you know somebody who can give an intro, kind of vouch for you.
    0:09:29 The other thing to think about is…
    0:09:32 I learned this from Noah Kagan and it just stuck with me.
    0:09:36 He said, “Always remember whiffed. What’s in it for them?”
    0:09:38 So I always think about that when I’m writing an email,
    0:09:41 is look at how many times you wrote “I” in your email.
    0:09:43 Like, how many sentences start with the word “I”?
    0:09:47 Like, “I listen to your podcast. I want to partner with you.
    0:09:50 I think that I will do a great job.”
    0:09:54 Your email is so focused on you that it’s not even providing any value
    0:09:56 to the person you’re trying to partner with.
    0:09:59 Because at the end of the day, if it’s not a win for you,
    0:10:02 a win for the partner and a win for their audience,
    0:10:05 then it’s a lose. It has to be a win-win-win.
    0:10:08 So focusing on what’s in it for them.
    0:10:10 And it doesn’t mean you can’t talk about yourself a little bit
    0:10:12 because you need to to establish some credibility
    0:10:15 and you need to say, “I’m reaching out because…”
    0:10:19 You know, there’s this specific topic that I know a lot about
    0:10:22 and, you know, I get really good results for our clients
    0:10:24 and I think that your audience would get a ton out of this.
    0:10:27 So, like, that’s the value then is I think your audience
    0:10:30 would get a lot of value out of this because…
    0:10:33 And so always keep getting it there as fast as possible
    0:10:35 so that they start to think, you know,
    0:10:37 “Is this actually good for my audience?”
    0:10:40 And so if you can establish that it’s good for them and their audience,
    0:10:43 they’re a lot more likely to say yes,
    0:10:46 which is kind of the third and final part of cold emails,
    0:10:50 or I should say warm emails, is making it as easy as possible to say yes.
    0:10:52 If you have a specific pitch for them,
    0:10:55 break down exactly how it’s going to go.
    0:10:57 And in this case, workshops, you know, breaking down,
    0:10:59 you know, “I want to teach this workshop.
    0:11:01 Here are the topics that I want to cover.
    0:11:04 The way we can use my software, I already pay for it.
    0:11:05 You don’t have to pay for it.
    0:11:07 I will build the landing page.
    0:11:10 I will create email copy that I’ll send to you
    0:11:12 to send out to your audience so you don’t have to write it.
    0:11:14 You know, I’ll create a graphic and send it to you
    0:11:16 so you can post it on social media.
    0:11:18 Put things in there to assure them
    0:11:21 that this isn’t going to be a laborious project for them
    0:11:23 and that you’re going to handle all of the hard work.
    0:11:26 All they have to do is help you promote to their audience
    0:11:29 and get the pats on the back.
    0:11:31 Still to come in this episode,
    0:11:34 what Dustin calls the magic sauce for his business,
    0:11:36 how he structures his workshops,
    0:11:41 and the soft sell way he converts attendees into paying clients.
    0:11:46 That’s the sound of another sale on your online Shopify store.
    0:11:49 But did you know Shopify powers in-person selling too?
    0:11:50 It’s true.
    0:11:52 Shopify is the sound of selling everywhere,
    0:11:56 online, in-store, on social media, and beyond.
    0:12:00 Shopify POS is your command center for your retail store.
    0:12:02 That means you can accept payments, manage inventory,
    0:12:06 and track every sale across your business in one place.
    0:12:08 With Shopify, you get a powerhouse selling partner
    0:12:10 that helps you drive store traffic
    0:12:13 with plug-and-play tools built for marketing campaigns
    0:12:15 from TikTok to Instagram and beyond.
    0:12:17 You can take payments by smartphone,
    0:12:20 transform your tablet into a point-of-sale system,
    0:12:23 or use Shopify’s POS Go mobile device
    0:12:25 for a battle-tested solution.
    0:12:27 Plus, Shopify’s award-winning help
    0:12:30 is there to support your success every step of the way.
    0:12:32 So do retail right with Shopify.
    0:12:35 Go ahead, sign up for a $1 per month trial period
    0:12:38 at Shopify.com/sidehustle.
    0:12:39 That’s all lowercase.
    0:12:42 Go to Shopify.com/sidehustle
    0:12:45 to take your retail business to the next level today.
    0:12:49 Shopify.com/sidehustle.
    0:12:52 Okay, do you ever get anybody coming back to you and say,
    0:12:56 “Yeah, that sounds good, but I want a 50% referral commission
    0:12:58 on anything you sell off the back end?”
    0:13:01 And you’re like, “Well, it’s an agency, so the margins.”
    0:13:04 It’s a little more tricky than a digital product.
    0:13:07 Do you get that kind of like, “Oh, I want a piece of the action?”
    0:13:08 Man, you know, it’s funny.
    0:13:11 I don’t think I’ve ever gotten someone reply with that,
    0:13:13 but that is something that I offer sometimes,
    0:13:16 depending on who I’m actually doing one next week,
    0:13:19 next Thursday, where we have an agreement
    0:13:21 of how much, you know, how we’ll split the commission.
    0:13:24 So like you said, it’s a fine line with margins on an agency.
    0:13:26 You can’t give away everything,
    0:13:28 or it’s not worth it, of course.
    0:13:30 But one thing that I do is I, like,
    0:13:32 I also have some digital products and stuff.
    0:13:35 So sometimes that’ll be a part of what the workshop is.
    0:13:37 In that case, if it’s a digital product,
    0:13:39 I mean, it’s pretty much 100% margin, right?
    0:13:42 So I can give them 50%, and that’s no problem at all to me.
    0:13:46 I’d much rather pay 50% of a $100 product
    0:13:48 for everything that’s sold
    0:13:51 to people that I never would have gotten in front of, to begin with,
    0:13:54 or I would have had to spend $99 to get in front of them
    0:13:56 to sell them a $100 product.
    0:13:59 It’s still a better deal than straight advertising.
    0:14:03 So on the agency side, what we do is a $500 referral.
    0:14:07 So if we get a client and they stick with us for at least three months,
    0:14:10 which everyone is contractually obligated to stick with us for at least three months,
    0:14:13 so that’s easy enough, then we pay out $500.
    0:14:17 That’s a nice way to push someone over the edge who isn’t quite sure,
    0:14:20 or maybe they have a really big audience and they have a tight calendar.
    0:14:23 That’s a nice way to kind of squeeze yourself into their calendar.
    0:14:24 Okay, that makes sense.
    0:14:27 So most people are not necessarily looking for that
    0:14:29 or asking for that upfront,
    0:14:33 but it can be a way to sweeten the deal.
    0:14:36 Especially, like you said, if they’re giving you a warm introduction to their audience
    0:14:39 and you’re making money off of that, then you make it a win for them.
    0:14:43 And we’ve talked about different strategic complementary partnerships.
    0:14:46 I think this is an interesting way to do that too.
    0:14:52 Anything else on the outreach in pitchfront that you have seen deliver success?
    0:14:55 One example is this isn’t necessarily a strategy to seek out
    0:14:58 because you can’t really, it’s kind of more of an inbound type of thing,
    0:15:02 but I recently had a software company set up a call with me
    0:15:08 to pitch me on using their software for my clients in the call.
    0:15:11 I guess just looking for opportunities to pitch also.
    0:15:15 So on the call, I said we actually already do have some clients that use your software.
    0:15:18 And the other ones, I will definitely put it in front of them
    0:15:20 and tell them the pros and cons of using it.
    0:15:23 What do you think about also doing a workshop in front of your audience?
    0:15:28 That was the fastest 2000 email subscribers I’ve ever gotten in my life.
    0:15:33 It was just from this software company that was pitching me,
    0:15:37 just being able to say, honestly, we already use you, so this is great.
    0:15:39 Let’s do something together.
    0:15:41 And it was able to give a lot of value back to them
    0:15:44 and teach their software to their customers.
    0:15:49 So looking for opportunities to pitch where it’s kind of a no brainer, yes.
    0:15:50 It really comes in handy.
    0:15:53 So keeping it top of mind and not always thinking just about,
    0:15:55 it’s not all about going straight for the sale.
    0:15:57 Sometimes it’s trying to do these workshops
    0:16:00 and keeping it top of mind how you can partner with different companies.
    0:16:03 Yeah, I like this a lot, especially the software angle.
    0:16:08 We’ve talked about the software with a service business model, business angle before.
    0:16:13 We’ve seen people do this with Asana and QuickBooks and Salesforce
    0:16:15 and your SEM rush and all these different ones.
    0:16:19 Where it’s like, if I’m an Atrus customer, for example, for SEO and keyword research,
    0:16:22 Atrus doesn’t have, at least to my knowledge,
    0:16:25 an in-house team where they’re like, we’ll just do it for you.
    0:16:28 So it’s like, that might be, if you’re an SEO service provider,
    0:16:32 if you’re an agency to reach out to them as just as an example to say,
    0:16:36 hey, I want to teach people how to use your software better.
    0:16:39 Or so, you know, here’s seven things you didn’t know you could do
    0:16:41 in this tool to skyrocket your thing.
    0:16:43 Because a certain percentage of that audience is going to be like,
    0:16:45 that sounds super cool.
    0:16:47 I just don’t have the time to do it myself.
    0:16:48 How could you do it for me?
    0:16:51 And that’s like your ideal customers are like this software company angle,
    0:16:56 like piggybacking on the popularity of an existing software and existing audience.
    0:17:00 In your email, you say, I’m going to make it as easy for them as possible to say,
    0:17:05 yes, we’ll use my hosting software, you use my landing page, anything like that.
    0:17:08 What does a tech stack look like today?
    0:17:12 What makes the most sense for you for email collection, for webinar hosting, all that stuff?
    0:17:14 For my website, I use Webflow.
    0:17:15 I used to use WordPress.
    0:17:16 I still really like WordPress.
    0:17:18 I think I have a couple of sites on WordPress.
    0:17:23 But Webflow has been really cool as far as being able to drag and drop design a little bit easier
    0:17:25 and make it look a little cleaner.
    0:17:27 So I’ve been enjoying using that.
    0:17:32 So I’ll pair that with ConvertKit is what I use for email capture, things like that.
    0:17:37 And obviously for the email marketing side of things, which ties into the workshops
    0:17:43 because in the workshops, there’s always a call to action for them to go opt into something.
    0:17:48 And then there’s drip campaigns that come after that to help me close sales that way.
    0:17:54 For the actual webinar, I use Webinar Ninja, which I’ve been really happy with so far.
    0:18:00 Competitive on their pricing and the streamability is really strong for the most part.
    0:18:04 And also when I build landing pages, I just use Webinar Ninja’s landing page
    0:18:08 for signing up for the workshops when it works really well.
    0:18:12 So they have good kind of automated emails after people register.
    0:18:17 It sends them a sequence of emails like you’re registered, here’s your information, all that kind of stuff.
    0:18:21 And I like that you can go in and edit those and you can add more or subtract.
    0:18:26 So they have a lot of Webinar Ninja does a good job of getting you 90% of the way there.
    0:18:31 And then you can kind of just add in the extra little parts that you want to make it personal for you and your business.
    0:18:37 Okay. So the process flow would be this outreach and pitch like, hey, I’d like to host this workshop.
    0:18:42 Here’s the email copy to send people out to all build the landing page.
    0:18:47 People register for it on that landing page after your partner sends out that email.
    0:18:50 And it’s like, here’s the date and time enter your email to register.
    0:18:57 At least for my business, that’s the magic sauce is if you can be the one who hosts the workshop yourself
    0:19:00 using your software and having it go to your email list.
    0:19:08 That’s not always the case, especially with bigger brands or bigger software companies who don’t want you to have their customer data,
    0:19:15 which I can understand a lot of software companies like really big ones, they already do workshops like they’ll do monthly workshops.
    0:19:17 So they kind of already have a system for it.
    0:19:21 So you’re really just pitching yourself to be one of those guest workshop people.
    0:19:28 They already have it all figured out and that’s great too, because you can go on there and still get in front of thousands of people in an hour.
    0:19:37 But I really like when I can control the setup process and collect those emails because then even the people who,
    0:19:43 let’s say you get in front of 300 people that signed up for the webinar and maybe you get one sale out of it.
    0:19:44 That’s still awesome.
    0:19:50 But what’s more awesome is now you have 299 other email addresses that you can put into a drip campaign.
    0:19:57 I’m explaining more about your business or teaching them so that they become more comfortable with you for when they are ready to work with you.
    0:20:00 They work with somebody, they pick you, you can put them in your newsletter.
    0:20:04 So it’s just establishing that relationship even stronger.
    0:20:07 So if you can set it up yourself, it’s great.
    0:20:13 And a lot of companies appreciate it because they might not have the internal teams to even know how to do that.
    0:20:15 Maybe they’ve never done a webinar in their life.
    0:20:17 So it seems daunting.
    0:20:22 So to come in and say, “Don’t worry, I’ll handle all the tech,” is really a big win for a lot of brands.
    0:20:30 Yeah, totally. That would be me. I don’t know if I’ve been on the hosting side of a webinar co-hosted lots, but never been the one to fully run and set up the whole thing.
    0:20:36 Going back, especially the company that already has, “Oh, we do a monthly webinar for our customers already.”
    0:20:37 That’s a fantastic target.
    0:20:41 And Tailwind comes to mind as a Pinterest scheduling software.
    0:20:44 You have some killer Pinterest strategy that might be worthy of sharing.
    0:20:50 Or you’re like, “Here’s how to design eye-catching video pins in Canva,” or something like that might be compelling for them.
    0:20:53 Active Campaign comes to mind as well.
    0:20:57 Here’s the crazy, simple sales funnel that works for me in Active Campaign.
    0:21:06 I don’t know. Maybe they’re already doing this, and it’s easier to insert yourself into their existing process rather than have them create a new process for you or do this totally one-off thing.
    0:21:16 So that was Webflow, Drag and Drop, Website Builder, ConvertKit for the email capture, WebinarNinja for the hosting and scheduling of the workshop itself.
    0:21:19 Any other must-have tools for you to make this happen?
    0:21:20 A couple more I was thinking about.
    0:21:23 One is just something like Keynote or Google Slides or PowerPoint, whatever.
    0:21:25 It’s not something to make some slides.
    0:21:28 I just find it easier to teach that way on the workshops.
    0:21:37 But then for the outreach part, sometimes you can identify easily what company you want to partner with or pitch for doing a workshop, but you can’t find the right person.
    0:21:38 And so that comes up a lot.
    0:21:47 It’s like, “I know I want to partner with Clavio. It’s a big company. I can’t just email their CEO or founder. It’s not going to work.”
    0:21:50 So a tool that I like to use is called Hunter.io.
    0:21:53 You can create a free account and it does plenty, in my opinion.
    0:21:56 I don’t even know what their paid one does, but anyway, I use the free one.
    0:22:08 And you can just type in any URL and they will scrape the internet and see what email addresses are set up for that and give you a list of their titles if they can find it.
    0:22:12 It’ll say, “Director of Marketing is this person and here’s their email address.”
    0:22:19 If they can’t find that detailed information, they will help you figure out how to guess the person’s…
    0:22:23 Maybe they can find the people’s names, but they’re not 100% sure on what the email is.
    0:22:29 They’ll say, “Well, this is their name and we think it’s firstname.lastname at whatever…”
    0:22:32 Yeah, at the company, as the common email structure at this company.
    0:22:33 Okay.
    0:22:34 Right. So it helps you guess.
    0:22:41 And then you can just go on LinkedIn and find who the active director of marketing or whoever is, director of content, something like that.
    0:22:46 And then now you have their name, you have the email structure, so you can just guess their email accurately.
    0:22:53 I mean, that’s been really, really useful because trying to go through info at or something like that or a contact form, you’re never going to get there.
    0:22:54 Yeah, you’re not going to get anywhere.
    0:22:55 That’s actually really helpful.
    0:23:00 I remember this was like long ago in the SideHustle show archives.
    0:23:03 It was like, I was trying to figure out how to get sponsors for the show.
    0:23:08 And so my genius idea was to have a virtual assistant go through other business shows.
    0:23:12 They made this big list of companies that were already advertising.
    0:23:16 And I picked the five or six that I liked and thought would be a good fit.
    0:23:21 And from there, the process kind of stalled out because I couldn’t find the right decision makers at these companies.
    0:23:29 And occasionally you’d get a reply back of like, “Well, you know, we buy through this agency or it was much more difficult than I thought I was a genius.”
    0:23:32 Like, “Oh, this is going to be a fantastic way to sell some ad spots.”
    0:23:38 But it’s a really important point is it’s one thing to come up with your target list, your dream 100 list, so to speak.
    0:23:45 But another thing to find the person who has the authority to say yes, like how to find the right decision maker at that place.
    0:23:48 So hunter.io, cool resource to check out there.
    0:23:50 Anything else on the tech and tools front?
    0:23:51 Nope, that’s it.
    0:23:52 That’s what I use.
    0:24:06 I’m curious about the webinar structure or if there’s any resources to learn what makes a good presentation in terms of what’s five minutes of intro and 45 minutes of educational content and 10 minutes of call to action.
    0:24:08 Like, what kind of structure have you found to work best?
    0:24:15 What’s worked best for me has been, well, first of all, focusing on making it a workshop and not a webinar.
    0:24:26 And I mean, essentially, it’s the same thing, but the mentality of a webinar is usually like, “I’m going to use this workaround way to try to pitch people to work with me or buy my thing.”
    0:24:28 It can work, sure, but…
    0:24:30 Do you think marketers have just ruined the term?
    0:24:31 Like, marketers have ruined…
    0:24:32 Yeah, absolutely.
    0:24:33 Marketers ruin everything.
    0:24:35 And I know because I am one.
    0:24:41 It’s like anything that’s good and pure gets distorted as fast as possible.
    0:24:43 Now it’s not even a workshop.
    0:24:45 Now it’s like masterclass is like the next one.
    0:24:46 Yeah.
    0:24:47 No, that’s funny.
    0:24:49 I don’t even call my courses courses anymore.
    0:24:52 I started calling them either masterclasses or I’ll call them like a mini course.
    0:24:57 Like I’m trying to like find new terms so people don’t have these like weird associations from the past.
    0:24:58 Yeah.
    0:25:07 So I think of them as workshops and I pitched them as workshops and all of the verbiage leading up to it is saying your free online workshop is starting like things like that.
    0:25:15 And that bleeds into the content of it as well because the goal is to make sure they can learn something that they can apply immediately after they’re done.
    0:25:20 Where a lot of content dies is when it’s too much all at once.
    0:25:27 And someone has to try to absorb what you’re telling them and you’re telling them 10 different things and they have to try to apply it to their business in their head.
    0:25:31 And then they have to try to figure out how to do all 10 things and then they get the results.
    0:25:40 But in this case, I like to just teach them something they can actually go use because I find the best clients come from people who are willing to take action on advice.
    0:25:43 So it’s almost like a good filter for finding the right clients.
    0:25:47 So structure wise, I try not to go over an hour.
    0:25:52 Typically what I’ll do is about it ends up being like maybe six or seven minutes of an intro.
    0:25:55 I’ll start with here’s what we’re going to cover.
    0:26:01 I’ll tell them this is a workshop, not something to passively watch and I’ll tell them I want them to take notes.
    0:26:08 I’ll tell them that I’ll send them the replay afterward, but I want them to take notes and I want them to write down questions because we’re going to do Q&A at the end.
    0:26:12 So I make it very much feel like this is a workshop where you’re doing something right now.
    0:26:15 You’re not just half listening while you’re making dinner or something.
    0:26:17 I want them to be engaged.
    0:26:26 And so about five or six minutes of intro and then we’ll go into teaching and I’ll typically try to start with here’s the common problem.
    0:26:28 Here’s why it’s a problem.
    0:26:33 If you continue to try to do it the way you’re doing it, here’s what you’ll be missing out on.
    0:26:37 Here’s how most people try to solve this problem, but here’s why that doesn’t work.
    0:26:40 Then here’s the actual solution of what you should do.
    0:26:43 And so that’s kind of the order that I try to keep it as far as how to teach.
    0:26:49 And then I try to show as many screenshots as possible if it’s something technical, because again, you know, I’m going to give them this recording.
    0:26:51 So I can remind them, here’s a visual.
    0:26:52 You’re going to have this.
    0:26:54 So don’t worry if you’re not absorbing it right now.
    0:26:57 Focus on writing what makes sense to you.
    0:26:59 I ask a lot of questions too.
    0:27:04 I try to ask a question at least every three slides and I ask them to kind of respond in the chat.
    0:27:11 One, it helps me when I’m teaching because you kind of feel like you’re in a silo because nobody else can, you’re not seeing any other faces.
    0:27:13 You’re not hearing anybody else.
    0:27:16 If no one’s engaging at all, you just feel like you’re talking to a wall.
    0:27:20 When really people are probably really engaged and interested, but you just don’t know that.
    0:27:32 So I try to ask questions every three slides or so, and it keeps them engaged and it can help me kind of redirect if I’m getting too technical on accident or something I said didn’t make sense.
    0:27:46 I can kind of ear note those questions for the Q&A section and then toward the end, every workshop I do, I give a link to some kind of bonus resource that’s directly related to how they can go do this thing right after we get off.
    0:27:49 I taught one recently on abandon cart sequences.
    0:27:54 So it was how to set up your abandon cart sequence in 30 minutes or less.
    0:27:57 And so it’s a really specific thing we’re trying to solve.
    0:28:00 It’s not a super big trying to teach them everything at once.
    0:28:02 It’s one specific thing.
    0:28:10 And so the bonus resource was email scripts that they could just copy and paste into their email provider so that the work was done for them already.
    0:28:14 And they could just put it in there, push, go and watch the results come in.
    0:28:20 That’s kind of the approach I take there is I don’t typically pitch services on these workshops.
    0:28:26 My goal is to teach them something useful they can use immediately and then capture their email.
    0:28:37 Those are my two goals because if I capture their email, then they go into a drip sequence for me to pitch them services later after they’ve kind of already got their feet wet and seeing that it works.
    0:28:39 If they try what I say, it’ll work.
    0:28:42 In the case where you didn’t collect it up front through the invite.
    0:28:43 Right.
    0:28:46 So yeah, if it’s already collected, then I still do the bonus thing just because it’s helpful.
    0:28:51 Yeah, really the process doesn’t change whether I collected their emails, you know, whether I hosted it or I didn’t.
    0:28:56 The process stays the same, but the results are just usually bigger if I can collect the email list on top of it.
    0:28:57 This is cool.
    0:29:06 And this is kind of in contrast to a Russell Brunson expert secrets style webinar with, you know, here are the limiting beliefs that we have to overcome.
    0:29:09 It’s like, no, here’s the problem, the technical problem you’re facing in your business.
    0:29:11 Here’s why what you’re doing is not working.
    0:29:13 Here’s the trend line of you keep doing what you’re doing.
    0:29:16 But the good news is, oh, by the way, you can do it yourself.
    0:29:19 Here’s how our clients are getting it done or here’s how we’re doing it for clients.
    0:29:26 I imagine kind of working in those type of soft cells, like just letting people know that it is something that you do versus by my thing.
    0:29:30 We don’t buy my $10,000 thing at the end of the lesson here.
    0:29:36 I still do workshops or webinars where I’ll pitch a $99 product or something or even a couple hundred bucks.
    0:29:43 But I find it, I don’t think I’ve ever closed anything over 1500 bucks using the webinar in my life.
    0:29:54 So trying to pitch agency services that are in the three to five thousand a month range over a webinar is a pretty tough pitch in 45 minutes to an hour.
    0:30:01 But if I can be really helpful, yeah, you know, in the beginning when I’m talking about who I am so that they, my favorite line is just to tell them like,
    0:30:05 you shouldn’t believe everything you hear on the internet because anyone can lie over the internet.
    0:30:07 So don’t take my word for it.
    0:30:09 Just like, these are the clients we’ve worked with.
    0:30:11 Here are the results we’ve gotten for them.
    0:30:14 Now, you know, you can probably trust me and now let’s move on.
    0:30:23 And it kind of helps establish early that I’m not trying to calm them and that I recognize there’s a little bit of trust imbalance that we’re going to have to work through.
    0:30:29 But that I have actual expertise and I’ve worked with real clients and that lets them know that they can work with me as well if they choose to do so.
    0:30:36 But it’s in a way, like you said, where it’s a little bit more of a soft approach to where I can focus on teaching them.
    0:30:44 Because at the end of the day, trying to do services for people, a good service solves one of three problems or ideally multiple of these three problems,
    0:30:52 which is you’re either saving them time, you’re saving them money or making them money, or you’re improving the quality of their life in some way.
    0:30:58 In this case, you’re not going to ruin your chances of closing a client if you teach them how to do one thing on their own.
    0:31:01 And if they can do the one thing on their own, then they don’t need to hire you anyway.
    0:31:02 It’s not a good fit.
    0:31:10 So getting that out of my head early was important of not worrying if I was going to disqualify myself by teaching someone to do something themselves.
    0:31:20 Because chances are they’re either going to be overwhelmed by it anyway and want help, or they are very capable and can do it themselves in which case, wonderful, great, help somebody today.
    0:31:26 Or they’re going to, maybe they do understand how to do it, they just don’t have the time to do it, so they’ll hire.
    0:31:31 There’s really no reason to not just full-on teach everything you can, teach everything you know.
    0:31:38 It’s only going to build the confidence of people around you that you are the right person to hire for current or future projects.
    0:31:40 Yeah, this is a list-building play.
    0:31:44 This is a credibility and authority-building play, trust-building play.
    0:31:49 I think there’s a lot to this that has really worked out well in your favor.
    0:31:55 More with Dustin in just a moment, including overcoming the imposter syndrome of actually hosting your first workshop.
    0:32:04 What happened when his worst-case scenario moment came true and how he successfully transitions educational viewers into paying customers right after this?
    0:32:08 Tell me about getting psyched up before doing the first one.
    0:32:12 I’m just like, “Oh, what am I going to talk about? Who am I to teach this stuff?”
    0:32:17 I imagine some people are like, “This all sounds cool, but they’re still facing some of that imposter syndrome.”
    0:32:21 I always get a little bit nervous. I feel like if you’re not a little nervous, you probably don’t care.
    0:32:26 Nerves are an okay signal, but for me, what helps is just being prepared.
    0:32:29 The more prepared you are with your slides and your material,
    0:32:33 and ultimately, as long as you know what you’re talking about, which presumably you do,
    0:32:36 if you have services for somebody that you’re going to do for them,
    0:32:40 then you don’t have too much to worry about because this is kind of your zone.
    0:32:44 If people are showing up to your workshop and they know what the topic is ahead of time,
    0:32:48 so if they’re showing up for it, it’s because your name was already on the landing page.
    0:32:54 They know that you are going to teach them this thing, and you can assume they don’t know how to do that thing yet.
    0:33:00 That helps me at least to remember that I don’t have to be an expert at everything for everyone,
    0:33:05 but to these people who signed up, I’m an expert to them on this one thing.
    0:33:11 I can let go of the ego of assuming I have to be an expert at everything to teach anything.
    0:33:14 I was going to say, even if they do end up taking action,
    0:33:19 like you said, maybe I’d be afraid of, well, if I show people how to do it themselves,
    0:33:23 nobody’s going to hire me, but like you said, going back to your abandoned cart example,
    0:33:29 if you can deliver some wins on this one very specific email process, email sequence,
    0:33:31 and they see some positive results from that,
    0:33:35 it’s like, well, maybe we ought to get back in touch for what else have you got?
    0:33:38 What else have you got for the rest of these emails that we should be sending?
    0:33:40 How do we collect more, all this stuff?
    0:33:46 Are there any surprises, mistakes, disasters along the way outside of the ever-present technical problems with webinars?
    0:33:48 Can anybody hear me type of stuff?
    0:33:50 Oh yeah, I had a bad one.
    0:33:55 I had a bad one about, it was really kind of a worst case scenario, which was good though, I got through it.
    0:33:59 But about, I think it was like three months ago, I was doing, it was definitely one of the bigger,
    0:34:01 if not the biggest one I’ve ever done.
    0:34:05 I think there were 11 or 1200 people on live with me.
    0:34:09 That was a bit of a freak out moment just for a second because I was looking at the screen
    0:34:14 and I was like, I know that the process is exactly the same, whether there’s one person over there or like a million.
    0:34:19 It doesn’t really matter, but there’s a lot of people staring at me right now.
    0:34:24 And so that was a little bit of a panic moment, but got past that and I was like, it’s going to go fine.
    0:34:27 I’m prepared, let’s go, got into it, it was going great.
    0:34:30 And then there was one part where the brand that I was partnering with,
    0:34:36 they were asking me to do like a live screen share and walk through how to use part of their tool.
    0:34:41 And I had practiced and it worked fine, but then of course, when it was with a thousand people watching,
    0:34:46 as soon as I hit the screen share button, the whole thing crashed.
    0:34:49 And I couldn’t see anything, nobody could see me.
    0:34:51 I didn’t know if people could hear me still or not.
    0:34:57 And then I was getting emails and texts from the brand, from their director of marketing and he was freaking out.
    0:34:58 Dude, where did you go?
    0:35:00 He’s like, we can’t see, we can’t hear you, where are you?
    0:35:01 Everyone’s leaving.
    0:35:03 I was like, I don’t know how to tell you.
    0:35:09 So I just rebooted my computer, took like six or seven minutes, which is kind of an eternity when you’re on a webinar.
    0:35:13 And like, of course, you assume people will drop out, but got back in.
    0:35:22 And to my surprise, I think only about something like 7% of people left and everyone else stayed and waited,
    0:35:24 which I thought was super cool.
    0:35:27 It made me feel good about the value being provided there.
    0:35:29 But that was a pretty big blunder.
    0:35:32 I don’t think the brand appreciating that one very much.
    0:35:37 Yeah, those types of technical challenges, especially when you got a bunch of people staring at you in the face.
    0:35:38 That’s one reason I like podcasting.
    0:35:39 Hey, we’re not live.
    0:35:40 We can edit it.
    0:35:43 In fact, if the call drops out, nobody has to know.
    0:35:47 Yeah, it’s a whole new skill set to deliver anything live.
    0:35:48 This has been awesome.
    0:35:50 I really appreciate you sharing kind of that stuff.
    0:35:56 And it sounds like just kind of leaving it with the call to action being like, hey, make sure to go grab this bonus versus press hard.
    0:35:58 I only have three clients available for next month.
    0:36:00 Like, you know, make sure you sign up here.
    0:36:01 Is that correct?
    0:36:08 Yeah, and really just making sure that that bonus is in good alignment with the service that you offer and with what you taught during that workshop.
    0:36:15 It just helps keep that cohesiveness together so people know what your niche is and they know that they’re a good fit for you.
    0:36:23 After the webinar, you’re sending out the replay and people who did opt in are added to kind of a welcome onboarding sequence.
    0:36:30 Can you give us just a brief sense of what type of messages you’re sending those people after attending?
    0:36:32 It’s really at least the one that I use.
    0:36:33 It’s not super long.
    0:36:42 I think it’s four emails, but it really is just doubling down on what we talked about on the workshop and reminding them like actually go use that resource.
    0:36:51 And that’s a good place to work in like our clients at put a link to your website, use this and got these results in the last few months.
    0:36:52 Like it’ll work for you too.
    0:36:57 So kind of using a reminder method there of like we do this for clients.
    0:37:01 It will work for you whether you hire us or not, but you can certainly hire us.
    0:37:08 I use a very teaching heavy focus, but then making sure to have like a or this is how I do it.
    0:37:16 I guess I should say I have my main call to action on sales type drip emails is just to go book an exploration call.
    0:37:18 I use tidy Cal for mine.
    0:37:20 There’s a bunch of them out there Cal and Lee.
    0:37:21 What’s the one that you use?
    0:37:27 I really liked it when I use it schedule once I bought tidy Cal because it was $15 AppSumo lifetime deal.
    0:37:29 I just haven’t like fully switched over to it.
    0:37:30 Yeah, yeah, it’s pretty good.
    0:37:32 Yeah, I like the one that you use too.
    0:37:42 But the main thing with that too is making sure people feel because just remember how many pitches people get like business owners get pitched stuff all the time from people trying to sell them on stuff.
    0:37:49 So if you can be the person that’s there to be helpful and there to be a resource, you’re much more likely to get the win with that client.
    0:37:52 I have a short questionnaire that they fill out just to make sure it’s the right fit.
    0:37:55 And that all just happens straight through tidy Cal when they’re signing up.
    0:38:00 It just asks them, you understand this is a 3000 plus dollar service.
    0:38:03 Like in theory, if this was a good fit, do you have the budget for that?
    0:38:04 Yes or no.
    0:38:08 It kind of just helps the process move along a better and it shows transparency.
    0:38:13 And then I like to have something in there that says, you know, just so you know, we’ll talk about your business.
    0:38:17 No matter what, you’re going to leave with some wins that you can go back and apply.
    0:38:20 If it’s not a right fit, I will tell you that it’s not a right fit.
    0:38:22 But if it is, I’ll tell you that it is.
    0:38:24 And then you have to stick true to that.
    0:38:30 You have to actually be willing to tell a potential client that it’s a bad fit and that they shouldn’t work with you.
    0:38:33 And that’s how you keep credibility in an industry.
    0:38:39 Yeah. Okay. I like that using that, you know, just blog and that’s always a frustration point for companies.
    0:38:40 You’re just researching.
    0:38:43 If you’re not putting your pricing on the website, fine.
    0:38:47 But I don’t also want to waste your time if it’s just like you’re completely out of my league.
    0:38:48 Well, what’s your budget?
    0:38:49 That’s like my least favorite question.
    0:38:50 What’s your budget?
    0:38:52 Like, no, no, no, don’t answer that.
    0:39:01 As a trap because there should at least be a range because typically what people will do is what they’re really wondering is how much can I get away with charging you.
    0:39:06 A service in theory, if it’s a well thought out service, should have some kind of standard pricing model.
    0:39:11 Even if it’s percent based, you can say our pricing is 10% of the revenue we make for you or something like that.
    0:39:16 I like to be upfront about it because it saves me time from not talking on the phone with people who aren’t a good fit.
    0:39:20 It saves them time from not trying to talk to me when it’s not a right fit.
    0:39:25 So just trying to be a, I don’t know, be a good of a human as you can be while you’re doing business, you know.
    0:39:28 Did you do anything on a performance basis like that, 10% of revenue?
    0:39:38 I don’t currently, I did though, it really saved the agency in a lot of ways when COVID first hit because there were, we lost about 50% of our client revenue in across two weeks.
    0:39:40 And so that was pretty intense.
    0:39:50 And so immediately I flipped it to a percent based model when reaching out to clients because it gave them the security that they’re not going to have to pay a big fee if they’re not getting any results.
    0:39:54 And during a time like a crisis like that, it was really helpful.
    0:40:01 And then that comes back to making sure everything’s a good fit, especially doing percent based model because you can get the bad end of the deal on that pretty quick.
    0:40:09 So what I did that was useful is I did for email marketing, I would say you’re going to pay us 10% of the revenue we make for you.
    0:40:16 That’s attributed to email, but there’s a $1,000 minimum or there’s a $1,500 minimum, or I don’t remember exactly what I was.
    0:40:17 I think it was 1500.
    0:40:24 That’s probably you give a baseline so they know, okay, this is the minimum I’ll pay, but it’s also the most I’ll pay if the results aren’t there.
    0:40:36 So it can be useful, I think, especially if you’re trying to get in the door with a new client or maybe a client that’s not quite at the level to pay a higher retainer and you can kind of work them up to that and you have the space on your roster for that.
    0:40:37 It can be pretty useful.
    0:40:40 I think it’s really compelling from a client perspective.
    0:40:51 When I’ve seen people do it with Facebook ads or something where it was like, just pay us a percentage of what you make off the ad and then there’s a whole issue of tracking and attribution and everything that goes into that.
    0:41:04 But it’s from the client side, it says, okay, you’re willing to put some skin in the game, so to speak, and say, look, we trust our process, we know you’re going to make money, and that’s why we only are going to make a fee based on if you win, we win kind of a thing.
    0:41:13 Dustin, this has been awesome. So this is at jumpxmarketing.com. You can check out the agency over there. What’s next for you? What’s got you excited this year?
    0:41:23 I’m just really focusing on helping more young brands, people with side hustles. I really think, I mean, just looking at the statistics, e-commerce is just exploding.
    0:41:40 I think in the next four to five years, personal blogs were in like 2013, 2014, where it started to feel normal for people to have those. I think we’re going to start seeing in a few years, most people have some kind of e-commerce store on the side where maybe they sell their favorite items that they use.
    0:41:51 There’s a lot of different things happening now where you don’t actually have to own, you know, you can do drop shipping now, or you can do partnership deals where you’re just selling other people’s things on your site directly for them and taking an affiliate cut.
    0:41:57 So I think we’re going to start seeing a lot more smaller e-commerce brands start out and they’re going to be really low risk.
    0:42:04 And I’m really excited about that for entrepreneurs who are just getting started because the more of the risk you can take out, the more fun it gets.
    0:42:14 I like it. Sounds like a great mission and excited to see where that one goes. Dustin, let’s wrap this thing up with your number one tip for side-hustlation 2021 edition.
    0:42:21 This has been my theme for the past few months is just shoot your shot. We hold ourselves back a lot when we say no for other people.
    0:42:33 So if you have historically been afraid to pitch ideas to other brands or to try to partner with people or do things with influencers, whatever it is, if you’ve or even reaching out to a client, you know, it’d be a perfect fit.
    0:42:40 But you felt a little bit afraid to reach out and get that failure to shoot your shot. You never know who’s going to say yes or no.
    0:42:48 Most people are going to say no. So just know that and no, it’s not a direct reflection on you. It’s just not the right fit at the right time.
    0:42:58 So shoot your shot, launch, get started and learn as you go because that’s really the only way to improve is to get started so that you can start learning.
    0:43:02 It’s so true and very similar to 2017’s advice. I had to go look this up.
    0:43:10 The number one tip from back then was give yourself permission to take action. So interesting to see that, you know, not a lot has changed on that front.
    0:43:16 You got to get out there. You got to get started. You got to put something out into the world and see what kind of reaction it gets.
    0:43:22 So Dustin, really appreciate you joining me again. We’ll have to do it again in another four years and see where you’re at.
    0:43:24 Absolutely. Thanks, Nick. I appreciate it.
    0:43:26 You bet. We’ll catch up soon.
    0:43:35 Just try to be a good human of all the actionable advice that Dustin just dropped.
    0:43:40 That’s the bit that stood out to me because that’s an almost daily conversation I have with my kids.
    0:43:47 Let’s just try to be good humans to each other. Be helpful, be kind, be respectful. Stop kicking your brother in the neck.
    0:43:54 This is an episode I know I’ll be referring back to you for years because it’s so applicable to a ton of different businesses.
    0:44:01 How do I get clients? That’s a question that every entrepreneur asks themselves and there are lots of ways to do it.
    0:44:08 But I really like Dustin’s approach here of being of service first and seeking out these win-win-win relationships.
    0:44:15 If you’re thinking the virtual workshop strategy is worth a shot in your business, I put together a free cheat sheet to help you get organized
    0:44:20 and keep track of all the steps at sidehustlenation.com/dustin2.
    0:44:29 Once again, that’s at sidehustlenation.com/dustin2dustin and the number two to grab that free partner workshop cheat sheet.
    0:44:34 Big thanks to Dustin for sharing his insight. That’s it for me. Thank you so much for tuning in.
    0:44:37 Until next time, let’s go out there and make something happen.
    0:44:41 And I’ll catch you in the next edition of the Side Hustle Show. I’ll see you then. Hustle on.
    0:44:43 on.

    One challenge that most new businesses face is the awareness problem – nobody knows you exist.

    To help erase this problem, I’ve invited Dustin Lien from JumpXmarketing.com back on the show.

    Dustin first appeared on episode 251 back in 2017. Back then, he was just ramping up JumpX after shutting down his own physical product business.

    Since then he’s grown it into a 6-figure operation and built it in such a way that it only requires part-time attention.

    What’s been his key driver?

    Partner workshops, essentially virtual lunch-and-learn sessions where he can showcase his expertise and build his client roster without ads or bidding for work.

    This works in just about any niche and in this episode, Dustin breaks down his exact process so you can go out and apply it in your own business.

    Tune in to The Side Hustle Show interview to learn:

    • Dustin’s fast-track strategy to getting in front of the right audience
    • how he quickly built his email list
    • his top tips for creating warm outreach emails and connecting with customers

    Full Show Notes: Webinar Marketing: How to Grow Your Agency w/ Virtual “Lunch and Learn” Events Live Workshops

    New to the Show? Get your personalized money-making playlist here!

    Sponsors:

    Shopify — Sign up for a $1 per month trial!

    Indeed – Start hiring NOW with a $75 sponsored job credit to upgrade your job post!

  • 621: How to Make Money on YouTube with AI Video Tools

    AI transcript
    0:00:06 A hundred bucks a day on YouTube with the help of AI video tools.
    0:00:07 What’s up?
    0:00:08 What’s up?
    0:00:09 Nick Loper here.
    0:00:11 Welcome to The Side Hustle Show where we can help you make day jobs optional.
    0:00:19 Since 2013, last year, we met Tony Eason-Dreides on the show, with episode 565 in the podcast
    0:00:20 feed.
    0:00:25 We did a really interesting episode on YouTube automation where the flow was kind of like
    0:00:26 this.
    0:00:32 A hopefully viral video topic, send it off to a researcher/scriptwriter who then passes
    0:00:37 that script off to a voiceover artist who hands that off to a video editor who pulls
    0:00:42 in all these clips and makes the video all in the name of hitting that viral YouTube
    0:00:47 lottery, playing the game of really planting a bunch of digital assets in the form of these
    0:00:52 videos, little money seeds to go out there and hopefully work for you, and then banking
    0:00:59 that enough of them hit to turn a profit on all that labor cost in the form of ad income.
    0:01:04 Well, what a difference a year makes because now we’ve got AI tools to assist in just about
    0:01:07 every step of that production process.
    0:01:12 Tony’s been on the front lines of these changes, so I wanted to have him back on to find out,
    0:01:16 first of all, is that a good thing for content creators, for YouTubers, but also Side Hustlers
    0:01:20 can make some money in this new AI-powered YouTube landscape.
    0:01:23 Last year, we talked about his interesting flow channel, where he had earned as much
    0:01:27 as $14,000 in a month during a viral spike.
    0:01:33 He’s since started several new channels, including Bible Blazing, a Bible-themed channel, which
    0:01:39 was able to get monetized in just 30 days, making up to $100 a day, built using AI.
    0:01:43 Now, we talked about the video production process.
    0:01:47 Where is the human element, where is your value at as the entrepreneur here?
    0:01:48 What stages are you involved with?
    0:01:49 Yeah.
    0:01:50 Thanks for having me back on, Nick.
    0:01:54 Yeah, a lot can happen in a year, and there was actually a huge spike of AI in the last
    0:01:55 quarter of 2023.
    0:02:01 There was a huge spike of AI, and now in 2024, it’s just rolling out very fast.
    0:02:07 So AI has made a significant change to the industry, and it’s been good and bad in terms
    0:02:12 of good for the creators, but a bit bad for the freelancers, because a lot of the freelancers
    0:02:14 have pretty much been replaced with AI.
    0:02:18 There’s someone I know who I’ve been talking to about AI, and he’s been telling me that
    0:02:22 AI is going to completely take over the film industry, even to the point where we’re going
    0:02:26 to have full-on movies and full-on videos, YouTube videos that are going to be completely
    0:02:30 made by AI 100%, because it’s not 100% there yet.
    0:02:36 We’re close to there, but yeah, it’s debatable as to whether there’ll be zero human aspect
    0:02:37 by the looks of how things are going.
    0:02:38 I think we’re heading there.
    0:02:44 What’s your role today, or is it still kind of this idea generation process?
    0:02:48 I mean, I imagine you could probably cue ChatGPT, like, “Give me some viral video ideas
    0:02:52 on the topic of Bible verses,” or something like for the case of this Bible channel.
    0:02:57 Yeah, so ChatGPT is really good for giving out video ideas, so you can just whack into
    0:03:03 ChatGPT, “Give me 10 video ideas of this,” or “Give me 10 variations of this viral video
    0:03:04 that went viral.”
    0:03:09 So let’s say you had a viral video that was talking about where was Jesus during Satan’s
    0:03:14 Rebellion, like, you can whack into ChatGPT and just put that title and just say, “Give
    0:03:21 me several different variations of that video that I can use as a benchmark to do more videos.”
    0:03:26 So essentially what you’ll do in YouTube Automation that you’ll still want to do now is that you
    0:03:30 would want to pivot off of an already existing viral video, so let’s give that example.
    0:03:35 So one of my viral videos on that channel was where was Jesus during Satan’s Rebellion.
    0:03:39 I created several different variations from that video that I’ve gone on to hit hundreds
    0:03:43 of thousands of views, so instead of where was Jesus during Satan’s Rebellion, I just
    0:03:48 changed up the word “Jesus” and I put the word “God,” so I did another video that
    0:03:51 talked about where was God during Satan’s Rebellion.
    0:03:54 Then another video where was Angel Michael during Satan’s Rebellion, and now we have
    0:03:58 a few more that’s going to be where was Gabriel during Satan’s Rebellion, so we change up
    0:04:03 that name, and yeah, we do use ChatGPT to help with the ideation.
    0:04:07 With YouTube, ideation is the most important facet of the YouTube game.
    0:04:11 Having a great idea is going to be the difference between you hitting like a million views and
    0:04:13 just like 10,000 views.
    0:04:16 That’s how powerful ideation is, so I don’t mess around with ideation.
    0:04:21 I make sure that even though AI comes up with suggestions, I always filter through that process.
    0:04:26 In terms of a lot of scripts that we do, AI has been a significant help, so a lot of
    0:04:31 script writers, the cheap script writers that did very basic scripts, they’re pretty much
    0:04:32 out of the water now.
    0:04:36 They’re pretty much out of the consideration to be hired, because ChatGPT’s pretty much
    0:04:38 replaced them.
    0:04:41 If you do want a premium script with a higher level, then you’re going to have to hire someone
    0:04:45 who’s experienced in that area and is really good.
    0:04:48 Those guys can’t get replaced because they’re really good at what they do.
    0:04:53 In terms of voiceovers, there is a website called 11Labs, and this website is phenomenal.
    0:04:58 You can have all these different variations of voices, and you would never tell that their
    0:05:00 AI generated.
    0:05:04 You’ll think they’re real voices, and we use them for our videos, and they work pretty
    0:05:05 fine.
    0:05:07 I’ve had comments, people say, “Who is that voiceover?”
    0:05:10 No one questions if it’s a real voice or if it’s an AI.
    0:05:15 For $20 a month, you can hire an AI voiceover, all these different variations of voices.
    0:05:19 You can even clone your own voice, so you can just get several minutes of your voice
    0:05:23 spoken, and then it will put together your voice and it will clone your voice.
    0:05:25 That’s another aspect to 11Labs.
    0:05:28 I recently had one of my voiceovers reach out to me.
    0:05:31 He used to charge a ridiculous price for his voiceovers.
    0:05:34 I can’t remember, but he was very, very expensive.
    0:05:39 He recently reached out to me, and he was offering to do work for me for a fraction of the price,
    0:05:42 because I’m assuming, he didn’t tell me this, but I’m assuming AI has literally just wiped
    0:05:44 out that industry.
    0:05:47 Not fully, but yeah, it’s been impacted heavily.
    0:05:50 Yeah, that’s frightening for anybody in that space.
    0:05:52 It’s frightening for me as a podcaster.
    0:05:56 How long before my job is obsolete and where somebody else can come through and do this,
    0:06:01 but you’re actually the second person to recommend 11Labs just in the past week or two, is one
    0:06:06 of my initiatives is trying to build out a library of video content, but the bottleneck
    0:06:12 is taking an existing blog post, in my case, this evergreen piece of content, this evergreen
    0:06:16 article, and trying to create a video version of that to try and double dip in SEO and serve
    0:06:21 a video-first audience versus an article-first audience, but the bottleneck is scripting
    0:06:27 it for YouTube and then doing that voiceover, where it’s like, okay, maybe I could clone
    0:06:32 my voice and it would do the voiceover part or accelerate that part of the process, even
    0:06:37 if it’s only a seven, eight minute video to narrate, but that was something that was
    0:06:38 on my radar.
    0:06:44 I want to go back to the idea generating phase or even the channel idea generating phase.
    0:06:48 Was there some level of research that led you to the Bible niche because interesting
    0:06:53 flow was in the mega construction project niche, we were talking about Dubai’s man-made
    0:06:55 islands and stuff like that?
    0:06:56 Yeah.
    0:07:00 So the way I got into the Bible group channel or the Bible blazing channel, I was scrolling
    0:07:04 through YouTube and I found a lot of this Bible content that was just going viral, and
    0:07:10 the content that was going viral was this AI and Bible stuff, and it was very basic,
    0:07:15 and I knew that with the use of AI, I can blow that channel out of the water and just
    0:07:16 get more views than them.
    0:07:23 I knew that I can leverage the already existing videos that have gone viral, and yeah, that’s
    0:07:24 pretty much what I did.
    0:07:27 I did similar videos and I used a lot of AI.
    0:07:31 We use an image generation tool called Mid Journey AI, which is one of the most popular
    0:07:35 AI softwares that is used for image generation.
    0:07:39 We use Mid Journey to generate the images and we put together the images with background
    0:07:40 music.
    0:07:41 It looks amazing.
    0:07:43 I mean, I was blown away when I first saw my video editor put it together.
    0:07:44 Yeah.
    0:07:45 It really looks good.
    0:07:51 So, Mid Journey is not just a thumbnail, it is creating internal images for the video
    0:07:52 itself.
    0:07:53 Yes.
    0:07:56 So, you can use Mid Journey AI not just to do thumbnails, you can use it for the video
    0:08:02 itself and you can use a tool called, I believe it’s called Runaway AI and it has a motion
    0:08:06 brush effect where you can actually select parts of the image where there’s motion.
    0:08:11 So, for example, if you have a man on a beach, you can use the motion brush tool to highlight
    0:08:15 only the sea to have a bit of motion.
    0:08:19 So, in the image, it will look like a moving image because the sea is moving, the waves
    0:08:21 are moving, but the man is standing still.
    0:08:27 So, AI has that effect as well and you have literally zero chance of being copyright claimed
    0:08:31 or copyright striked with AI because you’re generating the images.
    0:08:35 You’re paying for a subscription that’s generating the images so no one can say, “Hey, you used
    0:08:36 my content.
    0:08:39 I want a copyright claim on your channel or copyright strike on your channel.”
    0:08:40 There’s none of that.
    0:08:44 That still seems like a lot of effort to create hundreds of different scenes in an eight minute
    0:08:49 video individually or is it just looking at your script and auto-generating those?
    0:08:50 Yeah.
    0:08:55 That’s exactly what I thought, Nick, but you can whack in your script into the AI.
    0:08:59 With Me Journey, you would have to do it individually, but there is another software that my editor
    0:09:00 is using.
    0:09:02 He uses Runaway, but he uses another one.
    0:09:06 I keep forgetting the name of it, but he just puts the whole script and it generates loads
    0:09:08 of images.
    0:09:11 He can pick and choose which image he wants to use and that’s made it so much easier.
    0:09:13 I’ve been playing around with one called Pictori.
    0:09:15 There’s a few of these.
    0:09:20 I think I have a referral discount code for Pictori and it will take your voiceover, it
    0:09:26 will take your script, and it will pull together hundreds of stock footage type of clips related
    0:09:28 to what you’re talking about.
    0:09:34 I would say it’s 90%, 95% good and accurate and occasionally it’s something like, “Well,
    0:09:38 that was a different meaning of that word,” or something like it just looks a little bit
    0:09:43 off or random, but the time savings versus having somebody go and source all of those
    0:09:49 different clips and worry about the licenses for all that is like, “Oh, shoot, this is all
    0:09:50 taking care of it.
    0:09:53 It really, really accelerated a lot of videos that we’ve been trying to make where I’m doing
    0:09:54 the voiceover.
    0:09:55 It’s not AI yet.”
    0:10:01 But then we are using Pictori, the AI tool, to build out the rest of that video and hopefully
    0:10:06 make it something that’s visually compelling versus just me talking head and have maybe
    0:10:09 a couple graphics fly in or something like that.
    0:10:10 Yeah.
    0:10:13 Pictori’s really good and other AI softwares that we use.
    0:10:19 So we have ChatGPT for the script, then we have the voiceover, 11 labs, and you can pick
    0:10:21 male or female and it sounds real.
    0:10:26 You can even clone your own voice, image generation, yes, mid-journey, but we also use Dali, which
    0:10:30 is, if you have the paid version of ChatGPT, you can use Dali as well.
    0:10:34 So now you don’t even need to go on Dali, you can just write to ChatGPT.
    0:10:38 If you have the paid version, just write a prompt and it will come up with the image.
    0:10:42 Sometimes ChatGPT AI, the Dali is actually more accurate than mid-journey.
    0:10:49 In terms of the thumbnail, we use either ChatGPT, Dali, or mid-journey, and then you can just
    0:10:53 whack it into Canva to just add an arrow or add some text into it.
    0:10:59 Traditional faceless YouTube channels, you would need to have a scriptwriter, video editor,
    0:11:02 thumbnail designer, and then a voiceover.
    0:11:08 But now ChatGPT is your scriptwriter, 11 labs is your voiceover, you can have the editing
    0:11:13 with mid-journey, with different, to be honest, I haven’t fully outsourced that to AI.
    0:11:19 That’s one thing that AI has helped video editors to achieve better videos, however,
    0:11:22 it hasn’t fully taken over yet.
    0:11:26 Me personally, I don’t know how to video edit, so for me, I’ll be clueless, so that
    0:11:27 hasn’t been fully outsourced.
    0:11:32 I still pay a video editor for that, so that’s not in the hands of AI fully, even though
    0:11:34 they use AI to help them.
    0:11:38 AI can either help you or it can take away your job.
    0:11:43 You choose, in a sense, where you want AI to take your life, because I’ve had people
    0:11:48 who can’t really work anymore due to AI in their field, whether it be voice-overing or
    0:11:53 scriptwriting, but then I have my editor who has made so much money in the past few months
    0:11:54 of me paying him.
    0:11:56 I told him, I said, “Get rid of all your clients.
    0:11:57 I want you.”
    0:12:01 He does a phenomenal job, and yeah, I’ve paid him so much money in the past few months,
    0:12:04 and it’s helped him dramatically.
    0:12:08 Someone like him, someone like a video editor who knows how to utilize AI, for them, they’re
    0:12:14 going to benefit, but someone who pretty much does basic stuff, then yeah, AI is sadly coming
    0:12:18 for a lot of jobs that don’t require a lot of effort, if you know what I mean.
    0:12:25 Yeah, it’s similar to a Fiverr or an Upwork situation where everybody was kind of concerned
    0:12:30 about it’s a race to the bottom on pricing, and it’s like at the very bottom of the market,
    0:12:36 yes, but at people want a higher touch point or a higher level of service, there’s still
    0:12:40 room for humans, but the bar is getting higher and higher, unfortunately.
    0:12:43 Or fortunately, like you said, on the content creator side, it reduces that barrier, but
    0:12:48 on the service provider side, it’s just like, okay, I got to level up my game to be able
    0:12:50 to compete in this AI world.
    0:12:54 More with Tony in just a moment, including how he picks trending topics to create videos
    0:12:59 for, and how you might stand out as the cost of production gets lower and lower right after
    0:13:01 this.
    0:13:05 That’s the sound of another sale on your online Shopify store.
    0:13:08 But did you know Shopify powers in person selling too?
    0:13:09 It’s true.
    0:13:16 Shopify is the sound of selling everywhere, online, in store, on social media, and beyond.
    0:13:19 Shopify POS is your command center for your retail store.
    0:13:23 That means you can accept payments, manage inventory, and track every sale across your
    0:13:25 business in one place.
    0:13:29 With Shopify, you get a powerhouse selling partner that helps you drive store traffic
    0:13:34 with plug-and-play tools built for marketing campaigns from TikTok to Instagram and beyond.
    0:13:38 You can take payments by smartphone, transform your tablet into a point of sale system,
    0:13:43 or use Shopify’s POS Go mobile device for a battle-tested solution.
    0:13:48 Plus, Shopify’s award-winning help is there to support your success every step of the
    0:13:49 way.
    0:13:51 So do retail right with Shopify.
    0:13:57 Go ahead, sign up for a $1 per month trial period at Shopify.com/SideHussell.
    0:13:58 That’s all lowercase.
    0:14:05 Go to Shopify.com/SideHussell to take your retail business to the next level today.
    0:14:08 Shopify.com/SideHussell.
    0:14:11 So the name of the game is still like trying to find a trending topic or a topic that’s
    0:14:16 gone viral and like trying to draft behind it or write on its coattails or piggyback
    0:14:19 on that popularity a little bit.
    0:14:23 It’s not necessarily like search and discovery where I’m, “Oh, the keyword tool said there
    0:14:27 was a search volume of 5,000 a month, so I’m going to go after that.”
    0:14:31 It’s like, “I really need hundreds of thousands of views for this to pay off.”
    0:14:37 In a sense, yes, there is vidIQ that you can use to see the search volume on certain keywords.
    0:14:41 VidIQ hasn’t been my best friend in terms of the keyword research side of things.
    0:14:47 The vidIQ have a really good aspect to their software which is called a views per hour feature.
    0:14:50 I think this can work even if you have the free version of vidIQ.
    0:14:54 It works like an extension, like a Chrome browser and it can actually show you how many views
    0:14:55 per hour a video is getting.
    0:14:59 So if you’re scrolling through YouTube and you want to know which video is popping off,
    0:15:02 sometimes the data alone with YouTube is not enough.
    0:15:06 So when you see like a video has gone viral in the past three weeks, yeah, that’s pretty
    0:15:07 much telling.
    0:15:11 If it got like a million views in three weeks, then you know it’s in the algorithm, then
    0:15:15 you can model after that video, but sometimes you don’t know when a video has fully died
    0:15:16 down.
    0:15:22 So if a video has got a million views in three weeks, but that video has died down in terms
    0:15:25 of views per hour, but you don’t know it, you’re just looking at what YouTube’s given
    0:15:26 you.
    0:15:30 The vidIQ software allows you to see the views per hour video is getting.
    0:15:35 So when I’m looking at trending topics, I always want to look at the views per hour that video
    0:15:36 is getting.
    0:15:39 So I know that the trend is still alive and I can do similar videos and benchmark off
    0:15:41 of that wave.
    0:15:46 And then when I’ve spotted a trend, I just double down on that trend and eventually it
    0:15:47 works.
    0:15:49 It’s not as hard as people make it out to be.
    0:15:54 What’s very important as well is understanding your audience and chat GPT can help a lot
    0:15:56 with understanding your audience.
    0:16:00 I was on the call with a YouTuber a few weeks ago and he had like an EV channel, which was
    0:16:02 about electric vehicles.
    0:16:08 And he said that his income went from like three grand a month from his channel to like
    0:16:10 he went to hit his first 11 grand month.
    0:16:15 Only when he started to understand who his audience was did that change happen.
    0:16:18 So basically his channel was about electric cars.
    0:16:22 He was getting views and it was popping off and he was making like three grand a month.
    0:16:27 He thought that his audience loved electric cars, but until he started looking at the
    0:16:31 comments and he started to see that his audience, they don’t love electric cars, the reason
    0:16:33 why they’re watching the video is because they hate electric cars and they’re saying
    0:16:38 how it’s a scam, how it’s not efficient, it’s a big scam from the government.
    0:16:39 Are you understood?
    0:16:40 Hold on.
    0:16:41 My audience, they hate electric cars.
    0:16:46 So then he started doing videos against electric cars saying how it’s a scam, how it’s an agenda
    0:16:49 from the government and then his views just skyrocketed.
    0:16:54 And then I was just like, damn, when you understand who your audience is, then you can just leverage
    0:16:57 that and just take your channel to the moon.
    0:17:00 And so that’s what I’ve been doing recently, I’ve been analyzing the data and the YouTube
    0:17:04 analytics enables you to see who your audience are, how old they are.
    0:17:07 If they’re male or female, what percentage are male, what percentage are female, which
    0:17:09 country they’re watching from.
    0:17:13 And what you can do is you can go on your most viral video or the most viral video in
    0:17:14 your niche.
    0:17:18 There’s a section on the right hand side with vidIQ where you can copy and paste the script
    0:17:23 of the video and you can whack that into chatGPT and then ask chatGPT to give you a customer
    0:17:28 avatar or a audience avatar of the people who would watch that kind of video and it
    0:17:32 will come up with an avatar of your audience and that’s the person you want to speak to.
    0:17:33 Dang.
    0:17:34 Okay.
    0:17:35 That’s fascinating.
    0:17:41 And then the next phase would be to kind of include that audience profile or customer
    0:17:45 avatar type of persona into your script prompt.
    0:17:51 Like, hey, I want to make a video about the next topic that you have in mind, but write
    0:17:53 the script for this type of person.
    0:17:56 Like, is that kind of how you’re leading the tool to give you the script that that audience
    0:17:57 would like?
    0:17:58 I thought of it that way.
    0:17:59 I might start doing that, Nick.
    0:18:01 Thanks for suggesting that.
    0:18:04 Actually ask in chatGPT to say, “Write me a script for this kind of avatar.”
    0:18:07 That will actually work, I believe.
    0:18:09 I’ll give that a shot, but I didn’t specifically do that.
    0:18:16 I’ll look at the customer avatar and I’ll look for things like Bible stories that fit
    0:18:18 to that avatar.
    0:18:19 That’s what I was doing before.
    0:18:20 Yeah.
    0:18:23 Just tailoring to their needs and what they want to feel.
    0:18:25 Some people want to feel joy.
    0:18:29 Some people want to feel that their beliefs are being reassured.
    0:18:30 They want to feel smart.
    0:18:32 They want to feel like, yeah, I like this content.
    0:18:36 This is making me feel that I’m right, that I’m in the right, kind of stroke in the ego
    0:18:37 kind of thing.
    0:18:39 So, you can just leverage that.
    0:18:40 Yeah.
    0:18:44 And even if one video already went viral on that same topic, that ship has sailed, it
    0:18:49 means, hey, there’s clearly a hungry audience for this type of stuff, so how can we feed
    0:18:50 into that?
    0:19:00 Now, how do you make your video on that same topic better, different, unique in some way,
    0:19:02 especially as everybody starts to use the same tool?
    0:19:05 Hey, give me a script on this topic.
    0:19:10 And after a while, like the barrier to entry, the cost of production goes so low that it’s
    0:19:14 just got to be flooded with almost identical videos.
    0:19:20 What you need to do is you need to be the person in your niche who knows the most or
    0:19:25 who’s the most knowledgeable or at least be perceived as that person who’s the most expertise
    0:19:26 in your niche.
    0:19:31 I’ve studied the Bible and I’m pretty much passionate about my niche, which I’m in right
    0:19:32 now.
    0:19:36 So, I just apply the knowledge I know and I just make sure it’s perfect.
    0:19:40 Like every script, I don’t care if AI has generated most of it.
    0:19:45 I don’t even care if I’ve had a script writer do the script for me.
    0:19:47 I fact check everything.
    0:19:48 I look at it.
    0:19:49 I mull it down.
    0:19:50 I pretty much rewrite it.
    0:19:53 I’m very fussy when it comes to this niche and this and the scripts that I’m doing right
    0:19:58 now, because like you said, YouTube keeps increasing, so I’m not too worried about things
    0:20:02 being oversaturated with YouTube, because YouTube has just overthrown Netflix right
    0:20:03 now.
    0:20:07 There’s a statistic that just came out that there’s more consumers on YouTube than on
    0:20:12 Netflix and it’s been constantly increasing, so there’s always going to be more consumers
    0:20:16 than producers, but in terms of different niches, yeah, you have to be good at what
    0:20:17 you do.
    0:20:22 So, gone are the days of doing crappy videos and them going viral when you get in a way
    0:20:23 with it.
    0:20:28 Right now, you have to have quality over quantity and really make sure that the content that
    0:20:35 you’re producing is good, is edited well, but in my opinion, and from my experience,
    0:20:39 the most important thing is ideation, so you have to master ideation and scripting.
    0:20:44 So, those are the two most important things I found out in my YouTube journey, that if
    0:20:48 you have a brilliant idea and then you have a brilliant script that goes with it, and
    0:20:53 if you’re really, really fussy with the script and say fussy, I mean like you redo the intro
    0:20:57 like three or four times and you just want to perfect it and you’re up all night and
    0:21:02 you’re working hours on it, that’s the kind of fuzziness I apply to my scripts.
    0:21:07 It’s actually helpful to hear because it makes for a nice sounding, hey, I came up with this
    0:21:12 idea and then AI did everything else, it’s like, oh no, I still had to apply my expertise
    0:21:17 here, I helped massage that script to use my own first-hand experience and expertise,
    0:21:23 and I think that’s how creators can still stand out and win in an AI world is your first-hand
    0:21:27 experience, no machine is going to be able to replicate that, and then creating primary
    0:21:31 source material, even if the machines are going to eventually rip that off and use it
    0:21:35 to train their models, like at least you came up with it first, it’s got to be worth something
    0:21:39 hopefully, knock on wood down the road, but that’s kind of how we’re trying to play the
    0:21:43 game, like oh, we’re going to actually go out and test these different apps and websites
    0:21:48 that we talk about rather than just regurgitating what else has been said about it online.
    0:21:52 Anybody can do that, but it doesn’t add any unique value, so what unique value you drive
    0:21:57 into the table, hey, in your case, I’m bringing my own Bible experience to these scripts and
    0:22:03 trying to make something that is better and unique compared to whatever else is out there,
    0:22:07 and six months from now, the other AI tool is going to crawl that, but at least you came
    0:22:08 out with it first.
    0:22:09 Yeah, that’s good.
    0:22:14 And going back to the whole competitive advantage aspect, it’s very important to identify whoever
    0:22:19 you are, so you might not have the best knowledge in your niche, but you might have a competitive
    0:22:24 advantage, and I believe everybody is unique, and everyone has some sort of competitive advantage
    0:22:27 in their hands, whether they know it or not, especially when it comes to YouTube.
    0:22:32 So someone might not have a lot of knowledge in their niche, like I do, however, they might
    0:22:38 have a lot of money to burn, and they can just hire somebody who has a lot of knowledge
    0:22:44 in their niche, and they can hire a better editor, or your competitive advantage might
    0:22:46 not be money, it might be time.
    0:22:49 Some people have more time than others, if you’re in high school and you have a lot of
    0:22:53 time in your hands, you don’t have responsibilities, you can just learn editing, you can just become
    0:22:58 the best editor, and you have all this time, you can just become the best video editor
    0:23:01 like in your city, or pretty much aim for the best in the world.
    0:23:04 If you have time, then that’s your competitive advantage.
    0:23:06 If you have a lot of money, that’s your competitive advantage.
    0:23:09 If you have a lot of knowledge, that’s your competitive advantage.
    0:23:14 So you have to discover what your gift is, what your competitive advantage is, and just
    0:23:16 double down on that, because that’s what’s going to make you unique.
    0:23:21 Otherwise, anyone and everyone can be successful in that field, but once you understand that,
    0:23:26 no, I have the gift, I’m gifted to write great scripts, I’m a writer, I love writing, I love
    0:23:28 copywriting, so use that.
    0:23:32 If you’re visual, if you’re good at designing, and you have an eye for things, then just
    0:23:35 use that for thumbnails and for videos.
    0:23:39 Or if you have a lot of knowledge in a specific niche, like electric cars or whatever, just
    0:23:43 use that and apply that to your YouTube or your business journey, even if you’re not
    0:23:46 going into YouTube, you can apply into any journey.
    0:23:50 Or you’ve probably gone through certain experiences like horse riding or fishing, you probably
    0:23:54 have an expertise, an expertise that most people don’t have, and you just think it’s
    0:23:58 always just me, but I’ve always done horse riding, it’s nothing special, but little
    0:24:00 do you know that most people in the world don’t know how to do it.
    0:24:04 Yeah, the curse of knowledge, like it’s hard to imagine, not knowing that thing.
    0:24:05 Yeah, exactly.
    0:24:09 So that’s the thing I would advise, because that thought does run through my mind in it,
    0:24:13 I believe it runs through everyone’s mind, who’s in business, or who’s in YouTube, where
    0:24:18 they think, okay, what’s stopping a bunch of people from doing what I’m doing, but when
    0:24:22 you understand that you have a competitive advantage and you have a lot of knowledge
    0:24:26 in this niche, or you have a lot of money in your hands, or a lot of time on your hands,
    0:24:29 then you can use that for your advantage.
    0:24:34 I asked ChatGPT to give me some viral video ideas of the side hustle niche, and came up
    0:24:35 with some pretty good ones.
    0:24:41 It said the top 10 most profitable side hustles for 2024, passive income side hustles earn
    0:24:46 money while you sleep, how I made 500 bucks in a week flipping thrift store fines, I feel
    0:24:50 like some of these titles are almost word for word ripped off from vlog content titles
    0:24:55 or podcast titles, from side hustle the full time, how I quit my nine to five, side hustle
    0:24:58 mistakes, some of them are not that great.
    0:25:02 The downsides of side hustle, it’s hard to imagine that one going viral.
    0:25:08 But some of these, you could see how they might have some potential to get the creative
    0:25:12 juices flowing versus, I guess I could also start on YouTube and just sort by views or
    0:25:18 sort by like a view velocity metric too, to see like, oh, okay, I could add my own unique
    0:25:22 spin on that topic since that seems to be trending right now.
    0:25:23 Yeah.
    0:25:27 So ChatGPT is really good for when you’ve kind of lost your creativity.
    0:25:32 Just like what you said, Nick, you just whack it into ChatGPT, ask it a question, it will
    0:25:35 come up with a bunch of answers, but then it might not give you the answer that you’re
    0:25:38 looking for, but it will lead to the answer that you’re looking for.
    0:25:43 It might not, like those titles that you just typed in, Nick, you might not go for one of
    0:25:44 those ideas.
    0:25:49 However, like you said, it gets the creative juices flowing, so it might lead to you doing
    0:25:52 something similar to one of those ideas that has popped up.
    0:25:53 Yeah.
    0:25:54 Oh, five side hustles, you can start with no money.
    0:25:56 I feel like that would be a good one.
    0:25:58 It will have to do that, make that video at some point.
    0:26:03 Do you spend time and effort on marketing or is it just like, I put it out there, I did
    0:26:08 my homework and ideation upfront, I tried to make the best video that exists on this topic,
    0:26:12 and then I’m going to hope that people start to notice it, or do you have to do anything
    0:26:16 to push that viral algorithm, hopefully, to get some attention.
    0:26:20 I would say hijack the psychology of a viral thumbnail.
    0:26:24 If you see that there’s something being used in a thumbnail, which is like, for the listeners
    0:26:28 who don’t know what a thumbnail is, a thumbnail is like an image that, before you click on
    0:26:32 YouTube video, it has the title, and then you have the thumbnail, which is like an image
    0:26:34 of what portrays what the video is about.
    0:26:38 I would say hijack the psychology of an already viral thumbnail, so if you look in your niche,
    0:26:43 if you see like MrBeast, for example, he uses this a lot, where he uses a lot of bright,
    0:26:46 vibrant colors in his thumbnails and a lot of emotion.
    0:26:51 So there’s always like him screaming, or him like underwater, or something crazy is going
    0:26:52 on in the thumbnail.
    0:26:57 So if you’re in his niche, then do something similar, and you can even ask ChatGPT to do
    0:27:04 an analysis of your thumbnail, just screenshot it, throw it into ChatGPT, tell it to give
    0:27:07 you an analysis and ask it how you can improve it.
    0:27:08 And actually does that for you.
    0:27:13 It’s very, very smart, ChatGPT, just things that anything you throw at it, it pretty much
    0:27:14 does it.
    0:27:15 It’s weirdly amazing.
    0:27:20 But one thing I would say when it comes to YouTube, most of the times it is a numbers
    0:27:21 game.
    0:27:24 So I was saying this to one of my clients, I’ve been coaching him on how to run YouTube
    0:27:25 channels.
    0:27:27 You can push out 10 videos a month.
    0:27:30 Not all 10 videos will go viral.
    0:27:37 However, if three videos go viral, then that will pay for all of the seven videos that
    0:27:38 didn’t go viral.
    0:27:43 So you can invest money, and you can invest time into 10 videos a month.
    0:27:49 And even though seven videos don’t make you any money, the whole purpose is you would
    0:27:54 want at least three of those videos, which will make you money and will pay for all 10
    0:27:57 of those videos plus profits.
    0:28:00 And the good thing about YouTube is you just have to post the video once, and once you’ve
    0:28:03 posted it once, it will remain on there forever.
    0:28:06 And as long as it’s getting views, it will pay you pretty much as long as it’s getting
    0:28:07 views forever.
    0:28:11 And that’s the good thing about having these digital assets or digital real estate with
    0:28:12 YouTube.
    0:28:14 You upload the video once, it pays you passively forever.
    0:28:15 Is that where you like to be at?
    0:28:19 If I’m batting 300, if I have a 30% hit rate, then I’m happy.
    0:28:21 I know I’m doing something right.
    0:28:22 Yeah.
    0:28:23 That’s the minimum that you would want to accept.
    0:28:26 And all you pretty much need is three videos a month to hit decent numbers for the whole
    0:28:28 production process to be paid for.
    0:28:33 What kind of minimum view count is considered good or is considered a hit?
    0:28:37 I would say the current RPM we’re working with right now is around $4.5.
    0:28:43 So if we get a million views, then we’ll get $4.5,000 USD.
    0:28:51 So essentially, I would say a good number for us to break even for 10 videos will be
    0:28:57 around 150K, 150,000 views to 200,000 views.
    0:28:58 Okay.
    0:28:59 Gosh, that’s a lot.
    0:29:04 I think in 10 years of my YouTube channel, I’ve had one or two go over 100,000.
    0:29:06 Clearly not using all the tools to my advantage here.
    0:29:08 What’s the typical production cost for you these days?
    0:29:10 It’s around $10 per minute.
    0:29:12 That’s the production cost right now.
    0:29:15 So for like a 10 minute video, it’ll be like $100.
    0:29:19 And to break even on a 10 minute video, which is the average view duration.
    0:29:24 So we invest like $100, we’ll need 22,000 views to break even.
    0:29:25 All right.
    0:29:27 We’ve got lots of different channels going on.
    0:29:31 We will link up Tony’s seven steps on how to crush it on YouTube.
    0:29:33 That’s an email opt-in over at his site.
    0:29:35 We’ll link that up in the show notes.
    0:29:40 Let’s wrap this thing up with your number one tip for side hustle nation 2024 edition.
    0:29:43 Never ever give up.
    0:29:47 And I know it sounds like a cliche, but it’s a cliche for a reason.
    0:29:52 Never give up and find out what your competitive advantage is.
    0:29:54 And I know I mentioned it earlier.
    0:30:01 It’s important to understand who you are, what you have experienced in life and what
    0:30:02 you bring to the table.
    0:30:07 So whether it be YouTube or any type of business, it’s very important to see what is your competitive
    0:30:08 advantage?
    0:30:10 What have you experienced that most people haven’t?
    0:30:11 What do you have that most people don’t have?
    0:30:12 Do you have a lot of time?
    0:30:13 Do you have a lot of money?
    0:30:14 Are you young?
    0:30:15 Do you have a lot of energy?
    0:30:16 Are you good at remembering things?
    0:30:18 Are you photographic?
    0:30:22 Use that to your advantage because that’s going to be what makes you different from everybody
    0:30:23 else.
    0:30:24 Yeah, absolutely.
    0:30:28 In an AI world, you figure out what’s going to make your channel unique from the next
    0:30:29 guys.
    0:30:30 It’s you.
    0:30:34 You got to be that extra ingredient and sprinkle in your own personality expertise, whatever
    0:30:39 it may be, to really drive results and to make something unique in the world, make something
    0:30:40 stand out.
    0:30:46 So again, fascinating stuff on the YouTube and AI revolution on the video front over
    0:30:47 there.
    0:30:51 So as we mentioned, this is Tony’s on-core visit to the side hustle show.
    0:30:54 So make sure to check out his first appearance if you missed it.
    0:30:58 That is episode five at 65 in your podcast feed.
    0:31:02 But again, we’re talking about making money on YouTube, planting these little money seeds
    0:31:06 and maybe a good one to pair with this one and see what all has changed over the course
    0:31:07 of a year.
    0:31:10 But if you’re new to the show, you’re wondering what to listen to next, I want to invite you
    0:31:13 to do what thousands of listeners have already done.
    0:31:18 Please do in it and that’s to build yourself a personalized playlist of the side hustle
    0:31:21 show episodes that will be most relevant to you.
    0:31:26 All you got to do is go to hustle.show, answer a few short multiple choice questions and
    0:31:31 the little quiz will spit back out this cool curated money making playlist recommendation
    0:31:33 based on your answers.
    0:31:37 So that’s at hustle.show and you grab your playlist over there.
    0:31:40 Big thanks to Tony for sharing his insight.
    0:31:43 Thanks to our sponsors for helping make this content free for everyone.
    0:31:48 You can hit up side hustle nation.com/deals for all the latest offers from our sponsors
    0:31:50 in one place.
    0:31:51 That’s it for me.
    0:31:52 Thank you so much for tuning in.
    0:31:55 Until next time, let’s go out there and make something happen and I’ll catch you in the
    0:31:58 next edition of the side hustle show hustle on.

    Last year, I spoke with Tony Lysandrides on episode 565 where we talked about YouTube automation. Back then, the process was much more manual.

    The typical workflow was something like this: coming up with viral video ideas, hiring scriptwriters, voice artists, and video editors to create content.

    The aim was to hit the viral YouTube lottery by planting a bunch of digital assets and hoping enough would hit big to turn a profit on ad income.

    But what a difference a year makes.

    Now, we’ve got AI tools to assist in just about every step of that production process, and Tony’s been on the front lines of these changes.

    So I wanted to have him back on to find out, first of all, is that a good thing for content creators, YouTubers, and side hustlers? And how much can you make in this new AI-powered YouTube landscape?

    Full Show Notes: How to Make Money on YouTube with AI Video Tools

    New to the Show? Get your personalized money-making playlist here!

    Sponsors:

    Shopify — Sign up for a $1 per month trial!

    Indeed – Start hiring NOW with a $75 sponsored job credit to upgrade your job post!

  • 620: 9 Rules to Scale Any Side Hustle

    AI transcript
    0:00:03 – Nine rules to level up any side hustle.
    0:00:05 What’s up, what’s up, Nick Loper here.
    0:00:06 Welcome to The Side Hustle Show,
    0:00:10 helping you take back control of your earning power
    0:00:12 so your income doesn’t have to stop when your day job does.
    0:00:15 Today we’re talking about scaling up your side hustle.
    0:00:18 We’ve got a lot of episodes on zero to one
    0:00:21 part of the equation, which is honestly probably
    0:00:24 the harder part, wheeling something into existence
    0:00:26 and getting it off the ground, not an easy key,
    0:00:29 but today we’re talking about the next stage.
    0:00:31 We’ve gone from zero to one, now it’s time
    0:00:33 to go from one to two to 10.
    0:00:34 Well, how do you do it?
    0:00:36 We’ve got nine rules to go through.
    0:00:38 Listen in to see which stage you’re at today
    0:00:41 to see where you need to focus your attention next.
    0:00:43 To help me with these is a special guest
    0:00:45 who knows a thing or two about scaling.
    0:00:47 He’s done it with multiple businesses,
    0:00:50 including flipping over 100 houses a year,
    0:00:52 sometimes without even seeing the houses,
    0:00:56 scaling, automating and selling an online education business.
    0:00:59 It is the latest venture and online platform and podcast
    0:01:03 from MillionaireUniversity.com, Justin Williams.
    0:01:04 Welcome to The Side Hustle Show.
    0:01:06 – Hey, Nick, what’s going on?
    0:01:08 What’s up, Side Hustle Nation?
    0:01:10 Before we dive in real quick, Nick, I just wanna say
    0:01:13 I started listening to your podcast just over a year ago.
    0:01:16 We had taken some time off, we sold our business,
    0:01:19 and honestly, it was hard to get back into
    0:01:21 the business world after taking some time off.
    0:01:22 There was a lot of demons in there,
    0:01:25 and I found your show and started listening to it,
    0:01:27 even though your show was for Side Hustles,
    0:01:31 and in a way, people getting started and getting going,
    0:01:33 it gave me a lot of inspiration to keep going,
    0:01:35 and I just appreciate what you’re doing.
    0:01:38 So being here is pretty exciting.
    0:01:39 I mean, you’re one of the rare podcasts out there
    0:01:42 that both get the guests to really share
    0:01:44 everything that’s going on in their business,
    0:01:46 but it’s also real down-to-earth.
    0:01:47 You never get that icky feeling
    0:01:48 when you’re listening to you,
    0:01:49 and I just recommend it to you, everyone.
    0:01:51 You’re like a mentor to my kids.
    0:01:54 So anyway, huge fan, thank you for everything that you’ve done.
    0:01:55 – I’m gonna put that on a bumper stick.
    0:01:57 You don’t get that icky feeling.
    0:01:58 If that’s an endorsement, I don’t know what to do.
    0:01:59 – No, it’s so true, right?
    0:02:01 Like, you just don’t get that,
    0:02:02 like a lot of times I’m listening to something,
    0:02:03 I get a lot of value,
    0:02:04 but there’s kind of the back of my mind.
    0:02:06 I’m like, what’s really going on here?
    0:02:07 And you’re just so down-to-earth,
    0:02:09 and I just really appreciate what you’re doing.
    0:02:11 And on behalf of everyone,
    0:02:13 I’m sure who’s listening feels the same.
    0:02:15 You’re doing a great work, so thank you.
    0:02:18 – Well, very much appreciated that makes my day.
    0:02:20 So if you’re listening and we’re doing three rounds
    0:02:22 with Justin today, we’re doing the nine rules of scale,
    0:02:23 or nine rules to scale.
    0:02:25 We’re doing a donate a business idea.
    0:02:26 He says he’s got a good one for us.
    0:02:27 Stick around for that.
    0:02:29 And then we’re doing the triple threat,
    0:02:31 a marketing tactic that’s working now,
    0:02:33 a favorite new or new to him tool,
    0:02:35 and the best book of the last 12 months.
    0:02:37 But let’s kick it off with these nine rules.
    0:02:38 What’s rule number one?
    0:02:42 – So the first rule that we have is intent.
    0:02:45 Now, I almost didn’t use this one because it sounds obvious.
    0:02:46 Like, of course you have to have intent,
    0:02:49 but what I found is the number one reason
    0:02:51 and the way that we have scaled,
    0:02:52 all the business we scaled is because
    0:02:54 it was our intention to do so.
    0:02:56 In our minds, we were always asking,
    0:02:58 how can we do this better?
    0:03:00 How can we do more of this?
    0:03:01 How can we automate this?
    0:03:04 How can we get more done with less time?
    0:03:07 And what I found is most people who haven’t scaled
    0:03:08 their business or aren’t scaling their business
    0:03:12 for side hustle is it’s not their intention to do so.
    0:03:15 Kristin Armstrong, who’s one of the best women cyclists
    0:03:18 that’s ever cycled, she said we either live
    0:03:21 with intention or exist by default.
    0:03:24 And I just see so many people going throughout their lives
    0:03:26 and they don’t have an intention to change things.
    0:03:29 And they just kind of are reactive
    0:03:30 to things that are going on in their life
    0:03:33 and they don’t really get the places that they wanna go.
    0:03:35 So number one is intent.
    0:03:38 Your brain is an insanely powerful tool.
    0:03:39 If you give it a problem to solve,
    0:03:41 it’ll usually go to work doing it.
    0:03:43 So first of all, you gotta have that big vision.
    0:03:44 You gotta know where you wanna go.
    0:03:48 You gotta have the intention to want to grow and scale.
    0:03:50 And that’s rule number one.
    0:03:52 – That’s a really powerful one.
    0:03:53 I’m kind of with you.
    0:03:54 Do you even include that?
    0:03:56 ‘Cause it’s almost so obvious
    0:03:59 and almost woo-woo of the power of positive thinking.
    0:04:01 If you believe it, it’ll start to come true.
    0:04:02 – Totally.
    0:04:04 – But we’ve heard from so many entrepreneurs,
    0:04:08 if you don’t have this vision of where you wanna go,
    0:04:08 how are you ever gonna get there?
    0:04:11 I’d like trying to do Brian Scoodemore
    0:04:12 from “1800 Got Junk.”
    0:04:14 He called it his painted picture vision
    0:04:16 of like, hey, five years down the road.
    0:04:17 This is what the business is gonna be doing.
    0:04:18 This is what it’s gonna look like
    0:04:19 from a branding perspective.
    0:04:21 And then just kind of working backwards
    0:04:24 to get from the reality that is today,
    0:04:25 how do we make that happen?
    0:04:27 I love this line of we live with intention
    0:04:30 or exist by default.
    0:04:32 And I find myself guilty of this as much as anybody.
    0:04:34 So this is not like preaching from on high,
    0:04:38 but like you’re going through the motions day to day
    0:04:40 and you feel like kind of just in maintenance mode
    0:04:42 and like you described it reactive
    0:04:44 versus driving your own agenda forward,
    0:04:46 living with intention.
    0:04:49 I often feels like, well, I’m too busy chopping down trees
    0:04:50 to sharpen the saw.
    0:04:51 And she kind of gets stuck at that.
    0:04:55 Like anything that has worked for you exercise-wise
    0:05:00 or other resource-wise to get clear on this intention
    0:05:01 or where you wanna go.
    0:05:03 – I always start with the goal.
    0:05:05 Often it’s a money goal, it’s a number goal.
    0:05:08 For example, when we started flipping 100 houses a year,
    0:05:10 I remember we were at a wild buffalo wings
    0:05:12 with a bunch of other investor friends.
    0:05:14 And together I started counting up how many houses
    0:05:16 we had all flipped collectively that past year.
    0:05:17 And it was just over a hundred.
    0:05:22 And I said, I wanna flip 100 houses just my business alone.
    0:05:23 Everyone laughed at me.
    0:05:24 They thought I was crazy.
    0:05:26 – Yes, like a house every three and a half days.
    0:05:27 Like how does this even happen?
    0:05:27 – Yeah, yeah, yeah.
    0:05:29 And up until that point,
    0:05:31 we definitely hadn’t done that many, right?
    0:05:34 But I just thought, why can’t I do this?
    0:05:35 So I started thinking about it, how can we do it?
    0:05:36 How can we do it?
    0:05:37 It started with a goal.
    0:05:39 Also wanted to get to a seven figure income.
    0:05:41 So it was constantly just working those numbers.
    0:05:42 How can we get there?
    0:05:43 How can we get there?
    0:05:45 And then I mean, we’ll kind of go through,
    0:05:47 I don’t wanna like, we’ll go through the rest of the rules,
    0:05:48 right?
    0:05:50 We’ll share like what,
    0:05:51 how we’re gonna help them get there essentially.
    0:05:54 So rule number two, should we move on to it?
    0:05:55 – Yeah, let’s do it.
    0:05:56 – Okay.
    0:05:57 Rule number two is eliminate.
    0:06:00 Essentially, the way this works is you wanna write down
    0:06:02 everything that you’re currently doing
    0:06:05 in your business and your life.
    0:06:10 And you just wanna start getting rid of anything you can.
    0:06:13 I’m all about having multiple streams of income.
    0:06:15 But if you’re spending a lot of time
    0:06:17 doing some things that you’re not getting great results,
    0:06:19 you might wanna just let those things go.
    0:06:22 Peter Drucker said, there’s nothing so useless
    0:06:27 as doing efficiently that which shouldn’t be done at all.
    0:06:29 And I don’t know about you, Nick,
    0:06:30 but there are a lot of times where I’ll find myself
    0:06:33 working on this project and it’s taking a ton of time
    0:06:35 and energy and I’m getting frustrated.
    0:06:36 And I just sit and think about it.
    0:06:38 And I think about my long-term goals.
    0:06:41 And I’m just like, do I need to do this?
    0:06:43 Like, is this even something that matters
    0:06:44 or is it important right now?
    0:06:47 And sometimes I’ll just eliminate it completely.
    0:06:48 – What was an example for you?
    0:06:52 – When we started Millionaire University,
    0:06:55 Tara and I were doing everything.
    0:06:58 We thought we had to have our social medias dialed in.
    0:06:59 We were doing the podcasts.
    0:07:01 We were trying to collect emails.
    0:07:03 We were doing blogging.
    0:07:05 We were doing Twitter threads,
    0:07:07 which now you have threads, threads.
    0:07:09 Like, we were trying to do it all.
    0:07:12 And it was fun for about a week.
    0:07:15 And then it started to get exhausting and overwhelming.
    0:07:17 And we were like, what are we doing?
    0:07:19 We don’t even have to have a business,
    0:07:21 but we’re doing this business ’cause we got bored
    0:07:22 and we weren’t fulfilled.
    0:07:25 So we started a business and now we were just working
    0:07:28 and working and working and not enjoying
    0:07:30 anything that we had done.
    0:07:31 So we just came to the realization,
    0:07:34 okay, what is the one thing that we wanna focus on?
    0:07:36 And it was the podcast.
    0:07:38 We still did some social media stuff,
    0:07:39 but it was very limited.
    0:07:41 We didn’t worry about any other metrics.
    0:07:43 We just worried about growing our podcasts.
    0:07:46 We weren’t getting traction in anything.
    0:07:49 Here we had Bill, other successful businesses.
    0:07:51 We had pretty good cash flow coming in
    0:07:53 and we were just working our guts out
    0:07:56 and not getting any traction because we were spread too thin
    0:07:57 and weren’t really getting anywhere.
    0:08:01 – Is that the deciding factor of if I’m not seeing traction
    0:08:05 in the combination of I really don’t enjoy doing it
    0:08:06 because the counter argument would be like,
    0:08:08 well, I’m not seeing traction, but I only gave it a week.
    0:08:09 I gotta put in some breaths.
    0:08:11 I gotta put in some time here to grow an Instagram audience,
    0:08:13 to grow a Twitter audience or something like that.
    0:08:17 – So I think it’s a combination of both, right?
    0:08:18 We decided what are we best at
    0:08:20 and what do we enjoy the most?
    0:08:21 And let’s put everything else on the back burner.
    0:08:24 Doesn’t mean we’re not gonna go back to it at some point,
    0:08:25 but let’s put it all in the back burner
    0:08:28 and really double down and focus on what we enjoy the most
    0:08:30 ’cause it gives us the most energy
    0:08:32 and what we think we’re the best at
    0:08:34 so we can really focus in on it.
    0:08:35 And that was the podcast.
    0:08:37 And the truth is, even at the beginning,
    0:08:39 we weren’t getting a lot of traction in the podcast.
    0:08:41 We had done several podcasts in the past
    0:08:44 and we thought this is like our fourth podcast.
    0:08:45 We’re gonna kill it.
    0:08:48 And we published it and it was crickets.
    0:08:51 Like, we had several episodes ready.
    0:08:52 We built this website.
    0:08:54 We were excited for having to reach out and be like,
    0:08:56 yeah, a million university guys are gonna change the world
    0:08:58 and nothing happened.
    0:09:00 It was so disappointing.
    0:09:01 And even after we limited other stuff,
    0:09:03 it was still crickets.
    0:09:05 But after focusing on that one thing,
    0:09:09 just growing the podcast numbers in any way we could,
    0:09:11 creating the best content we could for the podcast,
    0:09:14 we did start to see traction to the point today
    0:09:16 where we now in the past 30 days
    0:09:19 have over 260,000 downloads.
    0:09:21 And it’s just, everything has changed.
    0:09:22 Now we have traction, we can go back
    0:09:25 and start to do some of those other things over time.
    0:09:27 – Yeah, I feel like there’s a certain pressure
    0:09:30 to be everywhere and try all these different channels.
    0:09:33 But the brands and creators that you see doing that
    0:09:35 likely have a team in place.
    0:09:36 So they’ve been doing this for years
    0:09:38 where they really honed in the systems for it.
    0:09:39 – 100%.
    0:09:40 – And if you’re trying to do that as a side hustle,
    0:09:42 you’re just like, oh my God.
    0:09:44 And then that’s the reason I’ve had such a hard time
    0:09:49 indicating the time to short form social platforms.
    0:09:52 It’s like, I’d so much rather to create long form content
    0:09:53 that’s gonna be around for years.
    0:09:54 – 100%.
    0:09:56 – Than come up with this thread
    0:09:59 that may or may not get any traction or eyeballs
    0:10:00 that is gone tomorrow, even if it does.
    0:10:02 I guess it’s just kind of a weird,
    0:10:04 and one of the things that I eliminated early on
    0:10:07 that I felt was very necessary in the business
    0:10:08 was the email opt-in form.
    0:10:10 I had like first name, email, right?
    0:10:12 And some people would not fill in the first name.
    0:10:14 It was like an optional field.
    0:10:16 But I would, I still remember doing this in Aweber
    0:10:18 copying and pasting this email.
    0:10:21 And sometimes it would be like John Smith at yahoo.com.
    0:10:22 It’s like, okay, I’m gonna guess
    0:10:23 that this guy’s name was John.
    0:10:24 So I’m gonna put in John.
    0:10:26 And like, just so it would show up
    0:10:29 like more personalized in their broadcast emails.
    0:10:31 It’s like, if somebody didn’t care to put in their name,
    0:10:34 like, I don’t know, the cumulative hours
    0:10:35 I’ve probably spent doing this
    0:10:37 in the name of a more personalized experience.
    0:10:40 But that was something that has long since been eliminated.
    0:10:41 So that’s rule number two,
    0:10:44 eliminate what is not getting results
    0:10:46 or driving you towards that intention.
    0:10:47 But what’s number three for us?
    0:10:50 – Rule number three is automate.
    0:10:52 So you want to take that same list
    0:10:53 that you had all those things on,
    0:10:54 you eliminate everything you can
    0:10:57 and also eliminate things in your personal life.
    0:10:59 They say the average person consumes
    0:11:02 about eight hours of media per day.
    0:11:04 So imagine if you can just cut that in half.
    0:11:06 But if you’re at four, cut it to two.
    0:11:08 I’m not saying don’t watch any TV
    0:11:10 or like I would be a hypocrite, right?
    0:11:11 Or Netflix or anything,
    0:11:13 but just cut that in half.
    0:11:15 It’ll buy back a lot of your time.
    0:11:18 So then you’re gonna take that list of what’s left over
    0:11:21 and number three and four kind of go together.
    0:11:22 You’re gonna write down,
    0:11:23 you’re gonna figure out what you can automate,
    0:11:25 which is number three and then number four,
    0:11:27 which is delegate.
    0:11:28 So you’re gonna look at this list
    0:11:29 and you’re not gonna think,
    0:11:31 can I automate or delegate these things?
    0:11:35 You’re gonna think, how can I automate and delegate
    0:11:37 everything on this list?
    0:11:38 Now you wanna start with the things
    0:11:41 that take the most of your time
    0:11:44 and you feel like would be the easiest to automate
    0:11:46 or to delegate.
    0:11:49 So for us, for example, when we were flipping houses,
    0:11:53 we spent most of our time making offers on houses,
    0:11:58 fixing up houses, managing contractors, that sort of thing.
    0:12:00 So some of the things that we did
    0:12:03 was we hired an assistant and we trained her
    0:12:05 our exact criteria for making offers.
    0:12:08 And then she later trained our agents
    0:12:10 and we had all these agents out making offers,
    0:12:12 which we gave them authorization to make offers
    0:12:15 on our behalf based on our criteria.
    0:12:17 And they were making hundreds of offers
    0:12:20 without us even knowing anything or seeing the house
    0:12:23 or seeing that number until one got accepted,
    0:12:26 then we would briefly go over it and review it,
    0:12:27 make sure it was good.
    0:12:29 We had a 14 day inspection clause.
    0:12:30 – Yeah, I was gonna say,
    0:12:31 there’s a certain level of trust in there,
    0:12:32 but as long as you have like-
    0:12:33 – Oh yeah, 100%.
    0:12:34 – Yeah, get out of jail free here.
    0:12:37 – Yeah, and then we had just a couple of contractors
    0:12:40 that we worked with and they had the people they worked with
    0:12:44 and we would use the exact same materials for every house.
    0:12:47 The decision making went out the door.
    0:12:49 We were buying similar types of houses
    0:12:53 and we’d use the same color paint, same type of finishes.
    0:12:54 And then another thing that we did,
    0:12:56 we realized we were spending a ton of time
    0:12:59 working with contractors and coming up with
    0:13:01 the beginning would have like three people
    0:13:03 go to the property and come up with these different bids
    0:13:05 and would haggle back and forth.
    0:13:07 And I was sitting down one day and looking at these bids
    0:13:09 and I was like, you know, at the end of the day,
    0:13:11 they’re all ending up about the same place.
    0:13:13 So why don’t we just start there?
    0:13:17 And we came up with a list that had every line item
    0:13:20 that the contractors would do
    0:13:22 and we came up with a pre-agreed price
    0:13:25 and we had our contractors agree to that ahead of time.
    0:13:27 So we no longer had to do multiple bids
    0:13:29 or it’s no longer any haggling.
    0:13:31 We knew exactly what we were paying for a house,
    0:13:33 for paint, for like the square footage of the house.
    0:13:35 We knew what we were paying for flooring
    0:13:37 based on how big the flooring was.
    0:13:40 It was all laid out, it made it very simple
    0:13:42 and really stayed a lot of time in that way.
    0:13:45 – Okay, yeah, so rule two, three and four,
    0:13:47 eliminate, automate, delegate in that order, right?
    0:13:50 There’s no sense in automating or delegating stuff
    0:13:52 that doesn’t need to be done in the first place.
    0:13:53 – 100%.
    0:13:55 – By figuring out, and even if it’s something as simple
    0:14:00 as sending an email, like I have found certain triggers
    0:14:01 would necessitate sending an email
    0:14:03 to another member of the team.
    0:14:05 It’s like, okay, well, the trigger is
    0:14:08 that file is delivered back from the editor.
    0:14:09 So now I need to send a note to the writer
    0:14:11 that it’s ready to summarize.
    0:14:13 Like, oh, if they’re uploading it
    0:14:15 to a specific folder in Google Drive,
    0:14:18 like, okay, make used to be Zapier, but like make.com,
    0:14:21 like can automatically send that email trigger,
    0:14:23 that task notification system,
    0:14:25 or it could automatically add tasks to Asana.
    0:14:27 Even if it’s just individually,
    0:14:28 it only took a couple of seconds,
    0:14:30 but like now you just don’t have to think about that.
    0:14:32 And then delegating that to somebody else on your team,
    0:14:35 the combo platter of automation and delegation
    0:14:37 can be super powerful for me.
    0:14:41 It was bookkeeping tasks years later than I should have,
    0:14:43 where it’s like every PayPal notification
    0:14:44 would come through.
    0:14:46 It was kind of like the dopamine hit of like,
    0:14:48 I made some money, I got paid, I better go log this
    0:14:51 in my up to the minute accounting spreadsheet, basically.
    0:14:53 It’s like, oh my God, the task switching costs
    0:14:54 of all this sort of thing.
    0:14:55 – 100%.
    0:14:58 – Just having a bookkeeper that can tap into your accounts
    0:14:59 and just create that summary for you.
    0:15:01 More with Justin in just a moment,
    0:15:04 including how he’s delegated himself off his own podcast
    0:15:08 and more rules to scale your side hustle right after this.
    0:15:11 That’s the sound of another sale
    0:15:13 on your online Shopify store.
    0:15:16 But did you know Shopify powers in-person selling too?
    0:15:19 It’s true, Shopify is the sound of selling everywhere,
    0:15:22 online, in store, on social media, and beyond.
    0:15:27 Shopify POS is your command center for your retail store.
    0:15:29 That means you can accept payments, manage inventory,
    0:15:33 and track every sale across your business in one place.
    0:15:35 With Shopify, you get a powerhouse selling partner
    0:15:37 that helps you drive store traffic
    0:15:39 with plug and play tools built for marketing campaigns
    0:15:42 from TikTok to Instagram and beyond.
    0:15:43 You can take payments by smartphone,
    0:15:46 transform your tablet into a point of sale system,
    0:15:49 or use Shopify’s POS Go mobile device
    0:15:51 for a battle-tested solution.
    0:15:53 Plus, Shopify’s award-winning help
    0:15:56 is there to support your success every step of the way.
    0:15:58 So do retail right with Shopify.
    0:16:01 Go ahead, sign up for a $1 per month trial period
    0:16:04 at Shopify.com/SideHustle.
    0:16:06 That’s all lowercase.
    0:16:09 Go to Shopify.com/SideHustle
    0:16:12 to take your retail business to the next level today.
    0:16:15 Shopify.com/SideHustle.
    0:16:18 So in our house flipping education business,
    0:16:20 essentially the way it worked out,
    0:16:21 it was like, what were all the main things
    0:16:23 that we needed to do?
    0:16:24 We needed a tech guy who needs someone
    0:16:27 who was constantly making offers and funnels
    0:16:28 and sending out emails.
    0:16:30 So we brought on a guy to do that.
    0:16:32 And then it was essentially coaching.
    0:16:35 So I initially did the coaching myself,
    0:16:38 but then brought someone on to help with the coaching.
    0:16:40 And over time, brought on other coaches.
    0:16:44 Eventually, our COO was one of our first
    0:16:46 high level students.
    0:16:47 We got to the point in the business
    0:16:51 where I was no longer needed in my house flipping business
    0:16:53 or my education business or my coaching business.
    0:16:56 And I would show up to events and just kind of talk
    0:17:00 a little bit and record stuff and just kind of hang out.
    0:17:02 And eventually when we were ready to sell the business,
    0:17:06 it was an easy exit because we weren’t needed anymore.
    0:17:09 – It makes it more sellable or makes it sellable
    0:17:11 in the first place, it’s not reliant on you.
    0:17:13 But it’s interesting too with the podcast,
    0:17:15 in fact, it’s rarely you behind the mic
    0:17:17 from how it started to where it is today.
    0:17:20 – Yeah, so the same thing with our podcast now.
    0:17:22 It’s like, what are the main things that we focus on?
    0:17:26 What are the main levers and it’s create podcast content?
    0:17:27 I always use you as an example.
    0:17:30 I’m like, is our content as good as Nick Loper’s content?
    0:17:33 If it’s not, we got to keep working on it, right?
    0:17:34 So that’s kind of the gold standard
    0:17:36 is we’re always trying to improve the content
    0:17:39 and then we’re trying to grow our numbers, right?
    0:17:41 And I’ll get into that in the upcoming ones.
    0:17:42 But yeah, you’re right.
    0:17:44 We’re to the point where Tara and I,
    0:17:45 who Tara’s sitting over here,
    0:17:48 but we rarely even show up on the podcast.
    0:17:50 So we’ve created this podcast
    0:17:53 that has over a quarter million downloads per month.
    0:17:55 If I want to show up, we show up.
    0:17:56 But my goal is to create businesses
    0:17:59 where I don’t have to be a part of.
    0:18:01 If something happens to us, ’cause the truth is,
    0:18:03 there are some days where I don’t want to do anything.
    0:18:05 There are some days where I feel super motivated
    0:18:06 and want to talk.
    0:18:08 And I like to run businesses in a way
    0:18:11 that I don’t have to be involved if I don’t want to
    0:18:12 or I can’t.
    0:18:13 And that to me personally
    0:18:15 is kind of like the ultimate true freedom.
    0:18:16 – Yeah.
    0:18:17 Was there any pushback from listeners?
    0:18:19 It’d be like, who’s this new guy?
    0:18:20 Ask him the questions.
    0:18:21 – No, so the way we did it,
    0:18:23 and this was pretty similar to how we did our coaches,
    0:18:27 was the first person I brought on was Brian Gehran,
    0:18:28 who–
    0:18:29 – Side hustle show guest, yeah.
    0:18:31 – Yeah, I heard on your episode.
    0:18:32 So I reached out to him.
    0:18:34 I was like, hey, you are awesome.
    0:18:35 Can I interview you?
    0:18:36 So we kind of built a relationship.
    0:18:37 And then I asked him, I said,
    0:18:39 hey, do you want to help me interview people on the show?
    0:18:41 And of course he was excited to do that
    0:18:42 ’cause it gives him notoriety.
    0:18:44 We pay him a little something.
    0:18:45 We give him a little bit of equity.
    0:18:48 You know, we kind of made it this win-win situation.
    0:18:51 There wasn’t pushback because they had already heard from him.
    0:18:54 And then I think I, I don’t know if I interviewed him again
    0:18:56 or the first couple of times that he interviewed someone,
    0:18:58 I did the intro and outro.
    0:19:01 So I helped the guests kind of get warmed up to him.
    0:19:04 You know how you watch a TV show or a series
    0:19:05 and if a new person just comes in
    0:19:06 and you don’t know who they are,
    0:19:08 you’re like, hey, who’s that?
    0:19:09 What’s going on?
    0:19:11 But if you kind of get warmed up to him over time,
    0:19:13 you’re like, okay, I like this person.
    0:19:14 I can jive with that.
    0:19:17 So I did the same thing with the other two hosts that we have.
    0:19:20 I was people, you know, Eric Fisher,
    0:19:22 who he’s been on the show a couple of times.
    0:19:23 I’ve been on his show.
    0:19:26 – Long time podcaster, beyond the TV list.
    0:19:28 – I know, long time, man.
    0:19:31 So I usually like to have the audience hear them
    0:19:35 a few times before I let them just kind of go on their own
    0:19:36 and do their own thing.
    0:19:39 We have not had any pushback.
    0:19:41 I still listen to every episode.
    0:19:43 I’m kind of like quality control.
    0:19:45 There have been some episodes that I’ve sent back
    0:19:50 and said, hey, we got to get more details on this one, right?
    0:19:52 But the goal is eventually where
    0:19:54 I don’t have to do that quality control.
    0:19:56 – Okay, so that’s rule number four, delegate.
    0:19:58 How do you delegate the items on your list?
    0:19:59 How do you make the business?
    0:20:01 Ultimately, it doesn’t have to be today,
    0:20:04 but someday in the future run without you.
    0:20:05 What have you got for number five?
    0:20:08 Number five is come up with your de-riskify plan
    0:20:10 or your risk mitigation plan.
    0:20:13 De-riskify is just kind of a fun word I came up with.
    0:20:15 So this was actually pretty huge for us.
    0:20:16 And it’s something that I don’t think
    0:20:18 a lot of people think about.
    0:20:20 I think the first few are kind of a little more obvious,
    0:20:23 but I think the main thing that holds people back
    0:20:25 from taking action on their dreams
    0:20:28 and starting their side hustle or their business is fear.
    0:20:31 It’s the fear of what people are going to think of them,
    0:20:32 the fear of failure,
    0:20:34 the fear of what if this doesn’t work out.
    0:20:35 And I think the thing that keeps people
    0:20:40 from growing or scaling their business is fear of risk,
    0:20:43 fear of what am I going to lose?
    0:20:45 So one of the things that happened
    0:20:46 before we started scaling our business
    0:20:50 was when we first started in the real estate game,
    0:20:52 it was in May of 2007.
    0:20:55 And for those of you who know your real estate history,
    0:20:57 that was not a good time to get into real estate.
    0:20:59 But we started out doing a thing called wholesaling,
    0:21:02 which essentially was we would put houses under contract
    0:21:05 and then we would sell the rights to that contract.
    0:21:06 We never actually bought the house.
    0:21:07 So we weren’t risking any money,
    0:21:10 we weren’t risking any repairs or anything like that.
    0:21:12 A couple of years later,
    0:21:14 when we went to flip our first house,
    0:21:16 I was scared to death.
    0:21:18 The thing is we weren’t even using our own money,
    0:21:20 we’re actually using one of our investor’s money,
    0:21:22 but I was so afraid to lose his money.
    0:21:23 And we made it through that deal,
    0:21:26 but it caused me to not want to buy any more houses.
    0:21:28 So we got into rental properties.
    0:21:30 And I learned rental criteria
    0:21:31 and learned how to understand cash flow.
    0:21:33 And we just went to town.
    0:21:34 And in a four month period,
    0:21:36 we ended up buying 12 houses,
    0:21:38 which was more houses than we had bought
    0:21:39 in that shorter period of time.
    0:21:41 It was really exciting.
    0:21:42 But we got to a point in our life
    0:21:44 where we were way out of money.
    0:21:45 Our investors were out of money,
    0:21:47 we didn’t know how to pay the bills.
    0:21:49 So kicking and screaming,
    0:21:50 we had to sell some of those houses.
    0:21:52 And we ended up selling four of those houses.
    0:21:56 And from selling those four houses within a couple of weeks,
    0:21:58 we made more money than we needed to pay our bills
    0:22:00 and all our expenses for over a year.
    0:22:03 I’m not just changed everything for us.
    0:22:05 I was like, wow, what if we could do this every month?
    0:22:07 What if we could make more money
    0:22:10 than we need for an entire year every month?
    0:22:11 So we ended up selling the rest of the houses.
    0:22:14 At the same time, we started buying more houses,
    0:22:17 but that also met that rental criteria
    0:22:18 and it just helped us go to town.
    0:22:20 I no longer had that thing in my brain,
    0:22:22 that limbic brain, that lizard brain,
    0:22:25 the fight or flight that was getting so afraid
    0:22:27 of taking action because I didn’t know
    0:22:28 what the end result was gonna be.
    0:22:29 I was afraid of losing money.
    0:22:31 So I was stuck in my tracks.
    0:22:32 I didn’t have that anymore.
    0:22:33 ‘Cause I was buying houses,
    0:22:35 I was flipping rentals essentially.
    0:22:37 I had a plan B, I had a plan A, plan B.
    0:22:39 If something didn’t work out,
    0:22:41 then I would end up with the hundred rental properties
    0:22:43 that I initially wanted in the cash flow
    0:22:44 that I was looking for.
    0:22:46 So that combined with the systems
    0:22:48 and all the things that we’ve been talking about
    0:22:51 just allowed us to really take off in scale.
    0:22:53 From there, we got a JV partner who put up,
    0:22:54 this guy had deep pockets.
    0:22:56 It wasn’t like the other guy that I was borrowing money from
    0:22:58 who this was his retirement.
    0:23:00 This guy understood the risk
    0:23:02 and we were able to go to town.
    0:23:03 – Okay.
    0:23:05 I have a plan B that is still acceptable to you.
    0:23:07 I think probably makes sense.
    0:23:09 First is like the Warren Buffett thing,
    0:23:10 you make money when you buy.
    0:23:12 Like I’m gonna do the forced appreciation thing
    0:23:15 and sell this to another investor.
    0:23:17 Let them be the long-term holder of this thing.
    0:23:18 But I’m gonna get my money out quickly
    0:23:20 as a way to de-risk the whole operation.
    0:23:23 I think about what’s probably on a lot of people’s mind
    0:23:26 for the last nine to 12-ish months
    0:23:28 in the world of online businesses,
    0:23:31 algorithm updates and AI and stuff.
    0:23:33 Like how do I de-risk my business from AI?
    0:23:35 Whether it’s diversifying traffic sources,
    0:23:37 whether it’s building an email list,
    0:23:39 whether it’s selling your own product,
    0:23:41 how you get to compete in an AI first world,
    0:23:44 the answers may look differently for person,
    0:23:46 but that’s number five here is this de-risk plan
    0:23:48 or come up with your de-risk if I plan.
    0:23:50 – And it’s gonna be different for everyone.
    0:23:51 The truth is I don’t know about you,
    0:23:53 but the number one thing people tell us
    0:23:55 ’cause we ask our audience like,
    0:23:56 hey, what’s the number one thing you’re stuck with?
    0:23:57 And it’s always money.
    0:23:59 They’re like, I don’t have enough money.
    0:24:01 And you know this, I know this.
    0:24:03 You don’t really need a lot of money to start a business.
    0:24:04 There’s so many different ways
    0:24:06 you can start a business with little no money.
    0:24:09 So it really depends on your situation.
    0:24:11 And we could talk about this for hours, right?
    0:24:14 You love service businesses, I love service businesses.
    0:24:16 There’s not a whole lot of risk in going out
    0:24:18 and trying to get these clients for a service business.
    0:24:21 – In most cases, right, it’s like the startup costs
    0:24:24 for almost anything that we talk about
    0:24:27 would be sub $500, or there’s some creative way
    0:24:29 to make it such that it is,
    0:24:31 that it’s within reach where you’re not having to take out
    0:24:36 a second mortgage or something to get something off the ground.
    0:24:39 And when you’ve kind of minimized your downside exposure
    0:24:42 and you’re taking a swing at something with some upside,
    0:24:44 with some scale, it’s only a matter of time
    0:24:47 before something hits and erases all the losses.
    0:24:49 ‘Cause the first thing may or may not be the one
    0:24:52 that actually works and having the wherewithal
    0:24:54 to be like, well, that doesn’t make me an abject failure.
    0:24:56 It just means that idea didn’t pan out.
    0:24:57 So okay, on to the next thing.
    0:24:59 So definitely keep your risks low,
    0:25:01 keep your goals high and get after it.
    0:25:03 So all right, that’s number five, the de-risk plan.
    0:25:05 What have you got for number six?
    0:25:08 – Number six is what I call the $60 an hour rule
    0:25:09 or the three X rule.
    0:25:12 If someone can do something like a service business,
    0:25:16 whether it’s cleaning, I know you did painting,
    0:25:18 whether it’s gutters, curbs, trash cans,
    0:25:21 car detailing, yard, tree removal, all that stuff,
    0:25:23 power washing, parking lots.
    0:25:24 I’m just naming all kinds of stuff.
    0:25:29 If you can come up with one of these businesses
    0:25:32 and you can make at least $60 per hour,
    0:25:34 you can scale that.
    0:25:37 Because then you just hire out the labor
    0:25:40 at $20, $25 an hour, then you focus more
    0:25:44 on getting the new clients, you hire out the labor
    0:25:46 and that’s how you can scale those businesses,
    0:25:48 also known as nail it, then scale it, right?
    0:25:51 – Okay, so this would be like an agency model,
    0:25:53 like this is the cost of labor ratio
    0:25:54 that you would like to see.
    0:25:57 You wanna have the final price be triple your labor cost.
    0:26:00 – Exactly, so my son, for example, he just turned 18
    0:26:02 and he’s trying to figure out
    0:26:04 what he’s gonna do in life, right?
    0:26:06 And he’s been fixing phones
    0:26:07 and he’s been doing a few different things,
    0:26:09 but he’s gone to the point where
    0:26:12 he can make $100 an hour fixing phones.
    0:26:14 So now he just has to improve his marketing,
    0:26:16 he has to be able to get more clients
    0:26:19 and then he can hire people to do the driving
    0:26:21 and to do all these different things,
    0:26:23 like all the different things that we’ve been talking about
    0:26:25 that will allow him to focus on
    0:26:27 his highest and best use of time
    0:26:30 and ultimately be able to scale the business.
    0:26:32 – Yeah, this is one where in the context
    0:26:35 of SEO and online business, like, okay,
    0:26:38 based on this projected keyword volume
    0:26:41 or traffic volume, if it ends up hitting
    0:26:43 and this projected affiliate ad,
    0:26:45 it’s like really hard to kind of try to figure out,
    0:26:46 well, what’s this page you’ve gotta make
    0:26:48 if it gets to the first page of Google,
    0:26:53 let’s say it does and say it is gonna make $1,000 a year.
    0:26:55 Best case scenario, like, okay,
    0:26:57 so it wouldn’t be unreasonable to pay somebody $300
    0:26:59 to write that article for you and then
    0:27:00 allow them to repeat. – Exactly, yeah.
    0:27:02 – And it’s like a timing of cash flow, in this case,
    0:27:03 like you’re gonna earn that $1,000
    0:27:06 over the course of 12 months, hopefully, you may not.
    0:27:08 So that’s where the risk comes into play,
    0:27:10 but that’s where you can kind of pencil in,
    0:27:12 well, okay, what’s my labor cost
    0:27:13 or what’s my potential labor cost
    0:27:15 for whatever model that I’m in?
    0:27:17 – And then you start to buy back some of your time
    0:27:19 and then you’re able to do the whole
    0:27:21 think smarter, not work harder, right?
    0:27:23 You go from labor to leadership
    0:27:25 and that’s how you really go.
    0:27:27 You become the rainmaker, that’s what you focus on.
    0:27:29 And then you eventually can hire someone
    0:27:30 to help you with that marketing,
    0:27:34 but you’ve increased your customer base pretty significantly
    0:27:36 and then hopefully you have repeat customers
    0:27:37 and so on and so forth.
    0:27:40 – Rule number seven is the marketing flywheel.
    0:27:43 How can you creatively get customers for free
    0:27:45 or even get paid to acquire customers?
    0:27:47 That’s coming up along with Justin’s business idea
    0:27:49 donation and more, right after this.
    0:27:52 – Yeah, so this one, I have lots of titles for it,
    0:27:55 the marketing flywheel self-liquidation offer
    0:27:56 or break-even funnel.
    0:27:59 Russell Brunson often refers to the break-even funnel
    0:28:01 and that’s kind of how he grew ClickFunnels,
    0:28:06 was he created a webinar and spent X amount of money
    0:28:09 to get people to register for the webinar,
    0:28:12 sold the webinar for like $1,000
    0:28:14 plus six months of ClickFunnels.
    0:28:17 And the whole concept is you are,
    0:28:18 you’re making money by acquiring customers.
    0:28:21 You’re acquiring customers for free.
    0:28:23 And he talks about how he would sometimes talk
    0:28:25 to venture capitalists and they would ask him,
    0:28:27 what’s your cost to acquire customers?
    0:28:29 Like, oh, no, we acquire them for free.
    0:28:31 We make money when we acquire customers.
    0:28:33 I’m like, wait, this doesn’t work for my numbers
    0:28:36 and my algorithm and it totally throws me off.
    0:28:38 But understanding this concept,
    0:28:40 once again, I think so many people
    0:28:42 who want to get into business think,
    0:28:44 oh, I got to have this big, huge tech idea
    0:28:47 and invest millions of dollars
    0:28:49 and most businesses fail and all this stuff.
    0:28:52 And it’s like, no, like you just have to figure out
    0:28:55 one of these models that work for you.
    0:28:58 And for us right now, we’re just focused on
    0:29:01 how much does it cost us to acquire a new listener?
    0:29:04 And it took us a year to build up to this,
    0:29:06 but we’re at that break-even point.
    0:29:10 That it cost us about six to eight cents
    0:29:12 to acquire a new listener.
    0:29:14 And we’re making about six to eight cents
    0:29:16 for every new listener.
    0:29:19 So if someone listens to just one more show,
    0:29:21 we’re spending a dollar to make $2.
    0:29:23 And the goal is to keep growing that.
    0:29:25 I have these different numbers where
    0:29:28 I know we could make 10 cents per listener
    0:29:31 and even up to like 15 cents per listener.
    0:29:32 If and as we continue to do that,
    0:29:34 these numbers get better and better.
    0:29:37 And then over time, you could add on programs,
    0:29:38 different things you’re selling.
    0:29:40 We don’t have any of our own programs at this point,
    0:29:42 but we’re all ready to that break-even
    0:29:44 or make money point, right?
    0:29:47 There’s a thousand different add-ons you can make to that,
    0:29:50 to where you got your money making machine essentially, right?
    0:29:52 And that’s the whole goal of business.
    0:29:54 For every dollar you put in, you’re making $2 back,
    0:29:58 $3 back, how can we make that number bigger and bigger
    0:30:01 that every dollar we invest, we’re making more and more back?
    0:30:02 – Yeah, that’s fascinating.
    0:30:04 We’ve heard from newsletter operators.
    0:30:09 Well, if every, I mean, there’s very elaborate equations
    0:30:10 that could start to go into it.
    0:30:12 But it’s like, well, what’s a new subscriber worth to us?
    0:30:14 Does it make sense to pay $2 for a subscriber
    0:30:16 if they’re gonna open 50% of the emails
    0:30:18 and they’re gonna stay on the list for nine months
    0:30:20 and they’re gonna be exposed?
    0:30:21 Like, oh, okay, we’re gonna make $5
    0:30:23 from that one subscriber on average.
    0:30:25 So yeah, we’re happy to pay two bucks for it.
    0:30:28 And so this is, on terms of the podcast downloads,
    0:30:31 this is just, on average, we have two or three,
    0:30:34 four ads per show at this CPM.
    0:30:36 So every download is worth to us,
    0:30:38 six to eight cents or six to 10 cents.
    0:30:39 – Yep, yep.
    0:30:41 I’m constantly looking at the numbers
    0:30:43 and analyzing numbers and just seeing,
    0:30:46 oh, if we pull this one lever
    0:30:47 and we spend this much money,
    0:30:49 what does that do to our bottom line?
    0:30:50 – Yeah, that’s really interesting.
    0:30:52 Like, only very recently started doing
    0:30:54 any paid podcast promotion.
    0:30:57 And it’s interesting to look at like,
    0:30:58 the cost per download metrics
    0:31:00 or cost per subscriber metrics.
    0:31:03 Yeah, I never really thought about it that way.
    0:31:04 And then, yeah, if you have a potential guest,
    0:31:06 could you share the cost with that?
    0:31:08 ‘Cause they’re getting some promotional benefit out of it.
    0:31:10 But yeah, what platforms do you like
    0:31:11 in terms of going out and buying listeners?
    0:31:14 – So at the beginning, we had an agency that we hired
    0:31:18 that was connecting with a lot of other podcasters,
    0:31:20 but it was costing us like several dollars
    0:31:22 to get a download.
    0:31:25 Then we started going to the podcast players
    0:31:29 and we started to get a lower amount.
    0:31:31 But one of the gotchas, something you wanna watch out for
    0:31:33 is what we didn’t realize,
    0:31:35 ’cause we just didn’t know what we didn’t know,
    0:31:37 until we were starting to work with an agency
    0:31:39 to get sponsors for us,
    0:31:41 was one of these podcast players,
    0:31:42 a lot of the places they were promoting to
    0:31:45 were in countries that sponsors just being on it,
    0:31:48 they just weren’t paying for those areas.
    0:31:51 So we got to a point where we had like 20% in the US
    0:31:53 and our agency was like, that’s not gonna work.
    0:31:55 So we had to go back to the drawing.
    0:31:57 – It’s like Facebook ads, like, oh yeah, it’s cheap
    0:32:00 if you wanna advertise to a non-US audience.
    0:32:01 – Totally.
    0:32:02 – Gotcha, gotcha.
    0:32:03 – But then we found the right players
    0:32:07 and if you invest enough, certain players,
    0:32:09 the amount just goes up depending on
    0:32:11 like how many people are bidding on it, right,
    0:32:13 or buying the ads.
    0:32:16 And then there are other players that you can negotiate
    0:32:19 with the podcast player.
    0:32:21 We’ve done such a high volume at this point
    0:32:24 where we’ve gotten some of the players to come down
    0:32:27 or like, hey, we’ll keep buying in volume,
    0:32:28 we just want a good deal.
    0:32:30 We mainly buy like the US,
    0:32:31 but then they’ll throw in other places
    0:32:34 like Canada, Australia, UK.
    0:32:37 So we’ve been able to literally like 3x
    0:32:40 the amount of listeners that we would be getting with them
    0:32:42 because we’ve worked out deals, we’re buying in bulk.
    0:32:43 We know they’re good listeners,
    0:32:46 we know we’re getting paid well for them.
    0:32:47 But yeah, another one I really like,
    0:32:51 this isn’t a podcast player, but it’s called Podroll.
    0:32:55 Podroll is amazing because you can get a great CPM
    0:33:00 by allowing other podcasters to do what’s called a feed drop.
    0:33:02 I don’t wanna get too technical too into the weeds here,
    0:33:06 but doing a feed drop is where another podcaster
    0:33:10 can put their episode in your feed.
    0:33:14 And Podroll has a platform that facilitates doing this.
    0:33:16 So initially we got doing Podroll
    0:33:20 ’cause we’re like, oh, you can make $50 to $100 CPM.
    0:33:22 But what we realized is we wanted to be
    0:33:24 on the other end of that,
    0:33:28 where we’re paying $50 to $100 CPM
    0:33:31 for people to listen to our show
    0:33:34 because it sounds like a high CPM,
    0:33:36 but they’re actually listening to your show.
    0:33:38 It’s not just someone hearing a one minute ad
    0:33:42 on someone else’s show on your podcast,
    0:33:43 they’re listening to your show.
    0:33:44 So you get the downloads
    0:33:47 and then you get some people that stick with you
    0:33:48 and that’s how you can grow.
    0:33:51 So that’s been huge for us.
    0:33:52 It gets pretty exciting.
    0:33:54 Man, I know we’re talking about podcasting,
    0:33:56 but you can do this like you said with an email list.
    0:33:59 You can do it with, I know I would say a blog,
    0:34:01 I know there’s been a lot of stuff with the updates
    0:34:04 and whatnot, but it’s just all about,
    0:34:06 and I guess that gets us to our last one,
    0:34:07 which is, oh no, there’s two more.
    0:34:08 (laughs)
    0:34:11 I’ve been talking too much.
    0:34:13 Anyway, I’ll save that, but you can do this with anything.
    0:34:15 – Yeah, figuring out what that marketing flywheel is,
    0:34:18 what that self-liquidating offer may be,
    0:34:21 if that may be possible in your industry or your niche.
    0:34:23 Like how can you acquire customers for free?
    0:34:25 I think it’s a creative marketing thought experiment,
    0:34:29 if nothing else, to figure out where our customers at,
    0:34:31 how can I set this up in such a way
    0:34:33 that it doesn’t cost me anything
    0:34:34 to get that next lead into the funnel,
    0:34:36 that next person into the pipeline there.
    0:34:37 All right, that’s number seven,
    0:34:40 the marketing flywheel or the breakeven funnel.
    0:34:41 What have you got for number eight?
    0:34:43 – So number eight is you wanna understand
    0:34:47 the velocity of money and returns and how they work.
    0:34:48 And this might sound simple,
    0:34:52 but I’m telling you, most people do not understand it.
    0:34:55 In fact, I read something earlier that said,
    0:34:59 two thirds of American adults cannot pass
    0:35:02 a very basic financial test.
    0:35:04 We just don’t learn this stuff in school,
    0:35:06 but the velocity of money basically says,
    0:35:09 for example, we started flipping houses,
    0:35:13 we were making anywhere from 15 to 20%
    0:35:16 on the money that we invested into a particular house,
    0:35:19 it would take us about four months to flip a house.
    0:35:21 So there’s 12 months in a year,
    0:35:24 we could essentially turn that money three times.
    0:35:27 So essentially, if you’re making 10 to 15%
    0:35:29 and you’re doing that three times a year, that’s…
    0:35:30 – It’s probably more than that.
    0:35:32 – I think, yeah, I messed up these numbers.
    0:35:33 – 45 to 60.
    0:35:35 – Yeah, 15 to 20% are the numbers.
    0:35:38 You make 15 to 20% on your money
    0:35:40 and you do that three times a year,
    0:35:44 you’re making 45 to 60% annualized.
    0:35:46 – Yeah, nominally, I’m sure there’s like
    0:35:48 some other velocity time component
    0:35:50 or time value element to it too.
    0:35:52 But right, it’s like, okay,
    0:35:53 how quickly can I get a return on it
    0:35:56 and how often can I lather and repeat?
    0:35:57 Is that my understanding?
    0:35:58 – Yeah, exactly.
    0:36:00 We were making 15 to 20% per house,
    0:36:02 we were doing that three times a year, given money,
    0:36:06 and that was 45 to 60% for the year.
    0:36:09 So what we did, I mentioned this JV partner,
    0:36:12 I went to this guy, this guy had deep pockets,
    0:36:14 millions of dollars, knew the real estate game,
    0:36:15 was just kind of retired.
    0:36:17 And I said, hey, here’s our track record,
    0:36:19 here’s all the houses, here are the numbers we’re getting.
    0:36:21 Would you be interested in putting up the money
    0:36:22 and we split the profit?
    0:36:24 And he took a look at it and he’s like,
    0:36:25 heck yeah, it took a little more than that,
    0:36:27 but essentially that’s what it came down to.
    0:36:29 And he essentially gave us a blank check.
    0:36:32 So we now knew we had the systems to buy the houses,
    0:36:34 we had the systems to fix up the houses,
    0:36:37 we just needed more money, and that was our money.
    0:36:39 And that’s the other thing that helped us really grow.
    0:36:42 ‘Cause his return, all he did was he’s like, okay,
    0:36:45 so I’m gonna make anywhere from 22 and a half
    0:36:48 to 30% annualized, that’s a heck of a lot better
    0:36:50 than what I’m making and anything else I’m doing.
    0:36:53 Since that time, I’ve talked to a lot of different people
    0:36:55 and done this with a lot of different businesses.
    0:36:59 We talked to a guy that had like a grass-fed beef business,
    0:37:01 so he raised cows essentially.
    0:37:04 And he was like, oh, I wanna do more of this,
    0:37:05 I just don’t have the money.
    0:37:07 And I’m like, okay, how much does it cost you to buy a cow?
    0:37:09 How much does it cost to feed the cow?
    0:37:12 Like, what are all the expenses that go into that cow?
    0:37:14 How long does it take till the cow gets slaughtered?
    0:37:17 I hope anyone listening, it gets too offended by this,
    0:37:20 but how long does it take till you’re able
    0:37:21 to essentially sell the cow?
    0:37:23 We broke the numbers down
    0:37:26 and it was like 100% annualized returns.
    0:37:28 I’m like, dude, I’ll give you all the money you want.
    0:37:31 And I said, a better thing to do though
    0:37:33 is now that you know that you can make 100%
    0:37:36 annualized return on the money invested,
    0:37:38 just go borrow it at 10%.
    0:37:39 – Okay.
    0:37:41 – And then you’re essentially making 90, it’s arbitrage,
    0:37:43 right, you’re taking other people’s money,
    0:37:44 you have the system in place
    0:37:47 and you’re making a killer return on that money.
    0:37:49 – Yeah, this is an interesting one.
    0:37:50 And I think about it,
    0:37:53 most often in the context of an e-commerce business
    0:37:55 or a physical product business,
    0:37:57 okay, I’m gonna buy 500 bucks of inventory,
    0:37:59 sell it next month for 600.
    0:38:01 And now I’ve got $600 worth of inventory
    0:38:02 and I can sell it for 750.
    0:38:05 And then kind of like, continue to level up
    0:38:06 and multiply your money.
    0:38:08 But like, how, you would think about it
    0:38:11 in context of inventory turns coming from the car business,
    0:38:13 like how much inventory is in our parts department right now?
    0:38:15 It’s always like the dealers wanted to know
    0:38:17 like how many millions of dollars are we sitting on parts?
    0:38:18 Like, what has it sold lately?
    0:38:20 Do we really need this sitting on the shelf?
    0:38:23 Like, could that money be better deployed elsewhere?
    0:38:25 And it’s like, okay, this could really apply
    0:38:28 to any business that has an investment component
    0:38:31 to a cost of labor or a cost of goods type of aspect to it,
    0:38:33 like cost of houses in a flipping type of business.
    0:38:36 – You’re right, e-commerce is a great example.
    0:38:37 You just essentially run the numbers.
    0:38:39 If the numbers make sense
    0:38:41 and you can either bring on a JD partner,
    0:38:43 if you don’t wanna take on the risk,
    0:38:46 but usually you’ll find that the cool thing about business
    0:38:49 is if and when, like you said, it’s hard to get started.
    0:38:50 It’s hard to get that inertia,
    0:38:51 hard to get that thing going,
    0:38:53 put that thing up into orbit.
    0:38:56 But once you do, a business typically will pay you
    0:38:59 significantly more than you’re ever gonna make
    0:39:02 in any other kind of investment,
    0:39:06 which then allows you to get the investors coming to you.
    0:39:07 That’s what I believe.
    0:39:09 And I don’t think most people should go out
    0:39:10 and raise a ton of money
    0:39:13 unless you’ve experienced in that kind of thing.
    0:39:14 But if you’re not that experienced in raising money
    0:39:16 and growing a huge business,
    0:39:18 now at first, then scale it, right?
    0:39:20 Go start that e-commerce business,
    0:39:24 go start that SaaS business, whatever that thing is,
    0:39:26 and then start to get some proven numbers.
    0:39:27 And if you can come to someone like me
    0:39:30 and you can show, hey, these are the things I’m selling,
    0:39:33 this is how much I’m making, these are the returns,
    0:39:35 I’ll give you the money, no problem.
    0:39:36 No problem all day long.
    0:39:38 – All right, well, you may be getting some calls after this.
    0:39:39 – Sounds good.
    0:39:42 I’ll collaborate Velocity of Money number nine
    0:39:44 on the nine rules of scale, go for it.
    0:39:48 – So number nine is the aggregation of marginal gains.
    0:39:51 Also referred to as like the compound effect,
    0:39:53 but essentially the aggregation of marginal gains,
    0:39:56 many people know about it from the book Atomic Habits,
    0:39:58 James Clear and his blog.
    0:40:02 It essentially is from the British cycling team
    0:40:05 back in the day for like a hundred years, they were horrible.
    0:40:08 They only won like one gold medal in that time
    0:40:11 and they brought in this guy
    0:40:14 to be the new manager of the cycling team.
    0:40:17 So his name was Dave Brelsford.
    0:40:18 The way he did things is most people came in there like,
    0:40:21 all right, we’re gonna make this huge improvement
    0:40:23 by doing this one thing, it’s gonna change everything
    0:40:25 and it just wasn’t working out.
    0:40:28 So he was all about this thing that we’re talking about,
    0:40:31 the aggregation of marginal gains.
    0:40:34 And he just said, if we can take every little component
    0:40:37 of what it takes to be good at cycling
    0:40:40 or to make you faster, whether it has to do with the bike
    0:40:42 or the athlete, then we’re just gonna do that.
    0:40:45 We’re gonna make 1% improvement each day
    0:40:48 as much as we can in all these different categories.
    0:40:50 And within five years,
    0:40:52 the British cycling team just started dominating.
    0:40:54 They started winning almost every gold medal.
    0:40:57 They started winning Tour de France’s,
    0:41:00 which they hadn’t done previously in that hundred years.
    0:41:01 And it just changed everything
    0:41:04 and he was just focused on the one small thing.
    0:41:09 That’s what I would invite everyone who’s listening to do.
    0:41:10 We’re in the information age.
    0:41:12 You’re literally listening to a podcast.
    0:41:14 There’s so much information out there.
    0:41:17 I love like swipe and deploy, see what people are doing
    0:41:19 and just be like, oh, let’s try that.
    0:41:21 It’s the different industry, but I can try it here.
    0:41:23 We try it out, we test it out,
    0:41:24 we keep going with what’s working.
    0:41:27 We keep trying to improve the things that aren’t working.
    0:41:29 I’m constantly talking to my team
    0:41:31 about how can we improve the podcast?
    0:41:33 How can we get more numbers?
    0:41:34 How can we improve everything that we’re doing
    0:41:36 just little by little?
    0:41:39 And as you do those things over time,
    0:41:41 you’ll see a huge difference in your business.
    0:41:43 – Yeah, there’s 1% improvement every day.
    0:41:46 It’s like, it doesn’t make a huge difference.
    0:41:47 It may not even be noticeable,
    0:41:50 but you know, over time, it really does start to compound.
    0:41:53 And that’s like Einstein’s eight wonder of the world,
    0:41:54 compound interest and all this stuff
    0:41:56 where it really does start to lead
    0:41:59 to some exponential growth over time.
    0:42:01 But the trick is doing it consistently,
    0:42:05 making it a habit, some, the compound effect for number nine.
    0:42:08 Let’s move on to round two,
    0:42:10 the donate a business idea round.
    0:42:11 What have you got for us here?
    0:42:13 – So I have business ideas every day.
    0:42:16 As I’m sure you do as well.
    0:42:18 But the idea, and it’s related to all the things
    0:42:19 that I’ve been working on combined
    0:42:21 with different things that have been happening in my life.
    0:42:23 So recently we traveled the world for nine months.
    0:42:28 As you know, we were in Rome just a couple of months ago.
    0:42:30 And as we were in Europe and these different places,
    0:42:32 we were doing all these tours and some were okay,
    0:42:34 but some of them were kind of long and a little boring.
    0:42:36 But it was almost like a necessary evil.
    0:42:38 I felt like I’m glad I’m doing this tour,
    0:42:40 but I’m kind of bored and it’s a little long.
    0:42:43 And I thought, you know, there needs to be something
    0:42:45 called 10 minute tours or something like that.
    0:42:47 And I know they have audio tours,
    0:42:49 but I was like, what if there was like a podcast
    0:42:50 that had like a tour,
    0:42:53 then my mind got going to like a history lesson.
    0:42:54 And maybe it’s longer than 10 minutes.
    0:42:55 ‘Cause now that I’m thinking about the ads
    0:42:57 that you can put in, maybe it’s a little longer
    0:42:59 so we can put more ads in.
    0:43:02 But you have 30 minute to 40 minute lessons
    0:43:05 and there’s so many lessons you could do on history,
    0:43:06 just in Italy alone.
    0:43:08 ‘Cause we were in Italy for like 38 days.
    0:43:09 I’m like, you could do a lesson on that,
    0:43:11 on that, on that, on that, on that.
    0:43:13 Part of the reason why I had this idea too
    0:43:15 is I know another guy who has a history podcast,
    0:43:17 but he does it himself.
    0:43:20 And his returns are bigger than ours.
    0:43:22 Just because there’s a lot of business podcasts
    0:43:25 and he invests in his podcast
    0:43:26 and the amount of people that stick
    0:43:27 and the amount of money he has to spend
    0:43:30 to get more listeners are significantly higher
    0:43:32 than what ours are.
    0:43:33 So I was taking all these ideas.
    0:43:35 I was like, I don’t know a lot about history,
    0:43:36 but I know there’s a lot of people out there
    0:43:38 who do know a lot about history
    0:43:39 and they’re probably not making a ton of money.
    0:43:42 I thought you could reach out to them
    0:43:45 and then Tara made an ad for our podcast the other day.
    0:43:47 And we got this great guy with a great voiceover voice.
    0:43:51 Just, you know, just sounded amazing.
    0:43:53 And I was like, you get the person who writes these things,
    0:43:56 get the person who’s gonna record them
    0:43:58 and then just work with different podcast players
    0:44:00 and promoting these.
    0:44:03 So this guy, once again, he spends all day creating this.
    0:44:05 You could tell he works really hard on them.
    0:44:07 I was like, man, you could put this thing together,
    0:44:08 bring the people together.
    0:44:11 You could pay them equity, so there’s no cost.
    0:44:12 Or if you have a little bit of money,
    0:44:14 you could just pay them whatever they would get paid.
    0:44:16 It didn’t ultimately make more money.
    0:44:19 – Yeah, or it may even be like an AI voiceover artist.
    0:44:21 – 100% yeah, I was thinking of all that too.
    0:44:24 I was like, you could probably do some AI stuff.
    0:44:27 You could probably do, especially like AI online
    0:44:29 is kind of tough because you have Google
    0:44:31 like crawling it and everything.
    0:44:34 But podcasting, no one’s crawling podcasting, right?
    0:44:37 So you could even create these lessons through AI.
    0:44:38 You could record them yourself
    0:44:40 or you could have someone else record them.
    0:44:43 But then the same idea, like for every dollar you spend,
    0:44:44 you could easily make two back.
    0:44:47 And you could essentially have this thing be,
    0:44:48 you could be a big part of it
    0:44:50 or you could just kind of outsource it to different people.
    0:44:53 And anyway, I’m just sitting there at the Coliseum
    0:44:57 at the forum and I’m like, this guy’s kind of boring,
    0:44:59 but people need these lessons.
    0:45:00 They’re incredibly valuable.
    0:45:02 And I think it would just take off.
    0:45:05 Anyway, if I had more time, I’d do it, but.
    0:45:07 – Yeah, that’s the business idea donation
    0:45:10 audio history lesson or audio walking tours.
    0:45:12 We’ve been on some that were incredible.
    0:45:14 We had this British guy in Barcelona
    0:45:17 who was just like so into the history of the city.
    0:45:20 And here we’re going from the fifth century to the 15th.
    0:45:21 – That’s awesome.
    0:45:22 – Right across the street from, you know,
    0:45:23 and he was really into it.
    0:45:26 And he told us that the FCE Barcelona logo
    0:45:27 was like those four red stripes.
    0:45:30 He’s like, that was like the king’s bloody fingers,
    0:45:31 like running down a-
    0:45:32 – Oh man.
    0:45:35 – Dude, I will never look at that logo the same way again.
    0:45:37 And then we’ve had other ones where you’re kind of like,
    0:45:39 yeah, I’m getting something here,
    0:45:41 but he’s the bar now that everything else
    0:45:42 is measured against.
    0:45:43 And it’s interesting.
    0:45:45 But yeah, this could be an interesting one
    0:45:48 hiring historians to write or repurpose lessons.
    0:45:49 Maybe they already have it.
    0:45:51 Could I license these from there?
    0:45:52 And then hiring a voiceover artist
    0:45:55 or using some AI voiceover to, you know,
    0:45:57 be the voice of your podcast
    0:45:58 might be interesting to play around with.
    0:46:00 – And you could do the same thing with science
    0:46:01 or any subject, right?
    0:46:05 It goes on and on, but just, yeah, look into mine.
    0:46:06 – Yeah, yeah, you gotta scratch your own itch
    0:46:08 from these boring tours.
    0:46:10 – Yeah, exactly.
    0:46:11 – All right, round three is the triple threat.
    0:46:14 This is, first off, a marketing tactic
    0:46:15 that’s working for you right now.
    0:46:16 Could be this pod roll stuff,
    0:46:18 could be something else you got in mind.
    0:46:20 – Yeah, I mean, I think I’ve kind of went through that.
    0:46:23 It’s just working with the podcast players
    0:46:25 to promote the show.
    0:46:27 And we have our numbers pretty dialed in.
    0:46:29 Like I’m pretty aware of what it costs us
    0:46:30 for each pod player.
    0:46:31 If that doesn’t work, I reach out to them
    0:46:32 and try to negotiate a better deal
    0:46:34 or we focus on other ones.
    0:46:36 And then from that, like I said,
    0:46:38 we’re gonna leverage it into working more
    0:46:40 with podcast swaps and all that.
    0:46:42 So that’s kind of our main focus.
    0:46:44 At some point, we do wanna launch a program,
    0:46:47 but we’re just trying to hang in as long as we can.
    0:46:48 ‘Cause once we do that,
    0:46:49 it’s a whole nother thing to take care of.
    0:46:51 We’re just trying to generate a bunch of cash
    0:46:54 ’cause cash will allow us to hire more people
    0:46:56 and just keep that flywheel going.
    0:46:57 – Right, yeah, if you can get somebody to tune in
    0:47:00 for multiple episodes, they join the email list,
    0:47:02 maybe they eventually buy the to be determined
    0:47:04 future product.
    0:47:04 – Totally, yeah.
    0:47:05 – There’s a lot of good things that can happen.
    0:47:07 – And it could be an affiliate marketing
    0:47:07 at the beginning, right?
    0:47:09 There’s so many different options.
    0:47:12 – A new or new to you tool that you’re loving right now.
    0:47:15 – For me, this might sound kind of boring
    0:47:17 and not that exciting.
    0:47:19 I just love my Google calendar.
    0:47:22 That is my second brain.
    0:47:24 Anytime I have an idea, a thought,
    0:47:25 I put it in my calendar.
    0:47:26 If I have to do, I put it in there.
    0:47:28 And then I just either delete them,
    0:47:30 like eliminate, automate or delegate.
    0:47:32 That’s my list, right?
    0:47:34 So every day I’ll have my list of top priorities.
    0:47:36 I’ll check it out the day before,
    0:47:39 make sure it’s what I wanna do for the next day.
    0:47:39 And I’ll either delete it,
    0:47:42 I’ll move it over like sometimes months away.
    0:47:43 Sometimes it felt like a great idea
    0:47:45 and then it’s not anymore.
    0:47:46 But I’m always trying to figure out
    0:47:48 how can I systematize this, how can I do it?
    0:47:51 But I use the Google calendar but not that sexy
    0:47:52 but I use it all the time.
    0:47:54 It’s my calendar of where to go,
    0:47:56 where to be, what to do.
    0:47:57 It’s what I live by.
    0:47:59 I never wake up and don’t know what to do
    0:48:01 ’cause it’s always there.
    0:48:01 – Very good.
    0:48:04 Not a new tool but a very useful one at that.
    0:48:05 So I like that one as well.
    0:48:07 It’s like, and I find myself too.
    0:48:09 I’ll block off that time and be like,
    0:48:10 it’s not important right now.
    0:48:12 I’ll punt that off until next month.
    0:48:13 But it’s in there.
    0:48:13 It’s kind of a reminder.
    0:48:14 – Yes.
    0:48:15 – You thought this was important at one point.
    0:48:16 – Exactly.
    0:48:17 – Is it still?
    0:48:20 All right, so that is the tool
    0:48:22 and a favorite book from the last 12 months.
    0:48:24 – So in getting ready for this,
    0:48:29 I re-listened to the book Procrastination on Purpose
    0:48:31 by Rory Vaden.
    0:48:33 He also has a good TED Talk on it
    0:48:35 and he kind of talks about the focus funnel
    0:48:38 and he does go over, I don’t know about you
    0:48:39 but sometimes I’ll teach something
    0:48:40 or talk about something
    0:48:43 and I almost forget where I learned it from.
    0:48:44 So as I listened to that again,
    0:48:48 I was like, oh yeah, he talked about the eliminate,
    0:48:51 the automate, the delegate
    0:48:54 and then he goes as far as to procrastinate on purpose,
    0:48:58 right, if it’s not a priority now and then concentrate.
    0:48:59 That was a pretty good read, I thought.
    0:49:03 He talks about ROTI return on time invested,
    0:49:06 which is a lot about what we’ve been talking about
    0:49:09 and how that’s like the best investment you can make
    0:49:11 is working on your business instead of just in your business
    0:49:14 and it’ll pay you back dividends for time to come.
    0:49:15 – Yeah, return on time.
    0:49:17 You start off doing the 10 dollar an hour things
    0:49:19 and you graduate to the $100 an hour things
    0:49:22 and then hopefully you graduate to the $1,000 an hour things
    0:49:23 and I like this.
    0:49:25 I have not read this book Procrastination on Purpose
    0:49:28 but we’ll link that up in the show notes for this episode.
    0:49:30 You can just follow the link in the episode description
    0:49:32 and I’ll get right over there.
    0:49:33 Millionaire University.
    0:49:35 Justin Williams, thank you so much for joining me
    0:49:37 and be sure to check out the podcast,
    0:49:40 check out the website at millionaireuniversity.com.
    0:49:44 Any parting words of guidance before we wrap up here?
    0:49:46 – I would just say take action, that’s what everyone says
    0:49:50 but take action and then after you’ve taken action,
    0:49:52 don’t just keep taking action.
    0:49:55 Start to think about how can I use leverage?
    0:49:56 How can I grow?
    0:50:00 How can I implement the things that we’re talking about today
    0:50:01 so that you can really get to the point
    0:50:04 where you’re making more money with less time
    0:50:06 and once again, I want that to sound like cheesy
    0:50:09 or like woo-woo or fake, but you really can.
    0:50:11 The same things that helped us get to the point
    0:50:13 where we were flipping 100 houses a year,
    0:50:15 also gave us more time because if we were the bottleneck,
    0:50:16 if we were the one doing it,
    0:50:18 there was no way that would have happened,
    0:50:20 same with our education business.
    0:50:22 So just take action but then start thinking about
    0:50:25 how can I take that next level of action
    0:50:27 that will give me to that next level
    0:50:29 and just keep living a life on purpose?
    0:50:32 – Yeah, it’s such an interesting distinction between
    0:50:33 how can I make extra money, right?
    0:50:35 I’m gonna go solve this problem
    0:50:37 and then flipping the switch to be like,
    0:50:39 how can I be a business owner?
    0:50:43 And trying to fire yourself from the doing stuff
    0:50:46 and promoting yourself to the CEO role
    0:50:47 and it’s a different set of questions.
    0:50:49 I think it’s really interesting stuff.
    0:50:52 So again, MillionaireUniversity.com, check out the podcast.
    0:50:53 I was an early guest on there.
    0:50:56 Brian was my interviewer for that one.
    0:50:58 I think that’s a good one to start with.
    0:51:01 But big thanks to Justin for sharing his insight.
    0:51:02 Big thanks to our sponsors
    0:51:05 for helping make this content free for everyone.
    0:51:08 As always, you can hit up SideHussellNation.com/deals
    0:51:11 for all the latest offers from our sponsors in one place.
    0:51:13 Thank you for supporting the advertisers
    0:51:14 that support the show.
    0:51:15 That is it for me.
    0:51:17 Thank you so much for tuning in.
    0:51:18 If you’re finding value in the show,
    0:51:21 the greatest compliment is to share it with a friend.
    0:51:22 So fire off that text message.
    0:51:24 Hey, I think you’ll like this episode.
    0:51:25 Hey, I think you should check this out.
    0:51:27 Until next time, let’s go out there
    0:51:28 and make something happen.
    0:51:29 And I’ll catch you in the next edition
    0:51:31 of the Side Hustle Show.
    0:51:32 Hustle on.

    Let’s talk about 9 rules to scaling up your side hustle.

    We’ve got a lot of episodes on the zero-to-one part of the equation, but now it’s time to go from one to two to ten.

    Joining me is Justin Williams, a serial entrepreneur who’s done it all—from flipping over a hundred houses a year to scaling and selling an online education business.

    Now, he’s the brains behind millionaireuniversity.com and its accompanying podcast.

    Full Show Notes: 9 Rules to Scale Any Side Hustle

    New to the Show? Get your personalized money-making playlist here!

    Sponsors:

    Shopify — Sign up for a $1 per month trial!

    Indeed – Start hiring NOW with a $75 sponsored job credit to upgrade your job post!

  • 619: $100/hr Organizing Other People’s Pictures

    AI transcript
    0:00:04 – 85 bucks an hour organizing other people’s photos.
    0:00:06 What’s up, what’s up, Nick Lofer here.
    0:00:08 Welcome to The Signed Hustle Show,
    0:00:09 part of the entrepreneur podcast network.
    0:00:12 It’s the business podcast you can actually apply.
    0:00:17 And on the docket today, a sign hustle I’ve never heard of
    0:00:20 that can pay $5,000 plus per project.
    0:00:21 You’re gonna love it.
    0:00:23 It’s photo organizing.
    0:00:25 And apparently it’s in high demand.
    0:00:27 My guest says she’s got more than enough work.
    0:00:28 Keep yourself busy full time.
    0:00:31 And it’s built into a six-week business process
    0:00:34 from mymemoryfile.com.
    0:00:37 Cheryl DeFrank, welcome to The Signed Hustle Show.
    0:00:38 – Thanks so much for having me, Nick.
    0:00:39 I’m thrilled to be here.
    0:00:40 – Me as well.
    0:00:41 Looking forward to this one.
    0:00:44 Stick around, we’re gonna learn how all of this works,
    0:00:46 who it might be a good fit for,
    0:00:48 and how to get this thing off the ground.
    0:00:51 But I wanna talk about this transition moment from,
    0:00:54 really, there are people who would pay me to do this,
    0:00:56 to actually landing that first client.
    0:01:01 Walk me through the early days of my memory file business.
    0:01:02 – It was quite a surprise to me.
    0:01:05 I was kind of in between jobs,
    0:01:06 trying to figure out what my next thing was gonna be.
    0:01:09 I was just helping a friend organize her digital photos,
    0:01:11 all her photos on her phone and her computer.
    0:01:13 And she just couldn’t handle it and was overwhelmed.
    0:01:15 And so I was just helping her out,
    0:01:16 just getting things organized.
    0:01:18 And she said to me, she said,
    0:01:19 “You should do this as a job.”
    0:01:21 And I thought, that’s crazy.
    0:01:22 That’s not a job.
    0:01:23 That’s not a thing.
    0:01:25 So I kind of dismissed it.
    0:01:27 And I just happened to be talking to my sister
    0:01:30 who lives in a different state.
    0:01:31 It’s crazy idea that my friend had.
    0:01:34 And my sister said, “Oh yeah, I have a friend that does that.”
    0:01:37 And I just thought, what in the world,
    0:01:39 that there is actually somebody who does this?
    0:01:40 – Yeah, this is a thing.
    0:01:41 – This is a thing.
    0:01:43 At least this woman has figured out how to do this.
    0:01:45 And then my sister said to me,
    0:01:47 “Yeah, and my friend who does this
    0:01:49 is a member of an organization,
    0:01:51 a trade association of photo organizers.”
    0:01:53 I thought, well, that’s crazy that there’s not only one,
    0:01:55 but apparently there’s more than one.
    0:01:57 – So you’re gonna have to have its own association, yeah.
    0:01:59 – Exactly, to have their own association.
    0:02:01 So obviously I got in touch with this friend of my sister
    0:02:04 who put me in touch with the organization,
    0:02:05 which is called the photo managers.
    0:02:07 And the rest is history.
    0:02:09 As soon as I kind of decided I was so excited,
    0:02:11 I learned kind of the potential.
    0:02:13 I talked to other photo organizers.
    0:02:15 I decided to kind of go with it.
    0:02:18 And pretty much from the get-go,
    0:02:21 as soon as I talk to people and tell them what I do,
    0:02:22 the reaction is always,
    0:02:24 “Oh my gosh, I need to hire you.”
    0:02:28 I had no idea that I could hire somebody to do this.
    0:02:29 They’re just thrilled.
    0:02:32 And granted, not everybody turns into a client, of course,
    0:02:35 but the number of people who are just so excited and thrilled
    0:02:38 to know they could hire somebody to do it is the same thing.
    0:02:41 We’re all capable of cleaning our own homes,
    0:02:42 but many of us don’t want to,
    0:02:44 or we just don’t have the bandwidth to do it.
    0:02:46 And this is a much, much bigger project,
    0:02:48 a much more emotional project for many people.
    0:02:51 It creates so much stress for them,
    0:02:53 knowing that their photos are in the attic
    0:02:56 and have them forbid if the house burns down,
    0:02:58 or, “Gosh, I wish I could find that picture
    0:03:01 of my great-grandmother,” or, “What happens?
    0:03:05 I’m so worried that my phone’s gonna fall in the toilet
    0:03:07 and I’m gonna lose all the pictures of my kids.”
    0:03:08 And they’re just so thrilled to know
    0:03:10 that there’s somebody that will help them with it.
    0:03:13 A lot of times, I’ll be at like a cocktail party or something
    0:03:14 where everyone says, “Oh, what do you do?
    0:03:15 What do you do?
    0:03:16 What do you do?”
    0:03:17 And, “Oh, I’m a lawyer, okay, great.”
    0:03:19 Or, “Oh, I’m a whatever, okay, great.
    0:03:21 Oh, I’m a photo organizer.”
    0:03:24 And everybody stops.
    0:03:27 Like, I mean, they’re just so curious and excited and so on.
    0:03:29 So, it has been a great ride.
    0:03:30 It has been a great career.
    0:03:32 – It’s fascinating, ’cause right,
    0:03:34 I mean, we’re 600 episodes into this show
    0:03:35 and I never heard of it as a thing.
    0:03:39 There’s this education component in the marketplace
    0:03:41 that you could hire somebody like Cheryl
    0:03:45 to come and help you out with this heavy anxiety feeling
    0:03:46 of, “How do I digitize?
    0:03:48 How do I back this stuff up?
    0:03:48 How do I organize?”
    0:03:51 Like, there is a lot of emotion surrounding that
    0:03:54 and a level of trust and like, “Wow, would somebody else
    0:03:56 do it the way that I would want it done?”
    0:03:57 And all of that.
    0:03:59 So, you find the photo managers.
    0:04:01 There’s a professional organization.
    0:04:03 And we had another guest who he was talking about.
    0:04:04 He’s starting a software business.
    0:04:06 He’s like, “If it is a big enough industry
    0:04:09 to have its own association, it’s worth going after.”
    0:04:11 It’s more niche than that, maybe not.
    0:04:12 But what happens from that point?
    0:04:14 Your sister says, “I’ve got a friend of mine
    0:04:15 who’s doing this.”
    0:04:17 From that point to first paying a customer
    0:04:20 or practicing for free first with another friend.
    0:04:22 Like, how do you go from zero to one here?
    0:04:23 It was pretty quick.
    0:04:25 The friend that I was helping who had this initial idea,
    0:04:28 who I will always credit to me being in this business.
    0:04:32 So, I did her photos for free to kind of get some confidence
    0:04:34 and just kind of see how it worked
    0:04:37 or if I was able to, really.
    0:04:40 And then I just started talking to friends.
    0:04:43 And my first actual paying client was another friend
    0:04:45 who just said, “Hey, can you help me out
    0:04:46 with the photos on my phone?
    0:04:47 Because they’re such a mess.
    0:04:48 I know I’ve got so many duplicates.
    0:04:51 Everybody has tons of duplicates.”
    0:04:52 It was a relatively small project,
    0:04:55 but I helped her out and she was grateful.
    0:04:58 And then she just started talking to other people.
    0:05:02 A lot of people would say to start with friends and family.
    0:05:04 And that’s a good idea.
    0:05:05 I mean, they obviously will already kind of have
    0:05:06 a certain amount of faith in you
    0:05:08 and already want to support you.
    0:05:10 But it can also be a little bit hard
    0:05:11 to work with friends and family.
    0:05:14 So, I kind of started spreading the word
    0:05:15 as quickly as possible.
    0:05:17 I’m on a neighborhood listserv.
    0:05:19 So, which is kind of like next to them.
    0:05:20 It’s basically an email listserv.
    0:05:23 All the families in my kid’s school are on a listserv.
    0:05:25 All the people that belong to our pool
    0:05:27 are on another listserv and so on.
    0:05:29 So, you’ve got all these different kind of groups.
    0:05:32 Either I would post something about my services
    0:05:34 and sometimes there’s rules about self-promotion,
    0:05:35 but either I would post something
    0:05:38 or a friend would post something for me.
    0:05:40 Kind of maybe even a scripted thing like,
    0:05:42 “Hey, you guys wouldn’t believe this person I found
    0:05:45 to organize all your photos and give her a call.”
    0:05:47 And of course now, years later,
    0:05:49 my previous clients will post things
    0:05:50 on their own listservs.
    0:05:53 So, just the word kind of spreads
    0:05:57 and the phone hasn’t really stopped ringing in 10 years
    0:05:59 based on just kind of word of mouth.
    0:06:01 I always say like, someone told me early on,
    0:06:03 and this is probably true in every business,
    0:06:06 someone told me early on to put your company name
    0:06:08 and kind of a little tagline in what you do
    0:06:11 at the bottom of every single email you write,
    0:06:13 no matter who you’re sending it to,
    0:06:15 whether it’s a business email or not.
    0:06:16 Yeah, and it’s not a new concept,
    0:06:20 but in my case, because it is so unique,
    0:06:21 I’ll send an email to somebody
    0:06:24 about my son’s La Crosse game or something
    0:06:26 or La Crosse team and they’ll see what I’ll do
    0:06:29 and they’ll write me back having nothing to do with La Crosse,
    0:06:31 but say, “Wait, what is that you do?
    0:06:32 I see you’re a photo worker.”
    0:06:33 Like, “What’s that?”
    0:06:35 And then might turn into a job,
    0:06:36 might turn into a project.
    0:06:37 – So conversation starter of nothing else
    0:06:38 and we’ve talked about that.
    0:06:39 – Absolutely is.
    0:06:41 – That email signature space underutilized,
    0:06:43 marketing real estate in some cases.
    0:06:44 – Exactly.
    0:06:48 – I was assuming this was going to be almost all digital,
    0:06:49 but when starting locally,
    0:06:51 I get maybe it is in person.
    0:06:52 So it’s that box in the attic.
    0:06:54 It’s like the physical pictures
    0:06:57 and so does it need to be kind of a local radius for it?
    0:06:58 – It’s both.
    0:06:59 It’s really both.
    0:07:02 The three main areas of photo organizing.
    0:07:04 Number one is the print photos.
    0:07:06 These are usually maybe older families
    0:07:08 that still have print photos in the attic.
    0:07:09 You know, it’s a mess.
    0:07:10 They’ve been hiding up there for years
    0:07:14 and so they’ll give me the boxes of print photos
    0:07:16 for me to organize and sort
    0:07:18 and usually it’s chronologically.
    0:07:19 For the most part,
    0:07:21 because there is a physical exchange there,
    0:07:22 those are usually local clients.
    0:07:26 But I’ve had people mail me boxes and boxes of photos
    0:07:27 from other places.
    0:07:28 So that’s one area.
    0:07:31 And then the other area is digital photo organizing,
    0:07:33 which is again, the photos on the phone
    0:07:34 and the hard drives
    0:07:35 and all those little camera cards
    0:07:37 that we have in all kinds of drawers around the house
    0:07:38 and so on.
    0:07:41 That clients also have no idea where everything is
    0:07:43 or what it’s on these hard drives.
    0:07:46 So in that case, again, it certainly can be local
    0:07:49 but then you can have people either send me hard drives
    0:07:52 or sometimes for instance,
    0:07:55 and we’ll log into their online storage.
    0:07:57 So for instance, I can log into a person’s iCloud
    0:07:59 or a person’s Google photos
    0:08:01 or something obviously with their permission
    0:08:03 and organize straight online
    0:08:05 and never meet the client in person.
    0:08:06 And then the third aspect,
    0:08:08 which is kind of one of the main areas is scanning
    0:08:10 or digitizing photos.
    0:08:12 There are certain photo organizers that just do that.
    0:08:14 So they just do scanning
    0:08:16 and they don’t really even do the sorting process.
    0:08:19 So there’s lots of different aspects.
    0:08:21 And then there’s other kind of offshoots
    0:08:22 like just creating photo books.
    0:08:24 There are certain organizers,
    0:08:25 their specialty is creating photo books
    0:08:29 for all kinds of different events or slide shows,
    0:08:30 kind of anything having to do with photos
    0:08:35 that a lot of people either just have no idea how to do
    0:08:38 or don’t wanna spend the time figuring it out.
    0:08:41 Or the other thing too is working with your own photos,
    0:08:42 whatever you’re doing,
    0:08:43 whether you’re sorting them,
    0:08:44 whether you’re creating a slideshow,
    0:08:47 trying to pick the photos for the slideshow
    0:08:48 is a very emotional process
    0:08:50 when you’re working with your own photos.
    0:08:53 So what I tell clients, which is true,
    0:08:55 is there’s no emotion for me.
    0:08:57 So I can do it much, much faster
    0:09:00 and I’m not reliving my son’s three-year birthday party
    0:09:02 in the process and so on.
    0:09:04 – Yeah, it takes three times as long
    0:09:06 as you’re going through everything again.
    0:09:06 – Right, right.
    0:09:07 – All right.
    0:09:10 – So yeah, so there’s a variety of different ways,
    0:09:12 different things you can do in the business.
    0:09:14 – Was there anybody else doing it in your neighborhood
    0:09:16 or was it a blue ocean when you were starting out?
    0:09:17 – There were definitely people locally.
    0:09:19 When I first joined the photo managers,
    0:09:21 that was 10 years ago,
    0:09:22 they put me in touch with some people
    0:09:24 that were in my local area.
    0:09:25 I’m in near Washington, DC.
    0:09:27 So there’s kind of the tri-state,
    0:09:29 DC, Maryland and Virginia area.
    0:09:31 So they did, they put me in touch with a few other people
    0:09:33 and we would get together periodically, locally,
    0:09:36 just to kind of compare notes and just support each other
    0:09:37 and so on.
    0:09:40 And one of them is now still one of my closest friends.
    0:09:42 She lives about 20 minutes away and we see each other
    0:09:43 but we text daily, kind of,
    0:09:45 “Hey, what would you do in this situation?”
    0:09:46 And so on.
    0:09:48 Actually, one of the nice things about the photo managers
    0:09:51 is they will create regional groups.
    0:09:54 We actually now meet once every two months
    0:09:56 with people in the Mid-Atlantic region,
    0:09:59 obviously by Zoom, but just kind of compare notes
    0:10:00 and ask each other questions,
    0:10:02 share stories about projects and so on.
    0:10:05 – All right, I looked up photo organizing near me
    0:10:09 and sure enough, this company has got 29 five-star Google
    0:10:11 reviews, they’ve been in business for a while,
    0:10:13 like somebody is doing it.
    0:10:15 It’s interesting, but it doesn’t seem too, too cluttered
    0:10:17 ’cause I think the third result is Yelp
    0:10:19 and it says the best photographers in Sammamish.
    0:10:22 Like, well, that’s not exactly what I’m looking for here.
    0:10:23 That’s a different skill set.
    0:10:24 – Right, right.
    0:10:27 The good news, the reality is that you’re right.
    0:10:29 It’s still not saturated at all.
    0:10:31 Even in New York City or major metropolitan areas,
    0:10:33 there may be several, at least members
    0:10:36 of the photo managers organization doing it.
    0:10:38 And there are some professional photographers
    0:10:40 who I’ve seen who are getting into it,
    0:10:42 who may not be members of the association,
    0:10:44 but there are people getting into it,
    0:10:48 but there is definitely plenty of business to go around.
    0:10:52 I mean, I can’t stress enough that even in our local area,
    0:10:56 there is absolutely no feeling of competition
    0:10:57 or competitiveness.
    0:10:59 It is really very collaborative.
    0:11:02 We talk all the time and sometimes,
    0:11:05 again, my colleague in Virginia will refer a client to me
    0:11:09 or vice versa if she just doesn’t wanna come up to Maryland.
    0:11:10 It’s a very collaborative.
    0:11:11 – Customers aren’t in the position
    0:11:13 of getting multiple competitive bids and say,
    0:11:16 “Well, Cheryl said you do it for this price.”
    0:11:17 – Yeah, yeah.
    0:11:20 I think I’ve come across that maybe once in 10 years.
    0:11:23 And in that case, again, we realize
    0:11:25 that they’re doing competitive bidding
    0:11:27 and we kind of collaborate.
    0:11:28 It’s not a competitive thing.
    0:11:29 It’s not like we say,
    0:11:31 “Well, I’ll do it for the less to get the job.”
    0:11:33 ‘Cause that never really works out anyway.
    0:11:35 – So taking a look at the local competition,
    0:11:38 maybe you not too much was going on
    0:11:42 and even still today, not this crazy oversaturated,
    0:11:45 but then opening up the local marketing playbook
    0:11:48 in terms of your local neighborhood Facebook groups,
    0:11:51 the next-door pages, the local list serves,
    0:11:55 and almost playing this education game of here’s what I do
    0:11:57 to the extent that self-promotion is allowed.
    0:12:00 One of the creative ones we heard recently was,
    0:12:01 “I just got my truck wrapped
    0:12:04 “from this great truck wrap company.”
    0:12:06 But of course, the picture of the truck
    0:12:09 is blazing with this businesses logo.
    0:12:11 You’re ostensibly plugging the car wrap company,
    0:12:13 but subtly plugging yourself as well.
    0:12:16 And then if you can have happy customers post that
    0:12:18 on your behalf, that’s something that we see really commonly
    0:12:19 in our neighborhood, Facebook group.
    0:12:22 Hey, if anybody needs a pain in your recommendation,
    0:12:24 we just had so-and-so out and they were fantastic.
    0:12:26 If anybody needs a handy person,
    0:12:27 you gotta give these guys a call.
    0:12:29 So we hear that all the time.
    0:12:29 Yeah, absolutely.
    0:12:34 Anything else on the local or even online marketing front,
    0:12:36 to what extent does SEO come into play,
    0:12:39 or do you have to do any paid acquisition?
    0:12:41 Maybe some percentage of the customer base
    0:12:42 is actively seeking this out,
    0:12:45 but it sounds like it’s almost more like,
    0:12:46 “You know somebody who had this done,”
    0:12:50 and then they tell, “Is that a typical customer flow?”
    0:12:51 I think that’s a lot of it.
    0:12:52 Marketing and how to get clients
    0:12:54 is always a big topic of conversation
    0:12:55 in photo manager meetings
    0:12:57 and just among our groups and so on.
    0:13:00 And I do think that word of mouth is a lot of it.
    0:13:02 There’s such a trust factor here, right?
    0:13:04 Because whoever you’re gonna give your photos to,
    0:13:07 you have to trust that they’re gonna take care of them
    0:13:09 and trust that they’re gonna be confidential and so on.
    0:13:11 So I think there’s such amount of trust
    0:13:13 that it really is so valuable getting that referral
    0:13:16 from either someone that they trust
    0:13:19 or a previous client who’s actually worked with me.
    0:13:22 As far as online marketing in terms of social media,
    0:13:25 honestly, I don’t do a lot of it.
    0:13:26 And quite honestly, probably partially
    0:13:30 just because I am not a great person at constantly posting,
    0:13:31 whether it’s Facebook or Instagram,
    0:13:33 and I say this all the time too,
    0:13:36 I have been intending to put together a marketing plan
    0:13:39 for 10 years and I just haven’t had time
    0:13:42 because I’ve been too busy with paying clients.
    0:13:43 – Busy doing the work, yeah.
    0:13:44 – Right, right.
    0:13:46 I mean, it’s still important to have it.
    0:13:48 I just haven’t gotten around to it.
    0:13:50 However, I certainly do know
    0:13:52 that there are plenty of photo managers
    0:13:53 who are much better at that,
    0:13:55 who get a fair number of clients.
    0:13:58 Again, you can get remote clients with the digital organizing
    0:14:00 or people sending you their photos
    0:14:01 ’cause they don’t know of anybody in their local area
    0:14:03 and they’re thrilled to find you.
    0:14:04 They’ll send you the boxes of photos.
    0:14:06 I have a colleague in Colorado
    0:14:08 who a client sent her a bunch of stuff
    0:14:11 from I think the Midwest, that kind of thing.
    0:14:14 One of the things I had done early on
    0:14:17 was you have like those school auctions, right?
    0:14:20 Parents are donating things or either items
    0:14:22 or a week in each house or something.
    0:14:26 And I would donate two or three hours of my time.
    0:14:27 But the nice thing is you get the chance
    0:14:29 to do a nice display of what you do.
    0:14:31 And again, it catches people’s attention
    0:14:32 ’cause it’s photo organizing.
    0:14:36 And the nice thing is that two or three hours of my time
    0:14:39 was only gonna scratch the surface of a project.
    0:14:43 So I’m giving away two or three hours of my time,
    0:14:48 but I know that they’re gonna most likely end up paying me
    0:14:49 for many more hours
    0:14:51 because the project itself is just gonna require
    0:14:52 that much more.
    0:14:54 – More with Sheryl in just a moment,
    0:14:57 including how much she charges for this work,
    0:14:58 potential startup costs
    0:15:01 and how AI may impact the business right after this.
    0:15:04 That’s the sound of another sale
    0:15:06 on your online Shopify store.
    0:15:10 But did you know Shopify powers in-person selling too?
    0:15:12 It’s true, Shopify is the sound of selling everywhere,
    0:15:16 online, in-store, on social media and beyond.
    0:15:20 Shopify POS is your command center for your retail store.
    0:15:23 That means you can accept payments, manage inventory
    0:15:26 and track every sale across your business in one place.
    0:15:29 With Shopify, you get a powerhouse selling partner
    0:15:30 that helps you drive store traffic
    0:15:33 with plug-and-play tools built for marketing campaigns
    0:15:36 from TikTok to Instagram and beyond.
    0:15:37 You can take payments by smartphone,
    0:15:40 transform your tablet into a point-of-sale system
    0:15:43 or use Shopify’s POS Go mobile device
    0:15:45 for a battle-tested solution.
    0:15:47 Plus, Shopify’s award-winning help
    0:15:50 is there to support your success every step of the way.
    0:15:52 So do retail right with Shopify.
    0:15:55 Go ahead, sign up for a $1 per month trial period
    0:15:58 at Shopify.com/SideHustle.
    0:16:02 That’s all lowercase, go to Shopify.com/SideHustle
    0:16:06 to take your retail business to the next level today.
    0:16:09 Shopify.com/SideHustle.
    0:16:11 One of the things we had the kids do
    0:16:12 at the start of the summer
    0:16:14 was to write down their summer bucket list.
    0:16:16 These are the things that they wanna make sure to do
    0:16:18 before school starts again.
    0:16:20 Things like go blueberry picking,
    0:16:22 climb Little Psy, that’s a hike near us,
    0:16:25 go to the conveyor belt sushi place, stuff like that.
    0:16:27 And as we knock these out, we cross them off the list.
    0:16:30 Well, I’ve got something to add to your summer bucket list
    0:16:31 if you haven’t taken care of this already.
    0:16:33 And that’s to set up your term coverage,
    0:16:36 life insurance through our sponsor, Ladder Today.
    0:16:37 It takes just minutes.
    0:16:39 You can even do it on your phone.
    0:16:40 All you have to do is answer a few questions
    0:16:43 about your health and then Ladder’s smart algorithms.
    0:16:45 Work in real time so you’ll find out
    0:16:47 if you’re instantly approved.
    0:16:49 That’s right, no doctors, no needles, no paperwork
    0:16:52 when you’re applying for $3 million in coverage or less.
    0:16:54 Ladder policies are issued by insurers
    0:16:57 with long proven histories of paying claims.
    0:17:00 That’s why they’re rated A and A plus by AM Vest.
    0:17:03 There’s no hidden fees, you can cancel at any time.
    0:17:04 You can even get a full refund
    0:17:06 if you change your mind in the first 30 days.
    0:17:09 It’s no secret, life insurance costs more the longer you wait.
    0:17:12 So now’s the time to cross this off your list
    0:17:13 and get back to your summer.
    0:17:16 So go to ladderlife.com/hustle today
    0:17:18 to see if you’re instantly approved.
    0:17:22 That’s L-A-D-D-E-R life.com/hustle.
    0:17:25 Ladderlife.com/hustle.
    0:17:28 And big thanks to Ladder for sponsoring the show.
    0:17:29 – Yeah, what’s typical?
    0:17:31 How do you figure out how much to charge for this stuff?
    0:17:32 – I mean, I will say that is hard.
    0:17:33 I tell my clients off the bat
    0:17:35 that it’s really impossible
    0:17:37 to know exactly how much it’s gonna cost.
    0:17:39 And I know there are other photo managers
    0:17:41 who are better at kind of giving an estimate
    0:17:43 or they feel that they need to give an estimate.
    0:17:48 I have not, because every project is so different
    0:17:50 and you really don’t know what you’re gonna get
    0:17:52 until you kind of dig into it
    0:17:54 and get into kind of those boxes of print photos
    0:17:57 or the hard drive of photos or whatever it is
    0:17:59 that I will usually kind of say,
    0:18:02 we’ll check in every six hours or eight hours
    0:18:05 or a number that we agree that’s kind of I agree on
    0:18:06 to give them a sense of where we are.
    0:18:10 But I would say an average project of, again,
    0:18:15 let’s say four boxes of photos from the attic,
    0:18:18 I would probably say just to get those sorted and organized
    0:18:21 is probably 15 hours.
    0:18:23 That’s after having done it for a long time.
    0:18:24 So 15 to 20 hours.
    0:18:26 And then if you’re gonna scan on top of that,
    0:18:28 of course, that’s obviously more time.
    0:18:31 But a lot of it depends on if they wanna scan everything
    0:18:34 or if they just wanna scan kind of a select percentage
    0:18:35 and so on.
    0:18:36 So it just depends every time.
    0:18:39 – Yeah, and then what’s the hourly rate
    0:18:40 and has that evolved over time
    0:18:42 or is it are you just kind of set on it?
    0:18:46 – The average hourly rate for what we do across the US
    0:18:47 and of course it depends on your market,
    0:18:50 but the average hourly rate is $100 an hour.
    0:18:52 I can confidently say that there’s plenty of people
    0:18:53 that are charging more than that.
    0:18:57 I would say the minimum is $50 an hour.
    0:18:59 That’s kind of just for someone starting out.
    0:19:04 So most projects are probably minimum 20 hours to do.
    0:19:07 So that’s a nice little chunk of change.
    0:19:08 – Yeah, absolutely.
    0:19:10 It’s like you may not take very many clients
    0:19:12 to hit your income goals,
    0:19:14 but it is you are working for it.
    0:19:17 You’re doing the manual hands-on organizing
    0:19:18 and everything else,
    0:19:19 but pretty strong hourly rate for sure.
    0:19:20 – Yeah, yeah.
    0:19:23 And it’s nice that the hours can be very flexible, right?
    0:19:26 First of all, very few clients have hard and fast deadlines.
    0:19:28 They’re just so happy to hand it over to you
    0:19:32 that they don’t necessarily need it done by a certain time,
    0:19:33 which can be good and bad, right?
    0:19:35 It’s good that there’s no pressure on us.
    0:19:37 Sometimes the people with absolutely no deadline,
    0:19:39 it’s easier to put them off
    0:19:40 or kind of think there’s no rush with that.
    0:19:41 – Yeah.
    0:19:42 – But the nice thing is it’s flexible.
    0:19:44 If you’ve got kids or family obligations
    0:19:47 or family events that you want to participate in
    0:19:49 and can’t work one day or one week,
    0:19:52 it’s not necessarily a problem with most projects.
    0:19:53 – So that makes it a good side hustle.
    0:19:55 Like I can do it after hours.
    0:19:57 I can do it after kids go to bed.
    0:19:59 I can just squeeze it into the gaps in my day,
    0:20:02 provided I have like some workspace to spread out
    0:20:04 and do the physical sorting and scanning.
    0:20:09 – Yeah, if you’re doing the physical just sorting of prints,
    0:20:11 probably all you would really need
    0:20:12 is some space to spread out.
    0:20:14 And honestly, I have an office here that I use
    0:20:15 that I have computers and so on,
    0:20:17 but it doesn’t have a lot of space for me
    0:20:19 to spread spread out on a big table.
    0:20:21 I use my dining room table.
    0:20:23 If I haven’t finished a project, I’ll kind of put it aside.
    0:20:25 Obviously, when we’re using the dining room table,
    0:20:27 but then I go back to the dining table.
    0:20:31 So the nice thing is the investment of equipment
    0:20:33 for that part of the project is minimal.
    0:20:34 You really don’t need much,
    0:20:37 but some rubber bands and photo safe pencils
    0:20:38 and sticky notes really.
    0:20:43 – And the scanner is probably the biggest ticket investment
    0:20:45 is something that can get through it quickly.
    0:20:45 – Right, right.
    0:20:49 So as far as a scanner, a lot of photo organizers,
    0:20:50 especially when they’re starting out,
    0:20:53 will use what we call a speed scanner or a feed scanner,
    0:20:56 kind of where you feed the photos through
    0:20:57 and it goes quickly.
    0:20:59 And a good one, a professional one
    0:21:01 is probably around $500.
    0:21:02 So it’s a bit of an investment,
    0:21:06 but again, think about the fact that we usually charge,
    0:21:11 it ends up working out to be about a dollar an image to scan.
    0:21:15 Most people are gonna have at least 500 pictures to scan
    0:21:15 in most projects.
    0:21:18 So that’s usually paid for itself in one project.
    0:21:20 – And one thing that’s cool is like once their images
    0:21:24 are digitized, especially if it’s this old grainy photo,
    0:21:27 you can run it through some AI image upscaler
    0:21:30 and like you can make this like almost digitally remastered
    0:21:34 type of thing, that kind of begs the next question of,
    0:21:36 well, what’s the role of AI,
    0:21:38 especially on the digital side to say like,
    0:21:43 look, you took 13 shots of your kid blowing out the candles
    0:21:45 at his birthday party, which one is the keeper here?
    0:21:47 Like we don’t need 13 of them.
    0:21:49 And the AI tool will help you pick,
    0:21:52 and I don’t know what algorithm it’s running through.
    0:21:54 Do you use any of that stuff to help speed up
    0:21:56 the digital coaling side?
    0:21:58 – Sometimes, there are some software options out there
    0:22:01 that will kind of start that process for you, right?
    0:22:04 They don’t really know who the key players are
    0:22:05 necessarily in the family.
    0:22:07 Like that’s one of the things I learn as I’m going through
    0:22:09 these thousands of photos from a family
    0:22:11 is you learn who the important people are, right?
    0:22:13 Just who constantly shows up in photos.
    0:22:16 The software sometimes is helpful in, yes,
    0:22:20 figuring out of the 13 almost identical pictures
    0:22:22 of the group, which one is the best.
    0:22:24 – Yeah, it can detect like who has their eyes open.
    0:22:25 – Exactly.
    0:22:27 – It can do that kind of stuff, but you’re right.
    0:22:28 It doesn’t know well, which kid is your kid.
    0:22:30 – You know, maybe over time it would learn that.
    0:22:31 I don’t know.
    0:22:33 – I mean, facial recognition software has been around
    0:22:36 for ages and you kind of have to teach it
    0:22:38 as a person progresses in age.
    0:22:40 That yes, this was Johnny as a baby
    0:22:42 and that’s him as five and that’s him as 10 and so on.
    0:22:43 So it does get better.
    0:22:46 I think it’s gonna be quite a while before they replace us.
    0:22:47 And again, with the print photos,
    0:22:49 there’s no AI until they’re digitized,
    0:22:52 but there’s still a lot of work to be done there.
    0:22:56 And again, it’s such a personal process in many cases
    0:22:59 that you really do have to kind of get to know the family
    0:23:01 and the people in the photos.
    0:23:03 – Okay, I’m going back to your, you know,
    0:23:08 maybe it’s 20 hours times a 100 bucks an hour average rate.
    0:23:12 I’m already at $2,000 and that’s just for the photos.
    0:23:14 If you wanna scan stuff that it’s extra,
    0:23:16 it could be thousands and thousands of dollars
    0:23:17 into this project.
    0:23:21 And it’s gotta be an affluent customer base.
    0:23:23 It’s gotta be like, who’s paying for this stuff?
    0:23:24 – So it’s interesting.
    0:23:26 There’s no question that a lot of my clients
    0:23:29 are clients with a decent amount of disposable income,
    0:23:30 no question.
    0:23:31 But then there’s also clients
    0:23:33 where this is just a really important thing to them.
    0:23:36 This is more important than going to Europe every year
    0:23:40 or this is more important than getting the newest car.
    0:23:44 This is kind of where they want to invest their money
    0:23:45 because it’s their family memories.
    0:23:48 I definitely would say that I have clients
    0:23:52 in varying levels of income and disposable income.
    0:23:54 There’s no question that there are clients
    0:23:55 who when I do quote my price, they say,
    0:23:56 “Oh, I just can’t afford that.”
    0:23:58 And I mean, it’s unfortunate.
    0:24:00 And sometimes I will try and figure out a way to help them
    0:24:02 or maybe for instance, maybe I’ll say,
    0:24:05 okay, look, I will sort and organize the print photos
    0:24:07 for you because you really can’t do anything
    0:24:08 until that’s done.
    0:24:11 And then you can buy the scanner
    0:24:13 and do the scanning yourself or not.
    0:24:15 We can meet again next year
    0:24:16 and we can do the second phase of the project.
    0:24:20 I’ve definitely had clients who we pause at different times
    0:24:23 and kind of pick it up again when they’re ready to.
    0:24:28 – Okay, right, as timing and budget allows and everything.
    0:24:29 And this is like, this is hard.
    0:24:32 It’s like, you keep making more photos every month
    0:24:33 that goes by and you’re like, “Hey, I took more pictures.”
    0:24:36 And now eventually I gotta build a system around this.
    0:24:38 Otherwise I’m gonna have the same problem again.
    0:24:42 – Yeah, I think it does also make our clients,
    0:24:43 I mean, first of all, they realize
    0:24:46 they’ve gotten themselves into this situation.
    0:24:49 Just again, especially when it comes to the digital photos
    0:24:51 because we all, I mean, I’m guilty of it too.
    0:24:53 Absolutely, I can’t help myself
    0:24:55 but hit the shutter three or four times
    0:24:58 with the same scene just in case.
    0:24:59 – Yes, the film is free, let’s keep going.
    0:25:00 – Exactly, exactly.
    0:25:02 So I am guilty of the same thing,
    0:25:05 but then I end up thinking, gosh, this is crazy.
    0:25:06 Why did I do that?
    0:25:08 And we get ourselves into this situation
    0:25:12 and it actually has started to change my photo habits
    0:25:14 ’cause I realize, okay, look,
    0:25:15 I don’t need 12 versions of that photo
    0:25:18 because even the one with that person’s eyes closed,
    0:25:20 I still have the memory of that great moment
    0:25:21 and that great party.
    0:25:22 So it’s interesting.
    0:25:26 People start to realize their photo taking habits change.
    0:25:28 – This is what I try and do on the return flight
    0:25:29 from any trip.
    0:25:31 It’s something I could do in airplane mode.
    0:25:33 It’s like, okay, well, I took those 13 shots.
    0:25:36 Let me favor it, the best one and give her to the rest.
    0:25:39 Something to kill time on the airplane.
    0:25:43 On those sales calls, so you’re kind of ballparking.
    0:25:45 I really don’t know how long this is gonna take
    0:25:47 but here’s my hourly rate.
    0:25:49 You could start off with this.
    0:25:52 This is the order of operations I would suggest going in.
    0:25:54 We can check in and then you get the balk
    0:25:56 of like, whoa, I’m starting to add this up
    0:25:58 and it’s gonna be thousands of dollars.
    0:26:00 What kind of common objections or handling
    0:26:01 do you have to do at that point?
    0:26:03 – I think the smartest thing to do
    0:26:05 and the best thing to do is to prepare them upfront
    0:26:07 and not to try and sugarcoat it and not to try and say,
    0:26:10 oh yeah, I think I can probably do this in 10 hours
    0:26:14 or something because very often it does end up taking
    0:26:18 longer than anyone hoped that it would.
    0:26:19 That’s just the way it is.
    0:26:22 I mean, I certainly always try and reinforce the fact
    0:26:25 that it’s still gonna take me a lot less time
    0:26:25 than it would take them.
    0:26:27 Granted, they’re not paying anybody
    0:26:30 if they do it themselves, but it will take
    0:26:33 at least twice as long because of that whole emotional factor.
    0:26:34 – Did they give you an answer key?
    0:26:38 Here’s the family in arrows pointing to who’s who.
    0:26:41 So you go back and you see this picture from 50 years ago
    0:26:44 and like, well, I don’t know if this is an important one.
    0:26:47 It seems very personal in a lot of ways
    0:26:48 where it would be hard to delegate.
    0:26:49 – It is very personal.
    0:26:50 And to answer your first question,
    0:26:53 in every intake meeting that I have with a new client,
    0:26:56 we go through a list of not only photo gathering,
    0:26:57 but information gathering,
    0:26:59 all the important birth dates of everybody,
    0:27:01 wedding dates, depending on how far,
    0:27:03 sometimes we’re going backwards in generations, right?
    0:27:05 Grandparents, great-grandparents and so on.
    0:27:07 And sometimes we’re really just dealing with
    0:27:11 the last 20 or 30 years of my client’s children’s lives
    0:27:13 and kind of just going forward.
    0:27:15 And I always say you get the birth dates and so on
    0:27:18 because it’s especially if there’s children in the photo,
    0:27:19 you can tell a one-year-old from a three-year-old
    0:27:21 from a five-year-old and so on.
    0:27:23 And so that’s an easy way to figure out
    0:27:26 when the picture was taken pretty close.
    0:27:28 So we gather all kinds of information, again,
    0:27:30 about birth dates, wedding dates, death dates.
    0:27:33 If there’s somebody in the picture that I know died in 1981,
    0:27:37 then I know it’s obviously at least prior to 1981.
    0:27:40 You really get to recognize faces.
    0:27:42 I’ve gotten very familiar with recognizing
    0:27:44 people’s faces at different ages,
    0:27:48 even adults from their childhood to adulthood.
    0:27:50 You get to know who the important players are.
    0:27:53 And yes, hopefully the client can point out,
    0:27:55 this is my parents, this is my husband’s parents.
    0:27:58 – And it’s primarily, give me this box or give me these boxes
    0:28:00 and I’m gonna take it back to my workshop.
    0:28:02 You don’t need to be involved.
    0:28:04 Or do you have people wanting to be going through
    0:28:07 photo by photo and explaining the backstory of this?
    0:28:09 And like, is that important?
    0:28:10 I can imagine keeper toss.
    0:28:15 – Yeah, I have had one, I think maybe literally one client
    0:28:18 in 10 years who kind of insisted.
    0:28:20 And quite honestly, this was early on
    0:28:22 and I probably should have insisted to her
    0:28:23 that that’s not the most efficient way to do it.
    0:28:26 But I was early on in the career and I thought,
    0:28:28 okay, we’ll sit and we’ll do this together.
    0:28:31 It was exhausting for her, exhausting for me.
    0:28:34 It went so slowly because again,
    0:28:37 she would tell me a story about every picture,
    0:28:39 which was lovely and was probably therapeutic for her.
    0:28:43 But I mean, she was paying for a lot of extra time.
    0:28:45 And I do tell people that ’cause some people just assume
    0:28:47 that’s how we’re gonna do it because they think,
    0:28:49 well, Cheryl, how could you possibly do it?
    0:28:51 So we’re gonna have to do it together.
    0:28:53 And I explained to them again,
    0:28:55 how long it’s gonna take if we do it together
    0:28:57 and how emotional and just stressful
    0:28:59 it’s gonna be for them to do it
    0:29:01 because they don’t wanna throw away anything.
    0:29:02 But for the most part, they have to make,
    0:29:04 it’s like making a decision every time
    0:29:07 they’re looking at a photo and that’s exhausting.
    0:29:09 So we kind of build this trust
    0:29:11 throughout the initial part of this project.
    0:29:12 They learned to trust me
    0:29:15 and I try and communicate with them as much as possible.
    0:29:18 And then I think a lot of it comes down to,
    0:29:19 here’s your choices.
    0:29:22 The choices, you can do this on your own.
    0:29:23 I’m talking to the client.
    0:29:24 Client can do this on their own
    0:29:26 and go through the pictures and sort them
    0:29:28 and kind of curate them themselves,
    0:29:31 which in my mind, I’m pretty sure is not gonna happen
    0:29:34 because never gets to the top of the to-do list.
    0:29:35 Or we can go through it together,
    0:29:37 which is just gonna take twice as long.
    0:29:40 I really am happy to do that for your comfort level,
    0:29:44 but it’s gonna take twice as long or you can trust me.
    0:29:47 And I will go through and I will pick out
    0:29:50 the best representation of every year or event
    0:29:53 or vacation or whatever it is.
    0:29:55 I’m not gonna throw away anything.
    0:29:57 I’m never gonna throw anything away.
    0:29:58 I’m just gonna put the best pictures
    0:30:02 that I think are the best representation in a separate pile
    0:30:04 and you can review them.
    0:30:05 You can review the ones I didn’t choose
    0:30:07 and if there’s anything you wanna put,
    0:30:09 again, they’re never gonna do that
    0:30:11 because it’s just an overwhelming task.
    0:30:15 But they’re just so happy to have a curated collection.
    0:30:19 I tell them, I will make sure to select something
    0:30:22 from every event, even if they’re kind of blurry,
    0:30:25 so that you can remember that you went there.
    0:30:28 That was that dinner at that restaurant or whatever it is.
    0:30:32 Be comforted in the fact that I won’t skip over any events.
    0:30:33 – More with Cheryl in just a moment,
    0:30:35 including how she’s growing the business
    0:30:38 beyond hours for dollars right after this.
    0:30:41 That kind of digitizing service or scanning service,
    0:30:46 that would be, in my mind, maybe top of the funnel.
    0:30:47 That’s what I think I need.
    0:30:49 I wanna digitize this stuff
    0:30:51 and then maybe I’m gonna go through.
    0:30:52 Is that where customers come in
    0:30:54 and be like, that’s part of the solution,
    0:30:57 but then what we really gotta do is step two, three and four.
    0:31:01 – Well, and truthfully, scanning really should be step two
    0:31:04 because if you scan, if we take that big–
    0:31:05 – You don’t need to scan everything yet.
    0:31:07 – No, you don’t need to scan everything
    0:31:09 and you don’t really even know what you have
    0:31:10 until you organize it.
    0:31:14 Scanning an unorganized mess,
    0:31:16 you just end with a digital mess.
    0:31:21 And it is really harder to sort those scanned photos
    0:31:23 after they’ve been scanned.
    0:31:24 So for instance, if you think about the fact
    0:31:27 that I’ve got a box of print photos
    0:31:29 and I’ve got my dining room table fully clean
    0:31:30 and I can just spread everything out
    0:31:33 on the dining room table and kind of make different piles
    0:31:36 for different years and so on or different people,
    0:31:38 I can kind of just see the whole thing at once
    0:31:39 as I’m working on it.
    0:31:41 But once it’s all scanned,
    0:31:44 you’re confined to a computer screen
    0:31:47 to kind of figure out where things go.
    0:31:48 We tend to kind of default to,
    0:31:50 you really should organize first
    0:31:52 and then decide what you wanna scan
    0:31:53 ’cause you’ll probably end up scanning less.
    0:31:56 You’ll actually end up saving money on the scanning step.
    0:31:58 – Okay, that makes sense.
    0:32:01 Do you see a future where you’re the CEO
    0:32:05 and then you have subcontracted photo managers?
    0:32:06 It sounds like at the moment,
    0:32:08 it’s we’re wearing all the hats right now,
    0:32:10 like a solo service provider.
    0:32:12 – I definitely am trying to grow my business.
    0:32:14 There’s no question.
    0:32:16 And the way that I feel comfortable doing it
    0:32:18 is with employees.
    0:32:21 So I actually do have two people that work for me part-time
    0:32:24 that just do some of the tasks that I can hand off to them.
    0:32:26 And one of them I’m training,
    0:32:28 obviously the intent is to train them to do more.
    0:32:32 That’s at the moment how I am growing my business.
    0:32:34 I can charge my hourly rate for what they’re doing
    0:32:36 ’cause they’re basically doing what I would do.
    0:32:37 – Where the different levers you can pull, right?
    0:32:39 We can serve more clients, we can raise rates,
    0:32:42 we could expand to new geographies.
    0:32:44 – Right, and passive income is another one.
    0:32:45 You mentioned subcontracting
    0:32:48 and actually that’s what a lot of photo organizers do,
    0:32:50 work with other organizers.
    0:32:51 So for instance,
    0:32:54 and actually the kind of sorting scanning steps
    0:32:54 is a great example.
    0:32:57 So there are some photo organizers
    0:32:58 that don’t wanna deal with scanning.
    0:33:00 They just either don’t wanna invest in the equipment
    0:33:01 or they may think it’s boring.
    0:33:03 So they’ll do the sorting part
    0:33:04 and then they’ll subcontract out
    0:33:06 to another organizer to do the scanning part.
    0:33:08 And it works great.
    0:33:09 They can either do it in a sense
    0:33:13 that I’m gonna pass this client onto you to my colleague
    0:33:15 and my colleague is gonna give me a percentage
    0:33:18 of what they charge the client.
    0:33:20 Or I’m just going to,
    0:33:22 everything’s still gonna come through me.
    0:33:23 I’m gonna build a client,
    0:33:24 but we’re gonna agree on what you’re gonna charge me
    0:33:26 for the scanning and I’m probably gonna mark it up
    0:33:28 to the client and so on.
    0:33:30 – Yeah, are you setting everybody up
    0:33:31 with their own cloud account?
    0:33:33 Like that would be another potential,
    0:33:34 really common in web development.
    0:33:36 Like, hey, we’ll build your website,
    0:33:37 but then we’ll also host it
    0:33:40 and we’ll charge this ongoing maintenance fee, hosting fee.
    0:33:41 It’s like something like that
    0:33:44 for like the cloud backup storage for the stuff.
    0:33:45 – I definitely don’t host anything.
    0:33:47 It’s just not a business I really wanna get into.
    0:33:48 But there are definitely services.
    0:33:50 So in general,
    0:33:53 the goal usually is for any client is,
    0:33:54 okay, whatever we’re doing for you,
    0:33:57 whether it’s just digital photo organizing
    0:34:00 or sorting and scanning and digitizing things,
    0:34:03 whatever it is, is anything that is ultimately digital,
    0:34:05 we want to make sure is backed up
    0:34:08 because you don’t wanna lose that hard drive
    0:34:10 or that flash drive or wherever the scans are.
    0:34:12 So we certainly encourage people to back up
    0:34:16 in kind of multiple places and one of them being online.
    0:34:17 One of them actually being offline
    0:34:20 and a lot of that comes down to the client’s comfort level
    0:34:22 or where they already are.
    0:34:24 So for instance, if there’s a client
    0:34:26 that already is all Apple, right?
    0:34:29 And they use iCloud and Apple Photos,
    0:34:31 we might put the things we scanned,
    0:34:33 we might add to their Apple Photos.
    0:34:34 So now that everything’s in one place
    0:34:37 or same thing with Google Photos, if they use that,
    0:34:38 there’s other options.
    0:34:40 There’s one called forever.com,
    0:34:41 which is a great website.
    0:34:44 It is strictly for photos,
    0:34:47 is strictly for a family photo archives.
    0:34:51 And it’s a great platform, very easy to use platform.
    0:34:54 This is again, kind of a passive income option
    0:34:58 where it does need to be set up by a photo manager.
    0:35:00 Basically, it’s an affiliate based program.
    0:35:04 So if I have a client who wants to use forever,
    0:35:06 they’re gonna pay the fee forever and so on,
    0:35:08 but they’re going through me.
    0:35:12 And anything that they purchase through forever
    0:35:14 or if they have to add additional space,
    0:35:17 anything they pay forever, I then get a percentage.
    0:35:19 – Okay, like a reseller fee or…
    0:35:20 – Right, exactly, exactly.
    0:35:22 Is that recurring every year when it renews or something?
    0:35:25 – No, forever itself is actually a one-time fee,
    0:35:28 which is why it’s very appealing to a lot of people.
    0:35:30 It’s a higher fee because it’s one time.
    0:35:32 And it’s based on how much space you’re taking up.
    0:35:34 But there’s a lot of families who really just,
    0:35:36 they just want to know that it’s taken care of.
    0:35:39 It’s guaranteed for, I can’t remember exactly,
    0:35:41 but it’s guaranteed forever.
    0:35:43 – For forever, you would think, yeah.
    0:35:45 – And of course, there’s safeguards to put in place
    0:35:46 to make sure that it passes down
    0:35:48 to family members and so on.
    0:35:50 So it’s a really popular platform
    0:35:51 that a lot of photo managers use
    0:35:53 with their clients as a backup.
    0:35:56 – Okay, yeah, that may be more organized.
    0:35:58 I think most of my stuff is like Google Photos right now,
    0:36:01 but forever.com, all right, we’ll plug that.
    0:36:02 What surprised you the most?
    0:36:03 You’ve been doing this for 10 years.
    0:36:05 I know you’ve got crazy client stories.
    0:36:08 What stands out as a surprising moment
    0:36:09 or something like that?
    0:36:12 – You do see behind the curtain of your clients
    0:36:14 and you do see pretty much everything.
    0:36:18 So I’ve seen a few things that were a little surprising,
    0:36:21 but it’s all confidential and the breastfeeding photos,
    0:36:22 babies in the bath and so on,
    0:36:26 but it’s all very appropriate and confidential.
    0:36:28 I tell people, think of me as your photo doctor.
    0:36:30 There’s no judgment and I’ve seen it all
    0:36:34 and I don’t even think about it after I’ve sorted it away.
    0:36:36 I think the biggest joy for me
    0:36:39 is just how appreciative people really are.
    0:36:42 I mean, even when they’re writing me a big fat check,
    0:36:45 they are just so appreciative to have this done
    0:36:48 because they really didn’t think their photos
    0:36:50 would ever get organized or get preserved.
    0:36:52 I’ve had people say,
    0:36:55 I really thought my photos were gonna die with me
    0:36:58 and that my kids would never know what to do with them.
    0:36:59 My kids would not want them
    0:37:03 because who’s gonna want to take all these bins of a mess?
    0:37:05 – Yeah, well, and even if they do take them,
    0:37:07 they’re not gonna know who’s in this picture, right?
    0:37:08 – Right, exactly.
    0:37:10 And that’s one of the things, obviously, again,
    0:37:12 especially if we’re dealing with previous generations,
    0:37:14 is we’re very careful to identify everybody
    0:37:17 and make sure the whole point of preserving our photos
    0:37:20 is not only for us to enjoy them now, but to pass them on
    0:37:24 and to pass on those old photos of great-great-grandfather
    0:37:26 and that farm that was in the family for decades
    0:37:29 and all these memories, I didn’t live myself,
    0:37:32 but I can hopefully maybe live them through the photos.
    0:37:35 – Yeah, it’s like in Coco, where Teo Ector’s friend,
    0:37:38 he’s being forgotten and he’s like fading away.
    0:37:39 He’s like, no, no, no, you gotta put my picture out,
    0:37:41 you gotta remember me.
    0:37:44 So you’ve got a couple part-timers on the team now,
    0:37:46 looking for ways to grow and scale
    0:37:51 and build this into a little bit more time-leveraged operation.
    0:37:52 What’s next for you?
    0:37:52 Where do you wanna take it?
    0:37:55 – I think the next thing, probably in order for me
    0:37:57 to grow further would be to move out of my home office
    0:38:00 and find rental space to work in,
    0:38:02 which the nice thing is it doesn’t have to be flashy,
    0:38:05 it doesn’t have to be retail space necessarily,
    0:38:06 it can just be warehouse space or something,
    0:38:09 just where we can kind of spread out and have more people.
    0:38:11 It’s gonna be really just more people
    0:38:12 that can do more projects.
    0:38:14 Right now, I’ve actually got more projects
    0:38:16 than, again, no deadlines,
    0:38:18 so it just means they hang around longer,
    0:38:20 but I mean, I’ve kind of got more clients than I can.
    0:38:22 – But that’s fascinating that we had more space,
    0:38:24 we could take on more business,
    0:38:25 so we had more people who could like,
    0:38:29 that’s really interesting that even at thousands of dollars
    0:38:31 a project, people are paying it.
    0:38:32 – Yep, I cannot stress enough
    0:38:35 that there is plenty of work to go around.
    0:38:36 I’m doing it full-time.
    0:38:38 If someone wants to do it as a side hustle,
    0:38:39 one or two clients a month,
    0:38:42 I’m quite confident that you would have no problem
    0:38:43 finding that. – Yeah.
    0:38:46 – I would think even if you started talking to people
    0:38:48 just about you’re thinking about doing it,
    0:38:50 hey, I heard about this photo organizing
    0:38:52 and I’m thinking about doing it
    0:38:53 because it sounds like something I would enjoy
    0:38:55 and I would be good at,
    0:38:57 you should test it out and see what people’s reactions are.
    0:38:59 You might find that there’ll be several people
    0:39:01 right off the bat who say, “I’d hire you in a minute.”
    0:39:02 – Yeah.
    0:39:02 – “I’d hire you in a minute.”
    0:39:04 – They’re like, “Okay, press here.”
    0:39:04 – Yeah, right, exactly.
    0:39:06 – Here’s my Venmo, yeah.
    0:39:07 Okay.
    0:39:08 – I think a lot of the reason is
    0:39:11 there is so much anxiety around photos.
    0:39:13 Not only around the photos in the attic,
    0:39:15 because again, once those are gone
    0:39:18 or once those are lost, they’re gone forever.
    0:39:20 There’s so much anxiety about that.
    0:39:21 And then there’s so much anxiety
    0:39:23 on all the photos on our phone
    0:39:25 because everybody knows
    0:39:27 they have way too many photos on their phone.
    0:39:29 And every time we go looking on our phone to say,
    0:39:31 “Oh, I wanna show you this great picture
    0:39:33 “of my daughter from camp.”
    0:39:34 Hold on.
    0:39:35 – Yeah, scroll, scroll, scroll, scroll, scroll.
    0:39:37 – Hold on, hold on, hold on, yeah, yeah, yeah.
    0:39:41 And that just reinforces like I’ve got too many photos.
    0:39:44 I’ve got to find a way to get to those great photos quickly.
    0:39:49 So there’s so much anxiety around photos, I think, really,
    0:39:52 that the idea that you could relieve some of that anxiety
    0:39:56 and some of that stress is huge, is a huge bonus
    0:39:59 and a huge benefit to what you could offer them.
    0:40:01 So I would start talking about it.
    0:40:03 – Yeah, what a unique 21st century point.
    0:40:06 Like I got too many pictures, like what a time to be alive.
    0:40:09 Like the truth is the film really wasn’t free.
    0:40:11 Like here’s the mental cost to it.
    0:40:12 But that’s fascinating.
    0:40:15 So mymemoryfile.com, thephotomanagers.com
    0:40:17 is the industry association.
    0:40:22 If you hit up thephotomanagers.com/sidehustledownload,
    0:40:24 Cheryl’s put together a couple free resources for us.
    0:40:28 One is 20 different types of potential clients
    0:40:31 that hire professional photo organizers.
    0:40:34 We’ve talked about the families preserving different memories,
    0:40:36 but lots of different types of people
    0:40:38 who would be potential prospects,
    0:40:40 potential customers in this space.
    0:40:42 And then the other resource is a set of worksheets
    0:40:46 that will help anybody considering entering photo organizing
    0:40:49 as a side hustle, as a full-time business to identify,
    0:40:52 okay, what’s the menu of services that I’m gonna offer
    0:40:54 and what kind of clients might be a match for those?
    0:40:59 So that’s thephotomanagers.com/sidehustledownload.
    0:41:02 And be sure to check that out over there.
    0:41:04 – And I actually wanted to add to that too.
    0:41:06 I actually told Kathy at the photo managers
    0:41:10 that for anybody who goes and downloads that free download
    0:41:13 and then decides to then join the photo managers,
    0:41:16 the first three people who do join the photo managers,
    0:41:19 I would be happy to give a free 30-minute consultation
    0:41:22 to answer any questions, give any tips,
    0:41:24 tell more about how I got into it
    0:41:26 and what kind of projects I do.
    0:41:28 – Yeah, very generous, appreciate you sharing that.
    0:41:33 Again, thephotomanagers.com/sidehustledownload.
    0:41:35 Cheryl, thanks so much for joining me.
    0:41:36 So let’s wrap this thing up
    0:41:38 with your number one tip for side hustle nation.
    0:41:40 – Find something that you love doing.
    0:41:42 And again, I love working with photos
    0:41:45 and I never thought it would have turned into a business
    0:41:47 and it has, I mean, it’s turned into a wonderful business
    0:41:51 and I really, really love going to work every day
    0:41:52 and your clients will know it too.
    0:41:55 But find people, find community that can support you
    0:41:57 because that’s, especially if it’s a side hustle
    0:42:00 where you’re working independently, it’s critical
    0:42:02 and can make or break the hustle.
    0:42:04 – That’s so lonely to be like, I’m doing this thing
    0:42:07 but I don’t have anybody to bounce ideas off of
    0:42:10 or get feedback or even figure out
    0:42:11 what my next step is gonna be.
    0:42:12 – Yeah, but there is a community here
    0:42:14 so it’s there to lift everybody up.
    0:42:16 – Very good.
    0:42:18 I think one of the biggest surprises for me
    0:42:21 was this market education component
    0:42:25 of like letting people know that such a thing exists
    0:42:28 and then the reaction in a lot of cases
    0:42:31 if there is budget in somebody’s household income
    0:42:34 to allow for it, be like, oh, can you start with mine?
    0:42:36 Here, I know three people that you ought to,
    0:42:39 I go to try and get that word of mouth spin in
    0:42:41 but you can kind of start to play
    0:42:43 the local marketing playbook.
    0:42:46 I love the idea of sponsoring the school auction
    0:42:48 to get in front of 200, 300 parents.
    0:42:51 Even just only costs you a few hours of your time
    0:42:53 and it may even just be a sampler of a larger project
    0:42:55 or a starter of that larger project.
    0:42:58 But that’s actually your listener only bonus for this week.
    0:43:01 It’s my local marketing checklist, 10 proven ideas
    0:43:04 that you can use to increase the lead flow for your business.
    0:43:05 You can download that for free
    0:43:07 at the show notes for this episode
    0:43:11 at sidehustle-nation.com/sharyl with a C
    0:43:14 or just follow the show notes link in the episode description
    0:43:15 and I’ll get you right over there.
    0:43:17 Big thanks to Cheryl for sharing her insight.
    0:43:19 I’ve taken a ton of notes as I always do.
    0:43:21 Big thanks to our sponsors for helping
    0:43:23 make this content free for everyone.
    0:43:25 You can hit up sidehustle-nation.com/deals
    0:43:29 for all the latest offers from our sponsors in one place.
    0:43:30 And thanks for supporting the advertisers
    0:43:32 that support the show.
    0:43:33 That’s it for me.
    0:43:34 Thank you so much for tuning in.
    0:43:36 If you’re finding value in the show,
    0:43:39 the greatest compliment is to share with a friend.
    0:43:41 We talked about the importance of word of mouth.
    0:43:42 So fire off that text message.
    0:43:44 Hey, did you know you can make money doing this?
    0:43:47 Until next time, let’s go out there and make something happen
    0:43:48 and I’ll catch you in the next edition
    0:43:50 of the Side Hustle Show.
    0:43:51 Hustle on.
    0:43:55 As a side hustle show listener, I know you’re driven.
    0:43:56 Otherwise, you wouldn’t be here.
    0:43:59 But I also know you can end up hustling
    0:44:02 and driving yourself into exhaustion, overwhelm
    0:44:04 and even burnout if you don’t stay anchored
    0:44:06 to why you’re doing it.
    0:44:08 That’s why I want to recommend another podcast
    0:44:10 that will massively support your side hustle.
    0:44:13 It’s called What Drives You with host Kevin Miller.
    0:44:15 Kevin’s a former pro athlete.
    0:44:17 He’s a lifelong entrepreneur
    0:44:18 who started 19 different businesses.
    0:44:21 He’s a father of nine kids, an author
    0:44:23 and a mountain adventurer as well.
    0:44:26 He knows both the glory and the dark side of drive
    0:44:28 and has devoted his life to helping people
    0:44:30 who want to drive further, faster,
    0:44:33 but also enjoy the ride every single day.
    0:44:35 He brings on today’s most influential people
    0:44:37 in personal and business development
    0:44:39 to see what drives them and get their guidance
    0:44:42 on the key ingredients that power our own drive.
    0:44:44 If you want to fully harness your drive
    0:44:46 and find peace and fulfillment in the process,
    0:44:49 go find What Drives You with Kevin Miller,
    0:44:50 wherever you listen to podcasts.

    Do you have an overwhelming number of photos scattered across your phone or even tucked away in dusty albums in the attic?

    Would you hire someone to organize it for you?

    I never imagined photo organizing as a side hustle could pay $100/hr, nor did I anticipate its high demand.

    But Cheryl DiFrank from mymemoryfile.com says she’s building a six-figure business in the process.

    Tune in to Episode 619 of the Side Hustle Show to learn:

    • how photo organizing works
    • who it might be a good fit for
    • how to launch this side hustle going off the ground

    Full Show Notes: $85/hr Organizing Other People’s Pictures

    New to the Show? Get your personalized money-making playlist here!

    Sponsors:

    Ladder – Get instantly approved for term life insurance—no doctors, no needles, no paperwork!

    Indeed – Start hiring NOW with a $75 sponsored job credit to upgrade your job post!

    Shopify — Sign up for a $1 per month trial!